DragonNaturallySpeaking13InstallationGuideand
UserGuide
ForthelatestBluetoothmicrophoneguide,pleasesee
theNuancewebsite.
Copyright
1991-2014.DragonNaturallySpeakingVersion
DragonNaturallySpeaking13.
Thismaterialmaynotincludesomelast-minutetechnicalchangesand/orrevisionstothe
software.Changesareperiodicallymadetotheinformationdescribedhere.Future
versionsofthismaterialwillincorporatethesechanges.
NuanceCommunications,Inc.mayhavepatentsorpendingpatentapplicationscovering
subjectmatterinthisdocument.Thefurnishingofthisdocumentdoesnotgiveyouany
licensetosuchpatents.
Nopartofthismaterialorsoftwaremaybereproducedinanyformorbyanymeans,
including,withoutlimitation,electronicormechanical,suchasphotocopyingorrecording,
orbyanyinformationstorageandretrievalsystems,withouttheexpresswrittenconsentof
NuanceCommunications,Inc.Specificationsaresubjecttochangewithoutnotice.
Copyright©2014NuanceCommunications,Inc.Allrightsreserved.
Nuance,theNuancelogo,ScanSoft,Dragon,DragonBar,theDragonlogo,
NaturallySpeaking,RealSpeak,NothingButSpeech(NBS),NaturalLanguage
Technology,FullTextControl,BestMatch,MouseGrid,andVocabularyEditorare
registeredtrademarksortrademarksofNuanceCommunications,Inc.Allothernamesand
trademarksreferencedhereinaretrademarksofNuanceCommunications,Inc.,ortheir
respectiveowners.Manyofthedesignationsusedbymanufacturersandsellersto
distinguishtheirproductsareclaimedastrademarks,includingthefollowing:
PentiumisaregisteredtrademarkofIntelCorporation.
AdobeandAcrobatareregisteredtrademarksofAdobeSystemsIncorporated.
CorelandWordPerfectareregisteredtrademarksofCorelCorporation.
LotusandLotusNotesareregisteredtrademarksofLotusDevelopmentCorporation.
Microsoft,MicrosoftOffice,MicrosoftOfficeLive,MicrosoftOutlook,MicrosoftWord,
MicrosoftExcel,MicrosoftPowerPoint,MicrosoftInfoPath,MicrosoftAccess,Microsoft
VisualBasic,MicrosoftActiveSync,Hotmail,Outlook.com,WindowsInternetExplorer,
Windows,WindowsLive,Windows8,Windows7,Windows7UltimateServer,Windows
Vista,WindowsXP,WindowsXPProfessional,WindowsXPHome,WindowsServer
2003,WindowsServer2008,WindowsNT,Windows2000,andWindows2000Server
aretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofMicrosoftCorporation.
Mozilla,MozillaFirefox,andMozillaThunderbirdaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarks
oftheMozillaFoundation.
Google,Google+,GoogleChrome,andGmailaretrademarksofGoogle,Inc.
VoiceIt,theVoiceItlogo,andVoiceItLinkaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofVXI
Corporation.
AMDisatrademarkofAdvancedMicroDevices,Inc.
SoundBlasterisaregisteredtrademarkofCreativeTechnologyLtd.
Copyright
ii
Yahoo!isaregisteredtrademarkofYahoo!Inc.
Flash™isatrademarkofAdobe,Inc.
BoostSoftwareLicense-Version1.0-©CopyrightAugust17,2003.
Permissionisherebygranted,freeofcharge,toanypersonororganizationobtaininga
copyofthesoftwareandaccompanyingdocumentationcoveredbythislicense(the
"Software")touse,reproduce,display,distribute,execute,andtransmittheSoftware,and
topreparederivativeworksoftheSoftware,andtopermitthird-partiestowhomthe
Softwareisfurnishedtodoso,allsubjecttothefollowing:
ThecopyrightnoticesintheSoftwareandthisentirestatement,includingtheabovelicense
grant,thisrestrictionandthefollowingdisclaimer,mustbeincludedinallcopiesofthe
Software,inwholeorinpart,andallderivativeworksoftheSoftware,unlesssuchcopies
orderivativeworksaresolelyintheformofmachine-executableobjectcodegeneratedby
asourcelanguageprocessor.
THESOFTWAREISPROVIDED"ASIS",WITHOUTWARRANTYOFANYKIND,
EXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHEWARRANTIESOF
MERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE,TITLEANDNON-
INFRINGEMENT.INNOEVENTSHALLTHECOPYRIGHTHOLDERSORANYONE
DISTRIBUTINGTHESOFTWAREBELIABLEFORANYDAMAGESOROTHER
LIABILITY,WHETHERINCONTRACT,TORTOROTHERWISE,ARISINGFROM,
OUTOFORINCONNECTIONWITHTHESOFTWAREORTHEUSEOROTHER
DEALINGSINTHESOFTWARE.
OpenSourceInitiativeOSI-TheMITLicense(MIT):Licensing
Copyright
iii
TheMITLicense(MIT)
Permissionisherebygranted,freeofcharge,toanypersonobtainingacopyofthis
softwareandassociateddocumentationfiles(the"Software"),todealintheSoftware
withoutrestriction,includingwithoutlimitationtherightstouse,copy,modify,merge,
publish,distribute,sublicense,and/orsellcopiesoftheSoftware,andtopermitpersonsto
whomtheSoftwareisfurnishedtodoso,subjecttothefollowingconditions:
Theabovecopyrightnoticeandthispermissionnoticeshallbeincludedinallcopiesor
substantialportionsoftheSoftware.THESOFTWAREISPROVIDED"ASIS",
WITHOUTWARRANTYOFANYKIND,EXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUT
NOTLIMITEDTOTHEWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORA
PARTICULARPURPOSEANDNONINFRINGEMENT.INNOEVENTSHALLTHE
AUTHORSORCOPYRIGHTHOLDERSBELIABLEFORANYCLAIM,DAMAGESOR
OTHERLIABILITY,WHETHERINANACTIONOFCONTRACT,TORTOR
OTHERWISE,ARISINGFROM,OUTOFORINCONNECTIONWITHTHE
SOFTWAREORTHEUSEOROTHERDEALINGSINTHESOFTWARE.
OpenSourceInitiativeOSI-TheBSD3-ClauseLicense.©Copyright1998,Regentsof
theUniversityofCalifornia.Allrightsreserved.
Redistributionanduseinsourceandbinaryforms,withorwithoutmodification,are
permittedprovidedthatthefollowingconditionsaremet:
n Redistributionsofsourcecodemustretaintheabovecopyrightnotice,thislistof
conditionsandthefollowingdisclaimer.
n Redistributionsinbinaryformmustreproducetheabovecopyrightnotice,thislistof
conditionsandthefollowingdisclaimerinthedocumentationand/orothermaterials
providedwiththedistribution.
n NeitherthenameoftheUniversityofCalifornia,Berkeleynorthenamesofits
contributorsmaybeusedtoendorseorpromoteproductsderivedfromthissoftware
withoutspecificpriorwrittenpermission.
THISSOFTWAREISPROVIDEDBYTHECOPYRIGHTHOLDERSAND
CONTRIBUTORS"ASIS"ANDANYEXPRESSORIMPLIEDWARRANTIES,
INCLUDING,BUTNOTLIMITEDTO,THEIMPLIEDWARRANTIESOF
MERCHANTABILITYANDFITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSEARE
DISCLAIMED.INNOEVENTSHALLTHECOPYRIGHTHOLDEROR
CONTRIBUTORSBELIABLEFORANYDIRECT,INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL,
Copyright
iv
SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY,ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES(INCLUDING,BUTNOT
LIMITEDTO,PROCUREMENTOFSUBSTITUTEGOODSORSERVICES;LOSSOF
USE,DATA,ORPROFITS;ORBUSINESSINTERRUPTION)HOWEVERCAUSED
ANDONANYTHEORYOFLIABILITY,WHETHERINCONTRACT,STRICT
LIABILITY,ORTORT(INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCEOROTHERWISE)ARISINGIN
ANYWAYOUTOFTHEUSEOFTHISSOFTWARE,EVENIFADVISEDOFTHE
POSSIBILITYOFSUCHDAMAGE.
Dave Barry in Cyberspace,©Copyright1996byDaveBarry.PublishedbyCrown
Publishers.
2001: A Space Odyssey,©Copyright1968byArthurC.Clarke.PublishedbyNew
AmericanLibrary.
3001: The Final Odyssey,©Copyright1997byArthurC.Clarke.Publishedby
HarperCollinsPublishers.
Dogbert's Top Secret Management Handbook,©Copyright1996byUnitedFeature
Syndicate,Inc.PublishedbyHarperBusiness,adivisionofHarperCollinsPublishers.
Success Is a Journey: 7 Steps to Achieving Success& in the Business of Life,©Copyright
1999byJeffreyJ.Mayer.PublishedbyMcGrawHill.
Charlie and the Chocolate Factory,©Copyright1964byRoaldDahl.PublishedbyAlfred
A.Knopf,Inc.andPenguinBooks.
Charlie and the Great Glass Elevator,©Copyright1972byRoaldDahl.Publishedby
AlfredA.Knopf,Inc.andPenguinBooks.
To Be a Man,©Copyright1997byEugeneandMirandaPool.
The Captain of Battery Park,©Copyright1978byEugenePool.PublishedbyAddison-
Wesley.
QRcodeistrademarkedbyDensoWave,inc.
libqrencode3.1.1-QRCodeencodinglibrary-Copyright(C)2006,2007,2008,2009,
2010KentaroFukuchi.
Reed-Solomoncodeencoder-Copyright(C)2002,2003,2004,2006PhilKarn,KA9Q.
Copyright©2007JamesNewton-King
Permissionisherebygranted,freeofcharge,toanypersonobtainingacopyofthis
softwareandassociateddocumentationfiles(the"Software"),todealintheSoftware
withoutrestriction,includingwithoutlimitationtherightstouse,copy,modify,merge,
publish,distribute,sublicense,and/orsellcopiesoftheSoftware,andtopermitpersonsto
whomtheSoftwareisfurnishedtodoso,subjecttothefollowingconditions:
Theabovecopyrightnoticeandthispermissionnoticeshallbeincludedinallcopiesor
substantialportionsoftheSoftware.
THESOFTWAREISPROVIDED"ASIS",WITHOUTWARRANTYOFANYKIND,
EXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHEWARRANTIESOF
MERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSEAND
NONINFRINGEMENT.INNOEVENTSHALLTHEAUTHORSORCOPYRIGHT
Copyright
v
HOLDERSBELIABLEFORANYCLAIM,DAMAGESOROTHERLIABILITY,
WHETHERINANACTIONOFCONTRACT,TORTOROTHERWISE,ARISING
FROM,OUTOFORINCONNECTIONWITHTHESOFTWAREORTHEUSEOR
OTHERDEALINGSINTHESOFTWARE.
TweetSharp
Copyright(c)2009-2013DanielCrenna,JasonDiller,andcontributors
THESOFTWAREISPROVIDED"ASIS",WITHOUTWARRANTYOFANYKIND,
EXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHEWARRANTIESOF
MERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSEAND
NONINFRINGEMENT.INNOEVENTSHALLTHEAUTHORSORCOPYRIGHT
HOLDERSBELIABLEFORANYCLAIM,DAMAGESOROTHERLIABILITY,
WHETHERINANACTIONOFCONTRACT,TORTOROTHERWISE,ARISING
FROM,OUTOFORINCONNECTIONWITHTHESOFTWAREORTHEUSEOR
OTHERDEALINGSINTHESOFTWARE.
Copyright
vi
Contents
Copyright ii
Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon Version 13 14
Webexperience 14
EnhancingAccuracy 14
CompatibilityAlerts 14
NewDragonBar 15
LearningCenter 15
InteractiveTutorialenhancements 15
ShorterProfileCreationProcess 15
SimplifiedAudioSetup 16
Open-endedcustomcommands(ProfessionalandLegaleditionsonly) 16
AlwaysreplacesAskMeasthedefaultfordeferredcorrection(ProfessionalandLegaleditionsonly) 16
OperatingSystemsupport 16
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon 17
InstallationandUserProfileCreation 17
Dragonsystemrequirements 18
Whatyoushouldknowbeforeinstalling 18
InstallingDragontoacustomlocation 18
InstallationPrerequisites 19
InstallingSoftware-TypicalInstallation 20
InstallingSoftware-CustomInstallation 21
Modifyingapplicationsettingsforallusers 23
Modifyingformattingoptionsforallusers 24
Creatingyouruserprofile 25
Settingup,positioning,andcheckingyourmicrophone 27
Trainingauserprofile 27
UpgradingUserProfiles 28
Defaultinstallationfolders 30
ActivatingDragonNaturallySpeaking 31
Chapter 3: Getting Started 33
WelcometoDragonNaturallySpeaking 34
WorkingwithWindows8andWindows8.1 36
AboutDragonNaturallySpeaking 39
HowDragonworks 40
ActivatingDragonNaturallySpeaking 41
Dragonsystemrequirements 42
Contents
viii
TopWaystouseDragon 43
UsingDragonNaturallySpeakingHelp 44
Hotkeys 45
UsingtheDragonNaturallySpeakingLearningCenter 45
UsingtheInteractiveTutorial 49
Startingtodictate 49
UsingtheCommandlineinterface 49
ElectronicMedicalRecord(EMR)applicationsrestrictions 50
AutoConfigurationBasedonSystemProfile 51
ContactingCustomerServiceandSupport 51
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar 53
TheDragonBar 53
TheTextControlIndicator 59
DisplayingtheDragonBar 60
WorkingwiththeNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar 63
Chapter 5: Using the Microphone 67
Chooseanaudiodevice 67
Positionyourmicrophoneproperly 68
Chapter 6: Using the Dragon Learning Center 71
UsingtheDragonNaturallySpeakingLearningCenter 71
TheDragonNaturallySpeakingLearningCenter 74
Chapter 7: Dictating Text 77
DictationBasics 77
Undoingactions 78
Correctingtexterrorsasyoudictate 79
Dictationcommands 80
Typingorspellingtext 81
Spellingwords 82
Dictatingnumbers 84
Chapter 8: Using the Dictation Box 88
UsingtheDictationBox 88
DictationBoxSettings 91
Chapter 9: Using DragonPad 94
AboutDragonPad 94
Changingthewaytextwrapsonyourscreen 94
Chapter 10: Making Corrections 96
Correctingdictation-workflow 96
Correctingtext-quickreference 100
Choosingthecorrecttext 101
Correctingmisrecognizedcommands 102
Chapter 11: Revising Text 104
Contents
ix
UsingDirectEditingcommands 104
Handlingmultipletextmatches 106
Revisingtext-quickreference 110
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document 114
Movingtheinsertionpoint 114
Movingtospecificwords 117
Movingtothebeginningorendofadocumentorline 117
Using"GoBack"tomovethecursor 118
Selecting text 120
Selectingtext-quickreference 120
Selectingcharactersandwords 120
Selectingspecificwordsorphrases 121
Selectinglinesandparagraphs 122
Selectingtextagain 123
Changinganincorrecttextselection 123
Deleting, Cutting, and Copying Text 125
Cutting,copying,andpasting 125
Deletingdictatedtext 125
Deletingcharacters,words,lines,orparagraphs 126
Deletingbybackspacing 126
Formatting 128
Formattingtext 128
Formattingnumbers 130
Settingfontname,size,andstyle 131
Aligningtext 131
Addingnewlinesandparagraphs 132
Hyphenatingwords 132
Joiningwords 132
SettingAuto-FormattingOptions 133
CreatingWordProperties 133
Chapter 13: Working in Programs 138
Scrollinginpopularprograms 139
UsingtheribboninterfaceinMicrosoftapplications 140
About spoken commands in word processing programs 142
Aboutspokencommandsinwordprocessingprograms 142
Dictatinginyourwordprocessor 142
Working with Microsoft Word 144
BasicdocumentcommandsinMicrosoftWord 144
Creating,opening,andclosingadocument 144
Savingadocument 145
Selectingtext 152
Contents
x
FormattingtextinMicrosoftWord 152
Email Programs 155
Supportede-mailprograms 155
Workingine-mailprograms 155
Commandsforworkingwithe-mailmessages 156
Commandsformovingaroundine-mail 156
Dictatinge-mailandWebaddresses 157
DictatingE-mailandCalendarcommands 158
CommandsforWindowsLiveMail 160
Microsoft Outlook 162
WorkingwithMicrosoftOutlook 162
Readingandsendinge-mailwithMicrosoftOutlook 162
MakingappointmentsinMicrosoftOutlook 163
AddingcontactsinMicrosoftOutlook 164
WritingnotesinMicrosoftOutlook 165
UsingotherMicrosoftOutlookcommands 165
Dialogboxcommands 166
Movingaroundinamessagewindow 166
MicrosoftOutlook2010commands 167
Microsoft Excel 168
WorkingwithMicrosoftExcel 168
DictatinginMicrosoftExcelwithFullTextControl 168
BasiccommandsforMicrosoftExcel 169
Creating,opening,andclosingaspreadsheet 170
Editinginaspreadsheet 170
Saving,renaming,andmovingtoanotheraspreadsheet 170
Settingupaspreadsheet 171
Viewingthespreadsheet 171
Printing 171
Movingaroundaspreadsheet 171
Switchingbetweenopenspreadsheets 172
FormattingaMicrosoftExcelspreadsheet 173
WorkingwithcellcontentsinMicrosoftExcel 173
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications 176
AbouttheDragonWebExtension 176
BrowserrequirementsfortheDragonWebExtension 176
InstallingandenablingtheDragonWebExtension 177
HowtotelliftheDragonWebExtensionisEnabled 182
UsingWeb-basedEmail 183
EditingtextinasupportedWebapplication 186
UsingDragon'sWebcapabilitieswithouttheDragonWebExtension 189
Contents
xi
IfyouhaveproblemsusingWebapplicationsupport 190
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers 194
WorkingwithaWebbrowser 194
SearchingtheWebbyvoice 195
Webbrowsercommands 199
InternetExplorercommands 204
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop 208
Startingandexitingprograms 208
UsingWindowsDesktopcommands 210
Controllingmenus 213
Selectingbuttonsanddialogboxoptions 213
Selectingtabsinadialogbox 214
Resizingandclosingwindows 214
Selectingandopeningicons 215
Scrollinginwindowsandlists 215
SearchingyourDesktopbyvoice 216
Switchingbetweenprogramsandwindows 217
Chapter 17: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard 222
Controllingthekeyboard 222
Movingthemousepointer 224
Movecommands 224
Optionalmovecommands 224
Stoppingmousemovement 225
PositioningthemousepointerwithMouseGrid 225
Clickinganddraggingthemouse 226
Clickingthemouse 227
Draggingthemouse 227
Stoppingmousemovement 228
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy 230
Top10waystoimproveaccuracy 230
UsingSmartFormatRules 232
AdjustingSpeedvs.Accuracy 238
The Dragon Accuracy Center 240
UsingtheAccuracyCenter 240
RunningtheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizer 240
Recognition Modes 243
UsingRecognitionModes 243
Switchingrecognitionmodes 245
Teaching Dragon to Understand You Better 247
Trainingmisrecognizedcommands 247
Trainingindividualwordsandphrases 248
Contents
xii
Supplementaltraining 249
Personalizing your Dragon Vocabulary 250
AboutpersonalizingyourVocabulary 250
AddingwordsorphrasestoyourVocabulary 251
Learningfromspecificdocuments 252
Importinglistsofwordsorphrases 253
AddingwordswiththeSpellingwindow 253
LearnFromSentE-mails 254
AddingcontactnamestotheVocabulary 255
Deletingwords 256
UsingtheDon'tRecognizeThatWordCommand 256
Managing Vocabularies 258
AboutVocabularies 258
OpeningVocabularies 259
AddingaVocabularytoaUserProfile 260
DeletingVocabularies 261
RenamingVocabularies 261
ImportingVocabularies 261
ExportingVocabularies 262
Chapter 19: Using the Command Browser 264
AbouttheCommandBrowser 264
OpeningtheCommandBrowser 265
FindingcommandsintheCommandBrowser 266
TrainingcommandsintheCommandBrowser 268
The Dragon Glossary 270
Index 280
Contents
xiii
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon
Version 13
Web experience
TheDragonWebextensionnowgivesFullTextControlinChromeandFirefoxaswellasin
InternetExplorer,inmostwebsites.InordertouseDragoninthesupportedbrowsers,you
mustenablethisadd-on.
Therearesomedifferencesinfunctionalitybetweenbrowsers.
WhenyouareinInternetExplorer,Firefox,orChrome,seetheLearningCenterfor
commandsyoumightwanttosay,aswellastips.
Formoreinformation,seeInstallingandenablingtheDragonWebExtension.
Enhancing Accuracy
Inadditiontohigherout-of-the-boxaccuracy,Dragon13introducesenhancementstowhat
youcandotoincreaseyouraccuracy:
TheLearnFromSentEmailtoolnowalsoworkswithWeb-based emailsuchasGmailand
YahooMail,soyouhavemorepotentialsourcesfromwhichtoletDragonfamiliarizeitself
withthewordsandphrasesyoumightwrite.
TheVocabularyEditornowhasaSearchfieldandletsyousearchonmorethanjustwritten
forms.Also,itmakesiteasytoaddacustomDictationCommand.
Note:theWordPropertiesdialogbox(whichisaccessedthroughtheVocabularyEditor)now
usestheterm“printedform”insteadof“alternatewrittenform.”
For Canadian customers:whencreatingaprofile,youcannowpickCanadaasyourregion
sothatDragon'svocabularywillcontainspellingssuchas"honour"insteadof"honor."
Compatibility Alerts
Ifitsadd-inforasupportedapplication(suchasMicrosoftWord)becomesdisabled,Dragon
nowalertsyouofthisdisconnection.(Theseadd-insenableFullTextControl;theyareknown
as“compatibilitymodules.”)
ThiscanbeturnedoffontheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialog.
14
Chapter 1: What's New in Dragon Version 13
Fordetails,seeTheOptionsdialogboxMiscellaneoustab.
New DragonBar
DragonnowincludesaredesignedDragonBar.TheNewDragonBarcanbedraggedtoa
differentlocationaswellasexpandedorcollapsedbyclickingonitsleftedge.Totakeupless
spaceonyourscreen,itautomaticallycollapseswhenyou’renotusingit.Youcanuseits
DragonBarmenutoturn off the auto-collapse,ifyouwish,ortoexit Dragon.
TheDragonBarfromversion12isstillavailable.Ifdesired,youcaneasilyswitchbetween
theNewDragonBarandtheClassicDragonBar.
Fordetails,seeTheDragonBar.
Learning Center
TheLearningCenteristhenewnameoftheHelpmenuitempreviouslycalledtheDragon
Sidebar(anarrowwindowlistingcommandsandadvice,soyoucanrefertoitasyouwork).
InDragon13,ithasbeenredesignedandenhanced.Itnowcontainspanelsyoucanopenor
closebyclickingontheirheading;thetoppanel,openbydefault,containsessential
commandsandadvice.
Bydefault,thiswindowissettoFloatingbutinashorterheight,tocoverlessofanywindow
thatmaybeunderit.
ForimportantdetailsonhowtocontroltheLearningCenterandhowtochangeitsbehavior
andappearance(fontsize,docking,width,etc.),besuretoreadUsingtheDragonLearning
Center.
Interactive Tutorial enhancements
TheInteractiveTutorialhasbeenredesignedandaugmented.Itsshort,progressive
simulationsnowalsointroducetheDragonBar,theLearningCenter,theVocabularyEditor,
andimportantoptions,aswellasbasicWebnavigationanduseofWeb-basedemail.
Itisautomaticallypresentedattheendoftheprofileupgradeprocessaswellasafteranew
profileiscreated.
Note:Inthesimulationsthatcontainthepunctuation“period”onecanusethepronunciation
“fullstop”instead.
Shorter Profile Creation Process
Forthefirstprofile,theprofilecreationwizardsimplyassignstheprofileanameratherthan
askingyoutoenteraname(ifyouwanttorenametheprofilelater,usetheManageProfiles
dialog).
ThestepwhereDragonproposedreadingatextaloudisnowomitted.(Asbefore,youcan
readatrainingtextaftercreatingyourprofile;see“ReadtexttotrainDragontoyourvoice”in
theAccuracyCenter.)
ThestepwhereDragonofferedtoadaptitsvocabularybasedondocumentsandsent
emailsisnowomitted,andyoucanlaunchtheanalysisofdocumentsandemailsonceyour
profileiscreated.
15
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Simplified Audio Setup
Dragonnowdetectsaudiodevicesbetter.Inmostcases,whenDragonpresentsthelistof
detecteddevices,youcanjustpickthedeviceitshowsasrecommendedandcontinue.
Inaddition,theMicrophoneCheckisnowjustonescreenanditstextiseasiertoread.
Important:UsingmorethanoneinputdeviceisnowdonebypickingManage Dictation
SourcesontheDragonBar’sProfilemenu.Ifyouaddmultipleaudiosourcesinyourprofile,
youbenefitfromyourprofile’srefinements(suchaschanginganoption,correctinganerror,
oranalyzingemailstopersonalizethevocabulary)wheneveryouuseDragon,regardlessof
whataudiodeviceyou’respeakinginto(forinstance,youcouldcreateyourprofilewithabuilt-
inmicrophoneandlateraddaBluetoothheadsetmicrophoneas a source in that same profile.
Fordetails,seeUsingMultipleDictationSourceswithaSingleUserProfile.
Open-ended custom commands (Professional and Legal
editions only)
IntheProfessionalandLegaleditions,Dragonnowoffersnewflexibilityforcustomcommand
typesthatsupportvariablenames:theabilitytoendthecommand’snamewithany word or
phrase in the vocabulary,asopposedtoawordorphrasefromadefinedlistofcommand
variables.
Thiscanallowuserstohave,forinstance,commandsthatsearchforgivenwordswithintheir
company’sintranet(similartothebuilt-insearchcommandslike“searchWikipediafor…”).
Fordetails,seeCreatingopen-endedcustomcommands.
Always replaces Ask Me as the default for deferred
correction (Professional and Legal editions only)
Theoptiontoautomaticallycreatearecording(DRAfile)alongwithyourdictateddocument
(availableintheProfessionalandLegaleditionsonly)isnowsettoAlways,bydefault.
Ifyouwish,youcanchangeittoNeverorAskMeontheDatataboftheOptionsdialog.DRA
filescanbelarge,soonceyounolongerneedthemyoumaywanttodeletethem.
Fordetails,seeCorrectingdictationlater.
Note:Theoption‘Alwayspreservewavedata’hasbeenremovedfromtheOptionsdialog(it
wasontheDatatab,underAdvanced).
Operating System support
SupportforWindows8isenhanced.TheNewDragonBarcanbeusedinbothofWindows
8'sinterfaces(themoderninterfaceformerlyknownasMetro,aswellasthedesktop
interface).
16
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
InstallationandUserProfileCreation 17
Dragonsystemrequirements 18
Whatyoushouldknowbeforeinstalling 18
InstallingDragontoacustomlocation 18
InstallationPrerequisites 19
InstallingSoftware-TypicalInstallation 20
InstallingSoftware-CustomInstallation 21
Modifyingapplicationsettingsforallusers 23
Modifyingformattingoptionsforallusers 24
Creatingyouruserprofile 25
Settingup,positioning,andcheckingyourmicrophone 27
Trainingauserprofile 27
UpgradingUserProfiles 28
Defaultinstallationfolders 30
ActivatingDragonNaturallySpeaking 31
Installation and User Profile Creation
Introduction
ThischapterpresentshowtoinstallandsetupDragon,andthenhowtotrainDragonto
understandyourvoice.
Theinstallationprocesscheckstomakesureyoursystemmeetstheminimumsystem
requirementsneededforDragon.Thesesystemrequirementsarelistedintheinformation
thatcamewithyourcopyofDragon.Ifyoursystemdoesnotmeettheserequirements,
Dragonwillnotbeinstalled.
Plugging in the microphone
TouseDragon,youwillneedtopluginyourmicrophone.
Ifyouarenotsurehowtopluginyourmicrophone,consultthedocumentationthatcame
withyourmicrophone.
17
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Note:
Ifyoualreadyhavespeakersforyourcomputer,youcanalsousethesetoplaybackrecorded
speechinsteadofyourheadphones.
Dragon system requirements
Theinstallprocesschecksthatyoursystemmeetstheminimumrequirements;iftheyarenot
met,DragonNaturallySpeakingwillnotbeinstalled.
Note:
SupportsMicrosoft Office 2010 & 2013.Does not support dictation directly into Electronic
Medical Record (EMR) systems. For EMR support, please use Dragon Medical Edition.
-RAM:Minimum:2 GB for 32-bitWindows 7, 8 & 8.1.4 GB for 64-bitWindows 7, 8 & 8.1
and Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012.
-CPU:Minimum:2.2 GHzIntel®dualcoreorequivalentAMDprocessor.Faster
processors yield faster performance.
-Free hard disk space:4GB
-Supported Operating Systems:Windows732-bitand64-bit;Windows8&8.1,32-bit
and64-bit;WindowsServer2008R2;WindowsServer2012.
-InternetExplorer9orhigherorthecurrentversionofChromeorFirefoxforOnlineHelp.
-Asoundcardsupporting16-bitrecording.
-ADVD-ROMdriveforinstallation.
-ANuance-approvedmicrophone.Seesupport.nuance.com/compatibilityformore
information.
-AnInternetconnectionforautomaticproductactivation(aquickanonymousprocess).
What you should know before installing
Installing Dragon to a custom location
ThedefaultinstallationdirectoryforDragonis:
C:\ProgramFiles\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
Duringtheinstallationprocedure,youcanchoosetoinstallDragontoadifferentdirectoryor
driveonyourmachine.
ChoosingadifferentdirectoryduringinstallationonlyinstallstheDragonprogramfilestothat
location.
RegardlessofwhereyouinstalltheDragonprogramfiles,Dragonalwaysinstallsthe
languagesandvocabulariesthatyouselectedduringtheinstallationtotheC:drive,aswellas
18
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
creatingthelocationwhereuserprofileswillbecreated.Theseprofilescanconsumealarge
amountofdiskspaceonyourC:drive.
YoucancustomizeyourinstallationtoreducetheamountofdiskspaceusedonyourC:
drivebynotinstallingunwantedlanguagesandvocabularies.Formoreinformation,see
Installingsoftware—CustomInstallation.
Upgrading the operating system to Windows 7 or Windows 8
IfyouupgradeamachinefromapreviousversionofWindowstoWindows7orWindows8
andthatmachinehasVersion11.xor12.xofDragoninstalled,thatversionofDragonwill
notworkafterupgrading.Allyouruserprofilesfromthesepreviousversionsremainintact
andcanbeupgradedwhenyouinstallDragonVersion13.
Coexistence with other Dragon products
Coexistence with previous versions of Dragon
YoucanhaveonlyoneversionofDragoninstalledonyoursystem.
Note:
Running a previous version of Dragon concurrently with Version 13 is not supported.
Coexistence with the Dragon SDK Client Edition
YoucaninstallDragonSDKClientEdition13onthesamemachinewhereDragon13is
installed.Inaddition,Dragon13andDragonSDKClientEdition13canshareuserprofiles
andvocabularies.
Youcanonlyrunoneproductatatime.Forexample,ifyouarerunningDragon,youcannot
runanyoftheSDKClienttoolsorsamples.
Note:
Coexistence of Version 13 with Dragon SDK Client Edition Version 11.x, or 12.x is not
supported.
Installation Prerequisites
Before installing the software (or modifying or upgrading it)
1. Closeallopenapplications.
2. Turnoffordisableantivirussoftware;theinstallationprocesscansometimestriggera
falsevirusreport.
Note:YoumusthaveAdministratorrightstoinstalloruninstallDragononWindows7or
Windows8.AdministratorrightsarenotrequiredtocreateaDragonuserprofileorusethe
softwareafterinstallation.
OnWindows7andWindows8systems,ifasanadministratoryouwanttocreateaDragon
userprofileforaWindowslimiteduser(userwithrestrictedprivileges),youmustlogon
usingthatWindowslimiteduseraccountbeforecreatingtheDragonprofile.
IfyoucreateaDragonprofileforalimitedWindowsuserwhileloggedinasaWindows
administrator,thelimiteduserwillnotbeabletoaccessthatDragonprofile.These
19
Dragon Installation and User Guide
restrictionsalsoapplytoanupgradeinstallation.
3. Choosethetypeofinstallationtocarryout.
Choosewhethertoinstalltheentireproductoronlyparticularfeaturesoftheproduct,as
explainedinthenextsection.
YoucanalsocarryoutanMSIinstallation.RefertotheonlineDragonSystemAdministrator
GuidePDForHelpfilefordetails.
Choosing type of installation
WhenyouinstallDragon,youcaneitherdoacomplete(typical)installationoracustom
installation.Nuancerecommendsyoudoacompleteinstallationunlessyouareexperienced
withtheproduct.Thetablebelowtellsmoreabouteachinstallationtype.
TYPE DESCRIPTION
Typical/
Complete
Installsallcomponents(includingallvocabulariesandlanguagesavailableinyour
editionofthesoftware).
Requiresthemaximumdiskspace.
Custom
Letsyouselectparticularcomponentstoinstall(including,dependingofyouredition
ofDragon,languages,vocabularies,andtheText-to-Speechfunction).
Cangreatlyreducethediskspacerequired.
Duringacustominstallation,intheProfessionalandMedicaleditions,youcan
modifysettingsthatarethenappliedtoalluserprofilescreatedwiththisinstallation,
includingWindowslimitedaccountusers.
Note
IfyoudecidenottoinstallsomeDragoncomponentsbyselectingCustominstallation,youcan
installthemlaterbyrunningtheSetupprogramagainandchoosingModify.
Ifyouareinstallingtheproductformultipleusers,youshouldchooseaCustominstallation
ratherthanaTypical/Completeinstallation.Tocarryoutacustominstallation,proceedto
Installingsoftware—CustomInstallation.Otherwise,seeInstallingsoftware—Typical
Installation.
Installing Software - Typical Installation
To install all features of Dragon:
1. InserttheDragonDVDintoyourDVDdrive.
Iftheinstallationdoesnotstartautomatically,useWindowsExplorertofindanddouble-click
setup.exeontheDVD.
2. AftertheWindowsInstallerbegins,itinstalls:
n VisualC++Version9.0Runtime
3. AftertheWizardbegins,clickNexttoproceedtotheLicense Agreementpage.Readthe
textandselectI accept the terms...,thenclickNext.
20
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
4. EnteryourUser NameandOrganization,andtheSerial Numbersuppliedtoyour
installation.
5. (Optional)WhentheSetupTypepageappears,clicktheChangebuttonandchoose
wheretoinstalltheproduct.
IfnoearlierversionsofDragonareinstalledonyoursystem,thedefaultdirectoryis:
C:\ProgramFiles\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
Foralistofdirectoriescreatedbyinstallation,seeVersion13FileStructure.
6. WhileyouarestillontheSetup Typepage,selectTypical.
7. ClickInstalltostarttheinstallation.
8. Whenprompted,clickFinishtocompletetheinstallation.(Ifyouarepromptedtorestart
yourcomputer,restartitnow.)
9. SelectStart>All Programs>Dragon NaturallySpeaking>Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
TheNewDragonBarappearsonyourdesktop.
10. (optional)Ifyouhaveuserprofilesthatyouwouldliketoupgradebeforeproceeding,see
UpgradingUserProfiles.
11. Ifyouhavenoupgradableprofiles,theProfileCreationwizardstartsimmediatelyafter
youruntheproduct.ProceedtoCreatingyourUserProfiletosetupaUserProfile,
continueasinstructed.
YouarenowreadytocreateaUserProfile,asexplainedunderCreatingyourUserProfile.
Installing Software - Custom Installation
To install portions of Dragon or to install it for multiple user profiles:
1. InserttheDragonDVDintoyourDVDdrive.
Iftheinstallationdoesnotstartautomatically,useWindowsExplorertofindanddouble-click
setup.exeontheDVD.
2. AftertheWindowsInstallerbegins,itinstalls:
n VisualC++Version9.0Runtime
3. AftertheWizardbegins,clickNexttoproceedtotheLicense Agreementpage.Readthe
textandselectI accept the terms...,thenclickNext.
4. EnteryourUser NameandOrganization,andtheSerial Numbersuppliedtoyour
installation.
5. (Optional)WhentheSetupTypepageappears,clicktheChangebuttonandchoose
wheretoinstalltheproduct.
IfnoearlierversionsofDragonareinstalledonyoursystem,thedefaultdirectoryis:
C:\ProgramFiles\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
21
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Foralistofdirectoriescreatedbyinstallation,seeVersion13FileStructure.
6. WhileyouarestillontheSetup Typepage,selectCustomforthetypeofinstallation.
Note:If you decide not to install some Dragon components by selecting Custom installation,
you can install them later by running the Setup program again and choosing Modify.
7. ClickNextandyouseeatreewhereyoucanselectanyparticularfeatureoftheproduct
andclickthedownarrowtoitslefttochoosewhere/whentoinstallit:
n Installnow,onlocalharddrive
n Installnow,withallsubfeaturesonlocalharddrive
n Installwhenitisneededonajust-in-timebasis
Theseoptionsareparticularlyusefulforinstallingmultiplelanguagesand/ormultiple
vocabularies.
Installingotherlanguages,dialects,andspecializedvocabulariesToinstalluserfilesforthe
otherlanguagesordialectssuppliedwithyouredition,chooseCustomontheSetupType
page.Theuserfilesforeachlanguageordialectcontainbothspellingsandpronunciations
specifictothatregion.Forexample,userswhowishtodictateUSEnglishspellings—
includinguserswithaccents—shouldinstalltheUS(American)Englishuserfiles.
8. ClickNextagainand,ifyoudonothavetheProfessionaledition,skiptothenextstep.
Otherwise,chooseanycheckboxesunderAdditional optionstohaveadditionaldialog
boxespopupattheendoftheinstallation,whereyoucanmakechangesthataffectall
usersdictatingonthiscomputer.
Modify the application’s settings for all users
DisplaystheOptionsdialogboxattheendoftheinstallation;hereyousetseveral
optionsforalluserprofilesatonce(seeonlineHelpfordetails).Usefulforaninstallation
inasharedarea;forexample,inaconferenceroomorinanexaminingroomwhere
multiplehealthcareprofessionalscoulddictate.
Modifytheadministrativesettings
DisplaystheAdministrative Settingsdialogboxattheendoftheinstallation,where
yousetuptheRoamingUserfeature,wheretobackupyourfiles,andwhocanmodify
commands/vocabularies.
Modifytheformattingoptions
DisplaysAuto-Formattingdialogboxatendofinstallation,whereyouapplyuniform
formattingtoalldocumentsdictatedatthisinstallation;forexample,formatsfordates,
times,andphonenumbers.Youalsosetwhethertoexpandcontractions,apply
abbreviations,andinsertcommasautomatically.SeeonlineHelpformoredetails.
9. ClickNext.
22
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
10. ClickInstalltostarttheinstallation.
11. Whentheinstallationcompletes,proceedwithanyofthefollowingsectionsthatapplyto
yourcustominstallation:
n Modifyingapplicationsettingsforallusers
n Modifyingadministrativesettings
n Modifyingformattingoptionsforallusers
12. Whenyouarepromptedtoregistertheproduct,selectoneoftheregistrationoptions.
13. ClickOKtoregistertheproductandclickitagaintoproceed.
14. CheckYes, check for program updates after the setup completestodownloadany
updatesafterthesetupcompletesandclickFinishtocompletetheinstallation.
15. Ifyouchosetoupgradeuserprofilesearlier,whenthemessageaboutupgradingyour
userprofilespopsup,clickOK.(Themessagemighttellyouthattheinstallationwillnotbe
completeuntilafteryoursystemisrestarted.)
16. Ifyouweretoldyouneedtorebootinordertocompletetheinstallation,rebootyour
computernow.
17. SelectStart>All Programs>Dragon NaturallySpeaking>Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
TheNewDragonBarappearsonyourdesktop.
18. (optional)Ifyouhaveuserprofilesthatyouwouldliketoupgradebeforeproceeding,refer
toUpgradingUserProfiles.Otherwise,ifyouhavenoupgradableexistingprofiles,the
ProfileCreationwizardstartsimmediatelyandyoucancreateaprofileasexplainedin
CreatingyourUserProfile.
Modifying application settings for all users
IfyoucheckedoffModify the application’s settings for all usersduringacustominstallation,
theOptionsdialogboxopensimmediatelyaftertheinstallationcompletes.
Note
If you did a typical installation, open the Options dialog box by opening Dragon and selecting
Options from the DragonBar's Tools menu.
IntheOptionsdialogbox,youseeseveraltabsyoucanusetoconfigurevariousaspectsof
theproduct:
Formoreinformationoneachtab,seetheonlineHelp(startwiththetopicTheOptions
dialogbox).
23
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Modifying administrative settings
Note
Ifyouperformedatypicalinstallation,opentheAdministrativeSettingsdialogboxbyrunning
DragonwithoutopeningaprofileandselectingAdministrativeSettingsfromtheToolsmenu.
IntheAdministrativeSettingsdialogbox,youseethefollowingtabs:
n Roaming—Tosetuproamingusers.
n Miscellaneous—Tocreatebackup/distributiondirectoriesandcontrolwhocanmodify
customcommands(orvocabularies).
n ScheduledTasks—ToscheduleaccuracyoptimizationandDataCollection(to
improvefuturereleases),andtoletusersmodifythescheduleoftasks.
Fordetails,refertotheHelpbyclickingtheHelpbutton.
Modifying formatting options for all users
IfyouchosetomodifyformattingoptionsontheCustomSetuppageduringacustom
installation,theAuto-Formattingdialogboxopensaftertheinstallationcompletes.
Note:
If you did not do a custom installation and you want to view or change the Auto-Formatting
options: launch Dragon, open a user profile, and select Auto-Formatting Options from the
Tools menu on the DragonBar.
TheAuto-Formattingdialogboxappearsasshownbelow.
24
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
Fordetailsabouttheseoptions,clicktheHelpbuttononthisdialogboxorseetheHelptopic
TheAuto-Formattingdialogbox.
Creating your user profile
EachpersonwhousesDragonmusthavehisorherownuserprofile.
YouruserprofilestoresacousticinformationaboutyourvoicethatDragonusestorecognize
whatyousay.Italsostoreschangesyoumaketothestandardoptionsandvocabulary—any
specialwords,names,acronyms,andabbreviationsyouadd.
Whenyoulaunchthesoftwareforthefirsttime,theProfile Creationwizardstartsandleads
youthroughcreatingyourprofile:
25
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Note: Note:
Ifyouupgradedasingleprofilefromanearlierversion,Dragonopensthatprofile.Ifyou
upgradedmultipleprofiles,itdisplaysallupgradedprofilesintheOpenUserProfiledialog
box.
To create a user profile
Proceedthroughthewizard,fillingintheinformationitrequestsandclickingNexttoproceed.
Note:
ThewizardasksforregionoftheworldyouliveintohelpDragontranscribeyourspeechin
accordancewithregionaldifferences.
Dragonletsyouhaveprofilesinmultiplelanguages.Ifyoureditionsupportsmorethanone
language,youcaninstalladditionallanguagesbychoosingCustomduringtheinstallationand
havingtheDragonDVDavailabletoinstallthelanguagefilesduringtheprofilecreation
process.
Dragonautomaticallychoosesaspeechmodeltouseasthefoundationforyourprofileanda
vocabularyitusestorecognizewordsbasednotonlyontheirsoundbutalsoontheircontext.
Ifyouwanttoselectaparticularspeechmodelandvocabulary,youcanclicktheAdvanced
button.
WhentheChooseanaudiodevicepageappears,Dragonscansyoursystemandpresentsa
listfromwhichyouselectyourtypeofaudiodevice.Next,Dragonhasyoupositionandcheck
yourmicrophone.WhenDragonasksyoutoreadashorttextaloudsothatitcancheckyour
audioinputandmakesomeadjustments,clicktheStartbuttonandreadthetextasifyou
weredictatingtothesoftware(thistakesabout30seconds).
26
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
Setting up, positioning, and checking your microphone
Positioningthemicrophonecorrectlyisimportant.Ifthemicrophoneisoutofplace,Dragon
mightnotbeabletohearyouclearlyandmakemistakes.
Consistentpositioningisalsoimportant.Makesurethatyoupositionthemicrophonethe
samewayeachtimeyoudictate.
Herearesometipsonusingparticulartypesofmicrophones:
Using a headset microphone
n Positionthemicrophoneaboutahalf-inch(approximatelythewidthofyourthumb)
fromyourmouthandalittleofftotheside.Themicrophoneshouldnottouchyour
mouth,butitcanbealmosttouchingyourlips.
n Ifyouneedtomovethemicrophoneoutoftheway,liftthe“boom”upandoveryour
head,ratherthanbendingitoutofpositionorremovingtheheadset.
Using a hand-held microphone
n Holdthemicrophoneonetothreeinchesfromyourmouthandalittleofftotheside.
n WhendictatingtoDragon,Ifthesoundlevelisunacceptableorvolumecheckfails,a
notificationpagepops-up,tryholdingthemicrophoneslightlyfartherfromyourmouth.
Using an array microphone
n Positionthearray18to30inchesfrom/pointedatyourmouth.
n Avoidblockingthepathbetweenyourmouthandthearray,forexamplebyholdinga
bookorpaperinfrontofyourface.
n Avoidhavinganysourceofnoiseorsignalotherthanyourvoicedirectlyfacingthe
arraywithinatleast15feet.
Microphone Check
AfteryouhavepositionedthemicrophoneandclickedNext,youseeascreencontainingtext
foryoutoreadoutloud.
Clickthatscreen’sStartbuttonandthenreadaloudthetextdisplayedinthebox.Whenthe
programhasheardenough,itdisplaysAudioqualityisacceptable.ClickNexttocontinue.If
itdisplays“Theaudioqualityisunacceptable”,makesureyourmicrophoneispositioned
properlyandthatyouarespeakingloudlyenough.ThentrytheMicrophoneCheckagain.
Training a user profile
Performingtrainingaftercreatingauserprofileisoneofthewaysyoucanpersonalizeyour
profileandobtainhigheraccuracy.Itisdonebyreadingaloudforseveralminutesfromone
oftheavailabletextsDragonoffers.
Note:
Forinformationonacoustictrainingthetranscriptionofrecordings,see
http://www.nuance.com/dragon/transcription-solutions/index.htm
27
Dragon Installation and User Guide
FromtheDragonBar'sProfilemenu,selectOpen User Profileandselectyourprofileinthelist
thenclickOpen.FromtheAudiomenu,selectRead text to improve accuracy.
To train a profile
1. IntheRead Training Textpage,underChoosing text to read,chooseatexttoreadaloud
andclickNext.
2. WhentheText Displaypageappears,choosehowyouwanttoreadthetext,fromthe
screenorfromaprintedpage.Ifyouchoosetoreadfromaprintedpage,clickPrinttoprint
thetext.
3. Ifyouchosetoreadthetextfromthescreen,theSpeaking to the computerpageappears
andadvisesyoutopositionyourmicrophone.
4. Afteryoupositionyourmicrophone,clickTraintobegin.
5. IntheSpeakingtotheComputerpop-up,clickBeginTrainingandreadthetextinthebox.
6. ClickNextandproceedwiththereading.
Notes:
Youneedtoreadforonlyabout5minutes.
YoucantakebreaksduringyourreadingbyclickingPause.
Trytoreadthetextexactlyasitis,butit’sokayifyoureadsomethingincorrectly.
Whenyoureadtrainingtext,youdon'thavetodictatingpunctuationbutconsiderreadingat
leasttheperiodsorthecommas(thisisanopportunityforyoutopracticesayingpunctuation
andalsohelpsyouspeakwithatoneandspeedthat'smoresimilartohowyouwilldictate
thanhowyouspeakwhensimplyreadingsomethingoutloud).
Whenyou’vereadenough,Dragondisplaysacongratulationsmessage.ClickOKand
Dragonstartsadaptingtoyourvoice.
Upgrading User Profiles
Ifyouchosetoupgradeexistinguserprofilesduringtheinstallation,theUser Upgrade Wizard
appearsthefirsttimeyourunVersion13.
Note:
Ifyoudonotwanttoupgradeuserprofilesrightnow,youcanexitfromthewizardanddoit
later.
Otherwise,youcanstarttheUser Upgrade WizardfromtheWindowsStartmenuatanytime.
28
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
To upgrade existing user profiles:
1. TostarttheUser Upgrade Wizard,selectStart>All Programs>Dragon
NaturallySpeaking>Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools>Upgrade Users.TheUser
UpgradeWizardappears.
2. OntheSelect Users to Upgradepage,modifythelisttoincludeonlytheuserprofilesthat
youwanttoupgradenow.Thewizardstartsbyincludingalluserprofilesinthecurrent
folderascandidatestoupgrade.YouaddtothelistbyclickingtheAddbuttonand
browsingforadditionaluserprofilesinotherlocations.Youremoveuserprofilesfromthe
listbyselectingthemandclickingtheRemovebutton.Afterthelistcontainsonlytheuser
profilesyouwanttoupgrade,clickNext.
3. ClickNextandchoosethelocationfortheupgradeduserprofiles.AstheUserUpgrade
Wizardmodifiesyouruserfilestoworkwiththenewestversion,itcanplacetheupgraded
userinanotherlocationwhilekeepingtheoldfilesuntouched,incaseyouneedthem
again.
4. ClicktheBrowsebuttonintheChoose Destinationpageofthewizardtoselectthe
locationfortheupgradeduserprofiles.Ifyoudonotsetalocation,Dragonplacesthe
profilesinthedefaultlocation(seeVersion13FileStructure).
5. (Optional)Ifyouwanttomakechangestotheuserlocations,basevocabularies,and/or
acousticmodels,clicktheAdvancedbuttonandtheAdvanced Optionsdialogboxopens.
Inthisdialogbox,youcanmakefineradjustmentstohowthewizardupgradesparticular
users.Youseealistoftheusersbeingupgraded.Foreachuserprofile,youseethe
29
Dragon Installation and User Guide
profilename,oldlocation,vocabulary,andoneormoreacousticmodels.
Whenyouclickonthelocationlineofauserprofileinthelist,theNew Locationtextbox
belowthelistbecomesavailable.YoucanclickBrowseandselectanewlocation.
Whenyouclickonthevocabularylineofauserprofileinthelist,theNew Base Vocabulary
textboxbelowthelistbecomesavailable.Youcanchooseanewbasevocabularyfromthe
drop-downlist.
Whenyouclickontheacousticmodellineofauserprofileinthelist,theNew Acoustic
Modeltextboxbelowthelistbecomesavailable.Youcanchooseanewcombination
language,languagemodel,andaccentfromthedrop-downlist.
6. ClickOKtoreturntothewizard.
7. ClickNexttoproceedtotheUpgrade UserspagewhereyouclickBegintobeginthe
upgradeprocess.Expecttowaitapproximately5minutesforeachuserprofilebeing
upgraded.
8. Whentheupgradeprocessiscomplete,clickFinish.
Default installation folders
Dragonsetsupthefollowingdefaultfoldersandfilelocationsforapplicationanddatafile
storageduringinstallation:
Windows 7/Windows 8
Main Dragon log
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\logs\<username>
Note:AfteroneofDragon’speriodictasksruns,thereisalsoaloginthesubfolder
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\logs\System\
Upgrade log
C:\Users\AllUsers\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\logs\<user_name>
User Profiles
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users
Roaming User Profiles (local folder)
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\RoamingUsers
Vocabularies and Acoustic Models
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Data
Custom words and commands
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom
30
Chapter 2: Installing Dragon
Program files
For 32-bit systems For 64-bit systems
C:\Program
Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program
C:\ProgramFiles(x86)
\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program
Help
For 32-bit systems For 64-bit systems
C:\Program
Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Help
C:\ProgramFiles(x86)
\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Help
Interactive Tutorial files
For 32-bit systems For 64-bit systems
C:\Program
Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\itutorial
C:\ProgramFiles(x86)
\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\itutorial
Activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking
ThefirsttimeyoustartDragonNaturallySpeaking,youwillbepromptedtoactivateyour
copyoftheprogram.
Ifyoudonotactivatetheprogram,youwillbeabletostartDragonNaturallySpeaking
severaltimes.Withoutactivation,whenyoustartDragonNaturallySpeakingforthesixth
time,itwillnolongeropenandyouwon'tbeabletousetheprogramuntilyouactivateit.
Nuancestronglyrecommendsthatyouactivateautomatically.
To automatically activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking
1. StartDragonNaturallySpeaking.ThisdisplaystheActivationdialogbox.
2. Click"ActivateNow."ThisdisplaystheActivationScreen.
Youcanalsochoose"ActivateLater,"whichwillpromptyoutoactivateeachtimeyoustart
DragonNaturallySpeaking.Ifyoustarttheprogramfivetimeswithoutactivating,Dragon
NaturallySpeakingwillbedisabled.
3. Click"ActivateAutomatically."ThisautomaticallyactivatesDragonNaturallySpeaking
andrequiresnofurtheractionfromyou.
To manually activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking
1. StartDragonNaturallySpeaking.ThisdisplaystheActivationdialogbox.
2. Click"ActivateNow."ThisdisplaystheActivationScreen.
3. Click"ActivateManually."ThisdisplaystheEnterKeydialogbox.
4. Tocompletethemanualactivation,clickontheURLlistedatthetopofthedialogbox.
ThisURLopenstheNuanceactivationpage.
31
Dragon Installation and User Guide
5. OntheNuanceactivationpage,click"GenerateActivationKey"tocreateanActivation
Key.
6. Onceactivationkeyappears,selecttheentirenumberandcopyit(CTRL+C).Clickthefirst
fieldoftheEnterKeydialogboxandpaste(CTRL+V).Thispastestheentirenumberinto
theActivateKeyfield
7. ClickOKtocompletetheactivation.
Notes
n YoumustbeconnectedtotheInternettoactivateDragonNaturallySpeaking.The
activationprocesssendsonlyyourproductserialnumberandanumberthatuniquely
identifiesthemachinewhereDragonNaturallySpeakingisbeinginstalled.Nopersonal
informationistransmittedtoNuance.
n IfyoumakeanyhardwarechangesonamachinewhereDragonNaturallySpeakingis
installed,youmaybepromptedtoactivateagain.Topreserveyouractivationstatus
youcanuninstallDragonNaturallySpeaking,makingsuretokeepyourUserProfiles
whenprompted,beforeyoumakeyourhardwarechanges.Aftermakingchangesto
yourhardware,thenre-installDragonNaturallySpeaking.
32
Chapter 3: Getting Started
Chapter 3: Getting Started
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
WelcometoDragonNaturallySpeaking 34
WorkingwithWindows8andWindows8.1 36
AboutDragonNaturallySpeaking 39
HowDragonworks 40
ActivatingDragonNaturallySpeaking 41
Dragonsystemrequirements 42
TopWaystouseDragon 43
UsingDragonNaturallySpeakingHelp 44
Hotkeys 45
UsingtheDragonNaturallySpeakingLearningCenter 45
UsingtheInteractiveTutorial 49
Startingtodictate 49
UsingtheCommandlineinterface 49
ElectronicMedicalRecord(EMR)applicationsrestrictions 50
AutoConfigurationBasedonSystemProfile 51
ContactingCustomerServiceandSupport 51
33
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Welcome to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
34
Chapter 3: Getting Started
What'sNew
Visitthishelptopictoreadaboutthemostnewsworthy
featuresofDragonNaturallySpeaking.
Dragon
NaturallySpeaking
ontheWeb
TheNuanceWeb
sitegivesyou
accesstolatest
informationon
Dragon
NaturallySpeaking.
TopwaystouseDragon
Followthislinkforabird'seyeviewofallthings
Dragon.
Dictation:OurTop5
Starthereforourtop
5tipsabouthowto
dictatetoDragon
NaturallySpeaking.
Howtomakecorrections
Youcancorrectmisrecognitionsorrewritedictationin
manyways.Thistopicgetsyoustartedwiththe
leadingmethods,suchasbyselectingandredictating
andusingtheCorrectionmenu.
Ourbestwaysto
improveaccuracy
Visitourtop10list
tolearnstrategiesto
maximizedictation
accuracy.
Makingrevisions
Revisingtextgoesbeyondcorrectionandincludes
deleting,undoing,andcorrections,alongwithmany
waysyoucanuseDragontoformatyourcontent.
"WhatcanIsay?"
YoucanaskDragon
NaturallySpeaking
tolistcommandsfor
yourcurrent
Windowstaskatany
time.Whenyousay
"WhatcanIsay?,"
Dragon
NaturallySpeaking
openstheDragon
LearningCenter,
showinglistsof
applicable
commands.
UsingDragonwithE-mail
Dragonvoicerecognitiongivesspecialfocusto
supportingdictatingandmanaginge-mail,in
programsfromMicrosoftOutlooktoOutlook.comand
Gmail.
UsingDragonwith
yourWord
Processor
Dragonsupports
countless
commandswiththe
leadingword
processing
programs,from
35
Dragon Installation and User Guide
MicrosoftWord,to
WordPerfect,to
OpenOffice.org
Writer.
Searchingbyvoice
DragonNaturallySpeakingVoiceShortcutscollapse
commonmulti-steptasksintodirectvoicecommands
thatyoucansayatanytime,nomatterwhatisactive
onyourscreen.VoiceShortcutsspeedupsearching
theInternet,searchingyourcomputer,startinge-
mails,andmore.
UsingHelp
TheDragonBar’s
Helpmenuprovides
accesstomanyHelp
tools,includingthe
AccuracyCenter,
thePerformance
Assistant,Dragon's
Help,theLearning
Center,andthe
interactivetutorial.
You'llalsofindWeb
linksforsoftware
updates,themain
Dragonpageonthe
Web,Technical
Supportpages,and
foronline
registration.
Working with Windows 8 and Windows 8.1
WithWindows8,Microsoftintroducedmajorchangesforend-userscomparedtoprevious
operatingsystems:itaddedasecondinterface(knownas“Modern”andformerlyas“Metro”)
andremovedtheStartbuttonfromthefamiliardesktopinterface.Withthereleaseofitsfree
update,Windows8.1(October2013),Microsoftintroducednewcapabilities(and
reintroducedtheStartbuttononthedesktopinterface).
TheClassicDragonBarcannotdisplayontheModerninterface,butDragon13introducesthe
NewDragonBar,whichcan.
Note:ForthelatestdetailsonusingDragoninWindows8,pleaseseetheDragonsupport
pageandKnowledgebaseontheNuancewebsite:
http://www.nuance.com/support/dragon-naturallyspeaking/index.htm
Starting Dragon from the Windows desktop:
Makesureyourmicrophoneisconnected,thenstartDragonbydouble-clickingitsdesktop
icon.
36
Chapter 3: Getting Started
Starting Dragon from the Windows Start Screen:
WhenusingWindows8,clicktheDragonNaturallySpeakingtiletostartDragon.In
Windows8.1,youstartDragonfromtheAppsView.YoucanstartDragonfromtheStart
ScreenonWindows8.1ifyouhaveaDragontileontheStartScreen.Bydefault,the
DragontilewillnotbeontheStartScreen,andunlessyoupinit,youwillnotbeabletostartit
fromthatscreen.
Command and control
n InWindows8,thereisnoStartmenuonthedesktopinterface,butequivalent
functionalityisprovidedbytheCharmsbarandtheStartscreen.Toaccessthoseby
voice,youcanusethecommands“openCharmsbar”and“openStartscreen.”To
seetheexpandedviewoftheStartscreen,youusethecommand“showall
applications.”(Note:inWindows8.1thereisaStartbuttononthedesktop).
n ToperformactionsinWindows8,youcanalsotakeadvantageofDragon’sabilityto
presskeys.Forexample,youcansaythecommands“pressWindowsh”(this
accessesWindows8’sSharefeature)and“pressWindowskey.”
n YoucandictateintheSearchfield.(Afterenteringyoursearchtermorterms,you
couldusethecommand“pressEnter.”)Notethat,fromtheStartscreen,dictating
doesnotautomaticallybringupSearch.Thisissupportedinthe"AllApps"screen
only.
n ThefollowingarecommandsforWindows8andincludecommandsadded
forWindows8.1:
37
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Windows 8 Commands
DisplaytheStartScreen "startscreen"
"Showmestartscreen"
"Showstartscreen"
"Openstartscreen"
"Clickstartscreen"
ChangeAccountPicture "Changeaccountpicture"
"Changemyaccountpicture"
GotoAllApplications "Switchtoallapplications"
"Openallapplications"
"Showallapplications"
"Viewallapplications"
DisplaytheCharmsBar "charmsbar"
"Showmecharmsbar"
"Clickcharmsbar"
PinanInternetExplorer10siteto
theStartScreen
"Pinthislocationtostartscreen"
"Addlocationtostartscreen"
"Pinlocationtostartscreen"
"Addthislocationtostart
screen"
"Addpagetothestartscreen"
"Pinsitetostartscreen"
"Addthispagetostartscreen"
"Addthissitetostartscreen"
"Pinthislocationtothestart
screen"
"Pinlocationtothestartscreen"
"Pinwebpagetostartscreen"
"Addlocationtothestart
screen"
"Addthissitetothestartscreen"
"Pinthispagetostartscreen"
38
Chapter 3: Getting Started
To Say
Windows 8.1 Commands
CustomizetheStart
Screen
"Customizestartscreen"
PinanInternetExplorer11siteto
Applications
"Pinthislocationtostartscreen
applications"
"Addthiswebpagetoapplications"
"Pinthiswebsitetoapps"
DisplayaCharm "Goto'charmname'charm"
"Open'charmname'charm"
"Show'charmname'charm"
Charmnames:Start|Search|Share|
Devices|Settings
Windows 8 restrictions
n Dragon’swindowscanonlyopeninthedesktopenvironment.ExamplesofDragon
windowsaretheOpenUserProfilesdialog,theVocabularyEditor,theAccuracy
Center,thelistofopenwindows,andtheEditKeywordswindowtriggeredby
commandssuchas“searchmapsfor…”.If,whileoutsidethedesktopenvironment,
youperformanactionthatcausesoneofthesewindowstoopen,thatwindowwillbe
openonthedesktop.
n Dragon’sResultsindicatordoesnotappearwhenyouuseDragonoutsideofthe
desktopenvironment.
n Dragon’scapabilitiesforInternetExploreronlyapplytothedesktopenvironment;
theydonotapplytotheInternetExplorerfull-screenapp.
n DragondoesnothaveFullTextControlinfull-screenapplications.TheDictationBox
isnotsupportedforMetroapps.
About Dragon NaturallySpeaking
DragonNaturallySpeakingsoftwareisthepremierproductforlarge-Vocabularycontinuous
recognitionofnaturalspeech.WithDragonNaturallySpeaking,youcancreatedocuments
quicklyandeasilywithyourvoice,withoutbeingslowedbytypingonyourkeyboard.
Dictate your documents
Youcandictate,ratherthantype,intoanyprogramthatacceptstext.Dragon
NaturallySpeakingrecognizesnaturalandcontinuousspeechandconvertsittotextonthe
screen.
39
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Format and edit by voice
Youcanusevoicecommandstoformattextandmakecorrectionsandtoactivatethebuttons
andmenusinsupportedwordprocessors,suchasCorelWordPerfect,MicrosoftWord,
DragonPad,WordPad,andothersupportedprograms.
Say What You See™ to control programs
Youcanusevoicecommandstostartandswitchamongprogramsandtocontrolprogram
windows,menus,anddialogboxes.Say"File,"forexample,toopentheFilemenu.
Personalize Dragon NaturallySpeaking for your voice and Vocabulary
YoucantrainDragonNaturallySpeakingtorecognizethewayyouspeakandpersonalizethe
Vocabularywithwordsyoutypicallyuse.
YoucanincreaseaccuracybycreatingdifferentVocabularies,personalizedforthedifferent
subjectareasinwhichyoudictate.
n DragonNaturallySpeakingsystemrequirements
n Copyright
How Dragon works
ThegoalofDragonNaturallySpeakingistomakeiteasiertointeractwithacomputerwithout
usingakeyboardormouse.Tosucceedatthisgoal,theprogrammustbeabletoanalyzean
incomingstreamofsoundsandinterpretthosesoundsascommandsanddictation.This
processofinterpretationiscalledspeechrecognition,anditssuccessismeasuredbythe
percentageofcorrectinterpretations,orrecognition accuracy.
Toachievehighrecognitionaccuracy,DragonNaturallySpeakingreliesonseveralsourcesof
information:
n Acoustic model—amathematicalmodelofthesoundpatternsusedbythespeaker's
language.
n Vocabulary—alistofwordsthattheprogramcanrecognize.Eachwordinthe
Vocabularyhasatextrepresentationandapronunciation.
n Language model—statisticalinformationassociatedwithaVocabularythatdescribes
thelikelihoodofwordsandsequencesofwordsoccurringintheuser'sspeech.
WhenyoucreateandtrainaUserProfile,youstartwithastandardsetofmodelsandthen
customizethemforthewayyouspeak(acousticmodel)andthewayyouusewords
(Vocabularyandassociatedlanguagemodel).WhenyouuseDragonNaturallySpeaking,the
programusesyourcustomizedUserProfiletoguessthewordsthatyousaid.
Why does the program make mistakes?
Forvariousreasons,DragonNaturallySpeakingdoesnotalwaystypethewordyouwant.
Someofthereasonsinclude:
n ThecorrectwordwasnotintheVocabulary.
n Thewordorphraseyouspokesoundedverysimilartothewordorphrasetheprogram
typed.
n Thesoundofyourbreathorotherrandomnoiseswereinterpretedassmallwordslike
"in"thatappearedwheretheydidn'tbelong.
40
Chapter 3: Getting Started
Therearesolutionstotheseandmostoftheothererrorsthattheprogrammightmakeinthe
Helptopics.
Customizing Dragon NaturallySpeaking
BeforeyoufirstuseDragonNaturallySpeaking,youprovideitwithinformationaboutyour
pronunciation.Youdothisbyreadingapassagefromapreparedtext.Theprogramthen
addsthisdatatotheinformationitalreadyknowsaboutthewayyouspeak.
AsyousubsequentlyuseDragonNaturallySpeaking,youmaystillencounteroccasional
misrecognitions,thoughthesemisrecognitionswilldecreaseovertime.
n Iftheprogrammisrecognizesacommonword,youcancorrectthemisrecognitionina
waythatfurtherrefinestheprogram'sunderstandingofyourpronunciationofspecific
wordsorphrases.
n Iftheprogrammisrecognizesanuncommonword,suchasatechnicaltermora
propername,youcanaddthatwordtotheprogram'sVocabularysothatitwill
understandthewordortermthenexttimeyousayit.
YoucanalsotellDragonNaturallySpeakingsomethingaboutthefrequencywithwhichyou
usedifferentwordswhenyoucomposedocumentsande-mail.
n AtoolcalledLearnfromSpecificDocumentsletsDragonNaturallySpeakinganalyze
yourdocumentsandthereforeenablestheprogramtobetterrecognizeyour
languageandwritingstyle.
n AnothertoolcalledtheLearnFromSentE-mailstoolcanaddthenamesofyoure-
mailcontactsandanalyzethelanguageandstyleofyoursente-mail.
There's more
ThisisjustashortdescriptionofhowDragonNaturallySpeakingcanhelpyougetmorefrom
yourcomputerthroughspeechrecognition.AsyoulookthroughadditionaltopicsintheHelp,
youwilllearningreaterdetailhowtobetterusethepowerofspeechrecognitionwith
DragonNaturallySpeaking.
Activating Dragon NaturallySpeaking
ThefirsttimeyoustartDragonNaturallySpeaking,youwillbepromptedtoactivateyour
copyoftheprogram.
Ifyoudonotactivatetheprogram,youwillbeabletostartDragonNaturallySpeaking
severaltimes.Withoutactivation,whenyoustartDragonNaturallySpeakingforthesixth
time,itwillnolongeropenandyouwon'tbeabletousetheprogramuntilyouactivateit.
Nuancestronglyrecommendsthatyouactivateautomatically.
To automatically activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking
1. StartDragonNaturallySpeaking.ThisdisplaystheActivationdialogbox.
2. Click"ActivateNow."ThisdisplaystheActivationScreen.
Youcanalsochoose"ActivateLater,"whichwillpromptyoutoactivateeachtimeyoustart
DragonNaturallySpeaking.Ifyoustarttheprogramfivetimeswithoutactivating,Dragon
NaturallySpeakingwillbedisabled.
41
Dragon Installation and User Guide
3. Click"ActivateAutomatically."ThisautomaticallyactivatesDragonNaturallySpeakingand
requiresnofurtheractionfromyou.
To manually activate Dragon NaturallySpeaking
1. StartDragonNaturallySpeaking.ThisdisplaystheActivationdialogbox.
2. Click"ActivateNow."ThisdisplaystheActivationScreen.
3. Click"ActivateManually."ThisdisplaystheEnterKeydialogbox.
4. Tocompletethemanualactivation,clickontheURLlistedatthetopofthedialogbox.This
URLopenstheNuanceactivationpage.
5. OntheNuanceactivationpage,click"GenerateActivationKey"tocreateanActivation
Key.
6. Onceactivationkeyappears,selecttheentirenumberandcopyit(CTRL+C).Clickthefirst
fieldoftheEnterKeydialogboxandpaste(CTRL+V).Thispastestheentirenumberinto
theActivateKeyfield
7. ClickOKtocompletetheactivation.
Notes
n YoumustbeconnectedtotheInternettoactivateDragonNaturallySpeaking.The
activationprocesssendsonlyyourproductserialnumberandanumberthatuniquely
identifiesthemachinewhereDragonNaturallySpeakingisbeinginstalled.Nopersonal
informationistransmittedtoNuance.
n IfyoumakeanyhardwarechangesonamachinewhereDragonNaturallySpeakingis
installed,youmaybepromptedtoactivateagain.Topreserveyouractivationstatus
youcanuninstallDragonNaturallySpeaking,makingsuretokeepyourUserProfiles
whenprompted,beforeyoumakeyourhardwarechanges.Aftermakingchangesto
yourhardware,thenre-installDragonNaturallySpeaking.
Dragon system requirements
Theinstallprocesschecksthatyoursystemmeetstheminimumrequirements;iftheyarenot
met,DragonNaturallySpeakingwillnotbeinstalled.
Note:
SupportsMicrosoft Office 2010 & 2013.Does not support dictation directly into Electronic
Medical Record (EMR) systems. For EMR support, please use Dragon Medical Edition.
-RAM:Minimum:2 GB for 32-bitWindows 7, 8 & 8.1.4 GB for 64-bitWindows 7, 8 & 8.1
and Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012.
-CPU:Minimum:2.2 GHzIntel®dualcoreorequivalentAMDprocessor.Faster
processors yield faster performance.
-Free hard disk space:4GB
-Supported Operating Systems:Windows732-bitand64-bit;Windows8&8.1,32-bit
and64-bit;WindowsServer2008R2;WindowsServer2012.
-InternetExplorer9orhigherorthecurrentversionofChromeorFirefoxforOnlineHelp.
-Asoundcardsupporting16-bitrecording.
42
Chapter 3: Getting Started
-ADVD-ROMdriveforinstallation.
-ANuance-approvedmicrophone.Seesupport.nuance.com/compatibilityformore
information.
-AnInternetconnectionforautomaticproductactivation(aquickanonymousprocess).
Top Ways to use Dragon
Ifyouwanttogetstartedquickly,checkoutthetopicslistedhere.Theyexplainthetopthings
youneedtoknowaboutcommontasksandconcepts.
Clickaheadingtoopenthattopic.
Getting Started
Descriptionsofkeyconceptsandcomponents.
Microphones
Requirementsandtipsfordifferentmicrophonetypes.
Dictation
Stepsandtipsfordictatingtext.
Accuracy
Tipstomaximizedictationaccuracy.
Correcting text
Commandsforcorrectingyourdictatedtext.
Revising text
Commandsforrevisingandformattingyourdictatedtext.
Mouse and keyboard
Commandsforcontrollingyourmouseandkeyboard.
Word Processors
Commandsforworkingincommonwordprocessingapplications,includingMicrosoftWord.
E-mail
Commandsforwritingandmanaginge-mail.
User profiles
Creatingandmanaginguserprofiles.
The Dragon Learning Center
DescriptionofLearningCenterfeatures,plusrelatedtipsandcommands.
Digital Recorders
Recordingandtranscribingwithanexternalrecorder.
43
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Using Dragon NaturallySpeaking Help
InadditiontousingtheHelpmenu,youcanaccessHelpandnavigatethroughtopicsbyhand
(keyboardormouse)aswellasbyusingvoicecommands.Thefollowingtablesummarizes
thesecommands.
To Say
Launch
a
keyword
search
inthe
Help
Atanytime,eveniftheHelpisnotopen,youcanlaunchasearch
bysayingthecommand"SearchDragonHelpfor<dictation>,"
where<dictation>canbeanyword(s)youwanttolookfor.The
word“Dragon”canbeomitted.Anexampleofthiscommandis
“searchHelpforsymbols.”
Ifyouwanttosearchforaphrase,asopposedtoindividualwords,
usequotationmarksaroundthephrase.Forexample,youcansay
"SearchHelpforopenquotespokenformclosequote"tofindonly
topicsthatcontainthatphrase.
OpentheHelp
window
"GiveMeHelp"
Displaytopics
"MoveForward"or"GoBackward"
Selectthe
Contents,Index,
orSearchtab
Say"ClickContents,""ClickIndex,"or"ClickSearch"
Moveinthe
Contents,Index
list,Searchlist,or
SelectTopiclist
"MoveDown<1 to 20>"
"MoveUp<1 to 20>"
Openatopicfrom
theContents,
Indexlist,Search
list,orSelect
Topiclist
Movetothetopicorbookyouwantandsay"PressEnter."(IntheIndexand
Searchtabs,youcanalsosay"clickDisplay.")Youcanalsodictateanindex
entryorasearchstring.
ClosetheHelp
window
"CloseHelp"or"QuitHelp"
Highlightatopic
intheSearchtab
afterasearch
Say"Tabfourtime"orsay"TabKey"or"PressTab"fourtimes
Note
NotallvoicecommandsworkintheHelpwindow.Forexample,youcanselectthetabsby
saying"ClickContents,""ClickIndex,"or"ClickSearch,"butyoucannotusevoicecommands
44
Chapter 3: Getting Started
toselectfromthetoolbarandyoucannotclickbuttonsbysayingtheirname.Youcanuse
"PressTabKey"toselectbuttonsand"PressEnterKey"topressbuttons.OntheSearch
tabofDragon’sHelpwindow,threecheckboxesenableyoutosearchonlyprevioussearch
results,matchsimilarwords,andsearchtopictitlesonly.OpentheHelpSearchtabfor
details.
Hot keys
Usehotkeystoperformthedescribedactions.
Thekeyslistedherearethedefaultsettings;youorsomeoneelsemighthavechangedthe
keyassignmentstodifferentkeys.
To Press
Turnthemicrophoneonoroff Press+(Pluskey)onthenumerickeypad
OpentheCorrectionmenu Press-(Minuskey)onthenumerickeypad
Note: Dragon does not currently support this hot key with Gmail or
Outlook.com.
Forcewordstoberecognizedas
commands
Pressandhold CTRL
Forcewordstoberecognizedas
dictation
PressandholdSHIFT
OpentheDragonmenu Press*(Asteriskkey)onthenumerickeypad
Putthemicrophonetosleeporwake
itup
Press/(forwardslashkey)onthenumerickeypad
Press-to-talk ThereisnodefaultkeyforPress-to-talk
OpentheDictationBox PressCTRL + SHIFT + D
MovetoNextfield PressCTRL + SHIFT + N
Playback PressSHIFT + -Minuskey(-)onthenumerickeypad
FastPlayback PressSHIFT + *(Asteriskkey)onthenumerickeypad
Note
YoucanvieworchangethecurrentassignmentsforhotkeysontheOptionsdialogboxHot
keystab.
Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center
UsetheLearningCentertoseeonthesideofyourscreensamplecommandsandtips
relatedtotheprogramyouarecurrentlyusing.Itscontentchangesasyouswitchbetween
programsandwindows.(SeeLearningCentercontexts.)
TheLearningCenterappearsautomaticallywhenyouopenaProfile(youcanchangethis
fromtheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialogbox).IftheLearningCenterisclosed,you
45
Dragon Installation and User Guide
canopenitthroughtheHelpmenuorbysayingacommandsuchas"WhatcanIsay"or
"ShowDragonLearningCenter."
YoucanchangetheLearningCenter'sfontsize,eitherbyvoiceorthroughitsright-click
menu.
Bydefault,theLearningCenterissettoFloating;youcanresizeitandmoveit.Ifyoupreferto
notcoveranywindowunderit,youcanchoosetodockittothesideofthescreen,inwhich
caseyoucanalsochoosetosetittoAuto-hide.
Caution:iftheareaofthedesktopbelowtheLearningCentercontainsicons,dockingthe
LearningCenterwillcausethoseiconstomove,whichcoulddisruptyourdesktop
arrangement.
Controlling the Learning Center
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandswiththeLearningCenter,whetherornotit'sthe
activewindow(thatistosay,whetherornotithasfocus).
MostcommandsrequirethattheLearningCenterbeopen.
ToopenoneofLearningCenter'spanelsortabs,say“click”anditslabel.
46
Chapter 3: Getting Started
To Say this Or do this
Showthe
Learning
Center
"WhatcanIsay?"
"DragonLearningCenter"or"Dragon
Sidebar"(youcanalsoprecedethis
with"Open","Launch","Start","Show",
or"ShowMe")
"SampleCommands"or"Command
list"(youcanprecedethiswith"Open",
"Launch","Start","Show",or"Show
Me")
"SwitchtoLearningCenter"
SelectLearningCenterfromthe
DragonBar'sHelpmenu.
Showthe
MyCommands
tab
"ClickMyCommands" SelecttheMyCommandstabon
theLearningCenter.
Dockthe
Learning
Centertothe
right
"LearningCenterdockright" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectDockright.
Dockthe
Learning
Centertothe
left
"LearningCenterdockleft" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectDockleft.
Changethefont
sizeofthe
Learning
Center
"LearningCenterFont[Small|
Medium|Large]"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectFontSize>Small,
MediumorLarge.
Floatthe
Learning
Center
"LearningCenterfloat"
or
"LearningCenterundock"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectFloating.
Auto-hidethe
Learning
Center(not
availablein
Floating)
"LearningCenterauto-hide" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectAuto-hide.
Disableauto-
hide(not
availablein
Floating)
"LearningCenterstophiding" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
anddeselectAuto-hide.
47
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say this Or do this
Setthe
Learning
Centerto
AlwaysonTop
WiththeLearningCenteractive,right-
clickitandsay"AlwaysonTop"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectAlwaysonTop
TurnoffAlways
onTop
WiththeLearningCenteractive,right-
clickitandsay"AlwaysonTop"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
anddeselectAlwaysonTop.
Increasethe
Learning
Centerwidthby
5percent
"LearningCenterwider" WiththeLearningCenteractive,
pressthekeycombination
<ALT+W>.(Youcanalsoclickand
dragtheleftborder.)
Decreasethe
Learning
Centerwidthby
5percent
"LearningCenterthinner" WiththeLearningCenteractive,
pressthekeycombination
<ALT+T>.(Youcanalsoclickand
dragtheleftborder.)
PrintLearning
Center
commands
N/A Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectPrint.
Showthe
Learning
CenterHelp
"LearningCenterHelp" Clickthequestionmark
iconatthetoprightofthe
LearningCenter.
Closethe
Learning
Center
WiththeLearningCenteractive,say
"LearningCenterclose"
or
"Closewindow"
Right-clickontheLearning
CenterandselectClose.
Clickthexatitstoprightcorner.
Learning Center contexts
HereisthelistofprogramsandwindowsforwhichtheLearningCenterhasspecificcontent:
n DesktopandWindowsExplorer
n Dragonwindows:DragonBar,DragonPad,DictationBox,Spellingwindow(see
DragonHelp),CommandBrowser,VocabularyEditor
n MicrosoftWord,MicrosoftExcel,MicrosoftOutlook,,.PleaseseetheDragonHelpfor
MicrosoftPowerPoint,andMicrosoftInfoPath
n WordPad
n .CorelWordPerfect(seeDragonHelp)
n .LotusNotes(seeDragonHelp)
n OpenOffice.orgWriter(seeDragonHelp)
n InternetExplorer,GoogleChrome,andMozillaFirefox
n Global
48
Chapter 3: Getting Started
IfyouclickinanapplicationforwhichDragondoesnothavespecificcommands(for
example,Notepad,Skype,oriTunes),theLearningCenterdisplaysgeneraltips,plus
commandsavailableatalltimes(thesearecalled“globalcommands”)andcommandsfor
controllingtheLearningCenteritself.
Using the Interactive Tutorial
TheInteractiveTutorialteachesyouDragoncommandsandskillsinasimulated
environment.Thelessonsareshortandintroduceimportantinterfaceelementslikethe
DragonBarandLearningCenter.
Atanytime,youcanexittheInteractiveTutorialbyclickingtheXinthetoprightcorner.You
canalsoreturntoitthroughtheDragonBarHelpmenu.
Note:Liketheprofilecreationprocess,youcannotusetheInteractiveTutorialhands-free.
Starting to dictate
Followthesestepswhenyouwanttodictate.
To start to dictate
1. Makesuretheprogramyouwanttodictateintoisrunning.
2. Putonthemicrophoneandpositionitcorrectly.
3. Clickintheprogramyouwanttodictateintotomakethatwindowactive.
4. Turnonthemicrophone.
5. Starttalkingandwatchyourwordsappearonthescreen.
Using the Command line interface
YoucanusecommandlineoptionstomodifythewayinwhichDragonNaturallySpeaking
startsup.Theseswitchesareusedinthefollowingsyntax:
natspeak /switch
Where/switchistheswitchfromthefollowingtable:
49
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Switch Function
/diagnose RunsDragonNaturallySpeakingindiagnosticmode.Outputs
informationintotheDragon.logfileandexits.
/FindCustom Bringsupthecustomdirectory
/finddragonlog BringsupaWindowsExplorerwindowwiththedragon.loghighlighted
/findsetuplog BringsupaWindowsExplorerwindowwiththedgnsetup.log
highlighted
/findappdataallusers BringsupaWindowsExplorerwindowinour"allusers"application
datadirectory(nssystem.ini,nsapps.ini,models.ini,Users\directory,
etc.)
/findappdata BringsupaWindowsExplorerwindowinour"thisuser"application
datadirectory(dragon.log,upgrade.log,nsuser.ini,etc.)
/findupgradelog BringsupaWindowsExplorerwindowwiththeupgrade.log
highlighted
/user<User Profile> Automaticallyloadstheprofilespecifiedby<User Profile>
/topic<topic> Automaticallyloadsthetopicspecifiedby<topic> (Professional,
Legal, and Medical editions only)
/quick RunsDragonNaturallySpeakinginquickmode.QuickStartmode
startsDragonNaturallySpeakingwithoutloadingaUserProfileorany
speechmodelswhenyoustartyourcomputer.OnlytheDragon
NaturallySpeakingtrayiconisvisible.WhenyouclickontheDragon
NaturallySpeakingDesktopicon,theOpenUserProfiledialogbox
immediatelyappears.WhenyouexitDragonNaturallySpeakingthe
programreturnstotheQuickStartmodeandremainsinmemorywith
areducedfootprint(approximately10MB).
/SetDefaultOptions DisplaystheOptionsdialogboxattheendoftheinstallation.The
OptionsdialogboxletsyouchangeDragonNaturallySpeaking’s
standardbehavior,includingspecifyinghotkeys,customizinghow
textisformatted,initialmicrophonesettings,andsettinghowoften
UserProfilesarebackedup.
/SetDefaultAdministrativeOptions DisplaystheAdministrativesettingsdialogboxattheendofthe
installation.TheAdministrativesettingsdialogboxletsyousetupthe
Roamingfeatureaswellaswellassetthebackuplocationofyour
Profileandpreventusersfrommodifyingcommandsand
Vocabularies.
/SetDefaultFormattingOptions BringsupthedefaultFormattingoptionsdialog
Electronic Medical Record (EMR) applications restrictions
DragonBasics,Home,Premium,Professional,andLegaldonotsupportdictationinto
ElectronicMedicalRecordapplications(EMRs)orothermedicalapplications(RISandLIMS
forexample).
50
Chapter 3: Getting Started
Thisfunctionalityisonlyavailableinthemedicaleditions.Afulldescriptionoftheotherextra
featuresofthemedicalversionsandupgradepossibilitiesareavailableon:
http://www.nuance.com/for-healthcare/index.htm
Auto Configuration Based on System Profile
Atinstallationtime,DragonNaturallySpeakinganalyzedyourcomputer’sprocessorand
memoryresourcesandmayhavedisabledsomeofDragonNaturallySpeaking'sNatural
Languagecommandstooptimizeperformanceyoursystem.
YoucanchangethesesettingstosuityourpreferencesusingDragon’sOptionsdialogbox
(Tools>OptionsfromtheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar).Youcanchange:
n Adjustingthe“Speedvs.Accuracy”slidertofavorspeed.Formoreinformation,see
AdjustingSpeedvs.Accuracy.
n Deactivatingthe“NaturalLanguageCommands”forsomeorallofthefollowing
applications:
n MicrosoftWord
n MicrosoftExcel
n MicrosoftPowerPoint
n CorelWordPerfect
“NaturalLanguageCommands”providealternatewaystoperformspecifictasksby
voice.Iftheyaredeactivated,youcanstillperformallactionsbyvoicealthoughitmay
takeafewextrasteps,includingnavigatingmenusanddialogs.Youcanstilluse
commandssuchas“boldthat”,“deleteline”,“selectall”,“backspace5”,etc.Youcan
re-enableeachofthesecommandsetsindividually,usingthe“NaturalLanguage
Commands”buttonontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialog.Youmaywishtodo
soifspeedofresponseisnotyourpriority.Ifyoure-enabletheMicrosoftWordset,for
instance,Dragon’sspeedwithinMicrosoftWord(orMicrosoftOutlookusingWordas
itseditor)maydecrease.
Formoreinformation,seeEnablingNaturalLanguageCommands.
Note
Dragon’sPerformanceAssistant,availablefromtheHelpmenu,providestipsand
techniquesforincreasingthespeedwithwhichDragonrecognizeswhatyousay.
Contacting Customer Service and Support
BeforerequestingSupport,youmayfindthatshuttingdownandrestartingyourcomputer
resolvesyourissue.Ifyouhavedonethisandstillneedsupport,pleasereadbelow.
First, collect some information
Ifyoucan'tfindsomeoftheinformationlistedbelow,aSupportagentcanhelpyouaccessit.
51
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Yourproductserial number
(theserialisprintedontheDVDsleeveandisalsoonthesplashscreenaccessible
byclickingAboutNaturallySpeakingintheDragonBar'sHelpmenu)
Whatyouweredoingwhentheproblemhappened
(forinstance:readingtextfortheMicrophoneCheck,readingatexttotrainDragon,
enteringtextinatableinMicrosoftWord2013...)
Anyerrormessagetext(beforerequestingsupport,considersearchingthewebby
inputtingthetextoftheerrorintoasearchengine)
Operatingsystem
Processortypeandspeed
Amountofmemory(RAM)
Amountoffreehard-diskspace
Soundcardnameandmodel
Microphonenameandmodel
Programlogfile(Dragon.log).
TofindtheDragon.log,selectStart>AllPrograms>Dragon
NaturallySpeaking>ShowDragonLog
Attachthelogfileifyousende-mailtotechnicalsupport.
Then, contact Support
n IfyoupurchasedyourproductfromacertifiedNuanceApplicationsSolutionsPartner,
contactyourproviderfortechnicalsupportdirectly.
n YoucanfindtheanswerstomanyDragonNaturallySpeakingsupportquestionson
n http://support.nuance.com/
n http://www.nuance.com/dragon/
Ifyourequiremoretechnicalassistance,contactSupportat:
n http://support.nuance.com/
Note:Nuancedoesnotprovidetechnicalsupportforhardwareissues.Ifyouareusinga
digitalrecorderandyouencounterhardwareissues,pleasecontactyourhardware
manufacturerforassistance.
52
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
Chapter 4: Using the New
DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
TheDragonBar 53
TheTextControlIndicator 59
DisplayingtheDragonBar 60
WorkingwiththeNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar 63
The DragonBar
The DragonBar is the toolbar you use to control the Dragon software. You can
choose to use the New DragonBar or switch to the Classic DragonBar from
previous versions. (If you switch between DragonBars, the last DragonBar you
chose appears the next time you open Dragon.) By default, when you start
Dragon, the New DragonBar appears at the top of your screen and is set to
Auto-collapse.
YoucanchangetheappearanceandbehavioroftheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar
tosuityourpreferencesandhardware.(SeeMinimize/MaximizebuttonsandDisplayingthe
DragonBar.)
Note:ifyouuseatouchscreencomputer,werecommendyouturnofftheAuto-collapse(see
DisplayingtheDragonBarformoreinformation).
TheNewDragonBarandClassicDragonBarcontainthefollowingcontrols.
Dragon icon
AppearsontheClassicDragonBaronly.ClicktheDragonicon( )orright-clickanywhere
ontheClassicDragonBartodisplayamenuthatcontrolshowtheClassicDragonBarlooks
andactsonyourscreen.
TochangehowtheNewDragonBarlooksandacts,selectanoptionfromtheDragonBar
menu.
FormoreinformationontheoptionsthatcontroltheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar,
seeDisplayingtheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
53
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Grabber bar
AppearsontheNewDragonBaronly.Clickandholdthegrabberbar( )tomovetheNew
DragonBararoundyourscreenwhenit'smaximized.It'slocatedtotheleftoftheDragonBar
menu.
Minimize/Maximize icons
TheseappearonlyontheNewDragonBar.ClicktheMinimizeicon( )orsay"Collapse
DragonBar"tocollapsetheNewDragonBar,orshrinkitdowntoasmallersize.Clickthe
Maximizeicon( )orsay"ExpandDragonBar"toreturntheNewDragonBartoitsdefault
size.
Bydefault,theNewDragonBarisautomaticallycollapsed.Toexpandit,moveyourmouse
overit.TokeeptheNewDragonBaratitsexpandedsize,deselecttheAuto-collapseoption
fromtheDragonBarmenu.
Microphone icon
ThemicrophoneicondisplaysontheNewDragonBarandClassicDragonBarandinthe
Windowstaskbar.Clickthemicrophoneicontoturnthemicrophoneonandoff.Thefollowing
tableshowsthemicrophonestatesyou'llsee:
54
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
New
DragonBar
Classic
DragonBar
What you can do
ThemicrophoneisonandDragonislistening.
Dictateorsaycommandsasneeded.
Whenyouarefinishedorwanttopausefrom
dictating:
Say"GotoSleep"orclicktheforwardslashkey(/)
toputthemicrophonetosleep.
Say"MicrophoneOff"orclickthepluskey(+)to
turnoffvoicerecognition.
ThemicrophoneisonandDragonisreadytoacton
anythingyoudictate.
ThemicrophoneisasleepandDragonislisteningto
anythingexceptthecommandsthatwakeitup.
Whenyouwanttoresumedictating:
Say"WakeUp"orclickthepluskey(+)toresume
voicerecognition.
Themicrophoneisturnedoff.
Whenyouwanttoresumedictating,dooneofthe
following:
Pressthepluskey(+)onthenumerickeypad.
ClickthemicrophonebuttonontheDragonBar.
ClickthemicrophoneiconintheWindowstaskbar.
NoUserProfileisloadedandthemicrophoneisoff.
ToloadaUserProfile,selecttheProfilemenuonthe
NewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
SeeControllingtheMicrophoneintheDragonHelpformoreinformation.
Volume Display
When Dragon hears you well, the volume display on the New DragonBar ( )
or the Classic DragonBar ( ) turns green and expands and contracts as
55
Dragon Installation and User Guide
you speak. No color displays when the microphone is turned off or is not
responding. The display turns gray when the microphone is asleep.
Text Control Indicator
ThereisaTextControlIndicatorontheNewDragonBar( )ortheClassicDragonBar(
)thatchangestoindicatewhetherDragoncurrentlyhasFullTextControl.SeeTheText
ControlIndicatorformoreinformation.
Recognition Mode Indicator
TheRecognitionModeIndicatorshowsyouDragon'scurrentmode.OntheNewDragonBar,
youselectmodesfromtheRecognitionModedrop-downlist.OntheClassicDragonBar,you
selectmodesfromtheModesmenu.TheRecognitionModeIndicatorthenchanges
dependingontherecognitionmodethatyouselect.ThedefaultmodeisNormalmode.
ThefollowingtabledescribestheRecognitionmodes.Clickthelinksformoreinformationon
usingtheRecognitionmodes.
56
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
New
DragonBar
Classic
DragonBar
Recognition
mode
Description
Normal
Mode
Dragon'sdefaultmodeof
dictation.InNormalMode,
Dragondistinguishesdictation
fromwords,numbers,and
commandsbyanalyzingwhat
yousaybetweenpauses.Say
"StartNormalMode"or
"NormalModeOn."
Dictation
Mode
Arestrictedrecognitionmode
thatcausesDragontointerpret
everythingyousayasdictation
andnothingisinterpretedasa
command.DictationModecan
behelpfulifyouwanttodictate
asquicklyaspossible,or
dictatewithoutlookingatthe
wordsDragontranscribes.
Say"StartDictationMode"or
"DictationModeOn."
Command
Mode
Arestrictedrecognitionmode
thatcausesDragontointerpret
everythingyousayasa
commandandnothingis
interpretedasdictatedtext.
Say"StartCommandMode"or
"CommandModeOn."
Numbers
Mode
Arestrictedrecognitionmode
thatcausesDragonto
recognizeonlynumbers.Ifyou
aredictatingonlynumbers
(includingcurrencies),working
inthismodeincreases
recognitionaccuracy.Say
"StartNumbersMode"or
"NumbersModeOn."
57
Dragon Installation and User Guide
New
DragonBar
Classic
DragonBar
Recognition
mode
Description
SpellMode
Arestrictedrecognitionmode
thatcausesDragonto
recognizeonlyletters,
numbers,commands,and
punctuation.Spellmodeis
usefulfordictating
unpronounceable
alphanumericstrings,suchas
partnumbersandlicenseplate
numbers,andothertermsyou
anticipateDragonwon’tknow,
suchasWebaddresses,
wordsinaforeignlanguage,or
unusualproductnames.Say
"StartSpellMode"or"Spell
ModeOn."Youcanstilluse
commandswhileinSpell
Mode.
Message area
ThemessageareashowsDragonNaturallySpeaking'scurrentstatus,suchaswhetherthe
microphoneisonoroff.Thefollowingtableshowsexamplesofthemessagearea.
NewDragonBar ClassicDragonBar
Extras toolbar icon
Clicktheiconorsay"ShowExtrasBar"todisplaytheExtrastoolbar.TheExtrastoolbaris
availableonlyontheClassicDragonBar.TheExtrastoolbarhasthefollowingfeatures:
Display Correction menu
ClicktheCorrectionbuttontostopplaybackandcorrectamistake.
Playback controls
Usethecontrolstohearaudiofilesofdictation:
n
BeginPlayback
n
StopPlaybackorText-to-speech
n
BeginRewind
n
BeginFastForward
58
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
Read That button
ClicktheReadThatbuttontohaveDragonreadbackarecordingofyourdictation.
Transcribe button
ClicktheTranscribebuttontoopenthe,whichyouusetotranscriberecordingsofdictation
madeonportablerecorders.
Open User Profiles button
DisplaysthenameofthecurrentUserProfiletotherightoftheTranscribebutton.Clickon
theUserProfilenametoopenthe.NotethatthisbuttonappearsonlywhenDragonis
dockedtothetoporbottomofyourscreen.
Notes
n Unlessyourcomputerisequippedwithafull-duplexsoundcard,it'snotpossibleto
stopplaybackbyvoice,becausethecomputercan'thearspeechwhenit'splaying
backdictation.
n PlaybackisavailablefordocumentsdictatedwithMicrosoftWord,Corel
WordPerfect,andDragonPad.onlyuntilyoucloseadocument.Afteryouclosea
document,DragonNaturallySpeakingdeletestherecordeddictationforthat
document.
n The"ShowExtrasBar"voicecommandstogglethestateoftheExtrastoolbar.In
otherwords,ifyouusethiscommandtoshowtheExtrastoolbar,sayingthe
commandagainhidestheExtrastoolbar.
The Text Control Indicator
TheNewDragonBarandClassicDragonBarbothincludeaTextControlIndicatortoshow
whetherDragonhasFullTextControlfortheselectedtextfield.
FullTextControlincludesDragonapplyingspacingbetweenwordsandcapitalizationatthe
beginningofsentences,aswellasexecutingcommandsthatquotetextfromyourdocument
(select<xyz>,correct<xyz>,insertafter<xyz>,etc.).Thisfunctionalitydependson
Dragon’sabilitytoconstantlyobtainfromthetextfieldinformationaboutitscontent—for
instance,wherewordsandsentencesbeginandend.
TheTextControlIndicatorisgreen(asshown)whenthecursorisinafieldforwhichDragon
hasFullTextControl.MoststandardtextfieldsallowFullTextControl.
NewDragonBar ClassicDragonBar
WhenDragondoesn'thaveFullTextControl,theIndicatorturnsgray(asshown).
59
Dragon Installation and User Guide
NewDragonBar ClassicDragonBar
WithoutFullTextControl,thefirstwordyoudictatemaynotbecapitalized,Dragonmaynot
addspacingautomaticallywhenyouinsertaword,andcommandsthatquotewordsfrom
yourtextmightnotwork.Inthesesituations,youcansay"cap"beforethewordyouwant
capitalized,andyoucansay"space"whenyouwantaspaceinserted.Youalsomightwantto
usethekeyboardandmousetoperformeditsandcorrections.Alternatively,youmightwant
tousetheDictationBox.
For more information
Formoreinformation,see:
n UsingtheDictationBox
Displaying the DragonBar
TherearedifferentwaystodisplaytheNewDragonBarandtheClassicDragonBar.The
optionsaredifferentforeachDragonBar.
The New DragonBar
To open the New DragonBar
1.
OntheClassicDragonBar,clicktheDragonicon .
2. SelectNewDragonBar.TheClassicDragonBarcloses,andtheNewDragonBaropens.
To open a menu
1. Say"SwitchtoDragonBar"tomaketheNewDragonBaractive.
2. Saythenameofthemenuandmenuitemthatyouwanttoopen.
Forexample,say"SwitchtoDragonBar"then"Tools"then"Auto-FormattingOptions."
Notefortouchscreenusers:ifaDragonBarmenuisopenandyouwanttoopenanother
DragonBarmenubytouch,touchandholdthemenuyouwanttoopen.
To change the display mode
1. Say"SwitchtoDragonBar"tomaketheNewDragonBaractive.
2. Say"DragonBar"thenthemodethatyouwant:
60
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
Classic DragonBar
TheNewDragonBarcloses,andtheClassicDragonBaropens.
Tray Icon only
TheNewDragonBarisnotvisibleonthescreen.OnlythemicrophoneiconintheWindows
systemtrayindicatesthatDragonisrunning.
Auto-collapse
TheNewDragonBarshrinkstoasmallersizeautomaticallywhenyoumovethecursoraway
fromit.ThisfeatureishelpfulwhenyoufindthattheNewDragonBarcoverstoomuchof
yourscreen.Thisoptionisselectedbydefault.
Note:ifyouuseatouchscreencomputer,werecommendyouturnofftheAuto-collapse
becauseitcouldcauseyoutoinadvertentlytouchthemicrophoneicon.
To collapse the New DragonBar
ClicktheMinimizeicon( ),orsay"CollapseDragonBar".CollapsingtheNewDragonBar
shrinksitdowntoasmallersize,takinguplessspaceonyourscreen.
To expand the New DragonBar
ClicktheMaximizeicon( ),orsay"ExpandDragonBar".ExpandingtheNewDragonBar
revertsittoitsnormalsize.
The Classic DragonBar
To open the Classic DragonBar
1. Say"SwitchtoDragonBar"tomaketheNewDragonBaractive.
2. Say"DragonBar"then"ClassicDragonBar".TheClassicDragonBaropens.
To open a menu
1. Say"SwitchtoDragonBar"tomaketheClassicDragonBaractive.
2. Saythenameofthemenuandmenuitemthatyouwanttoopen.
Forexample,say"SwitchtoDragonBar"then"Tools"then"Auto-FormattingOptions."
To change the display mode
1. ClicktheDragoniconontheleftsideoftheDragonBarorright-clickanywhereonthe
DragonBartoopentheDragonBarshortcutmenu.
61
Dragon Installation and User Guide
2. Selectadisplaymode:
DragonBar Docked to Top
TheDragonBaralwaysstaysatthetopofthescreen.Thisisthemodeinwhich
theDragonBarappearsthefirsttimeyoustartDragonNaturallySpeaking.
AppliesonlytotheClassicDragonBar.
DragonBar Docked to Bottom
TheDragonBaralwaysstaysatthebottomofthescreen.IftheWindowstaskbar
isvisibleatthebottomofthescreen,theDragonBarappearsjustaboveit.
AppliesonlytotheClassicDragonBar.
Floating DragonBar
TheDragonBarappearsinawindowyoucandragaroundthescreen.Applies
onlytotheClassicDragonBar.
Clinging DragonBar
TheDragonBar"clings"tothetopleftoftheactivewindow.Whenyoudragthe
activewindowtoanewlocationonyourscreen,theDragonBarmoveswithit.In
Clingmode,youdonotseetheExtrastoolbaricon.AppliesonlytotheClassic
DragonBar.
New DragonBar
TheClassicDragonBarcloses,andtheNewDragonBaropens.
Tray Icon Only
TheDragonBarisnotvisibleonthescreen.Onlythemicrophoneiconinthe
WindowssystemtrayindicatesthatDragonNaturallySpeakingisrunning.
Always on Top
Bydefault,Dragonalwaysappears"ontop,"meaningitisintheforegroundof
yourcomputerdisplay.FortheFloatingDragonBar,youcanchangethesetting
sothattheDragonBardropsintothebackgroundlikeotherwindowwhenyou
maximizeoropenanewwindowlargeenoughtohidethecurrentone.Applies
onlytotheClassicDragonBar.
Note
WhenyousettheDragonBarto"AlwaysonTop"itcoverspartsofotherDragon
NaturallySpeakingwindows,suchastheDragonPadandHelpscreens.If
necessary,youcandeselect"AlwaysonTop"ormovethewindowsaroundso
thattheyarenotobscured.
ToreturntothelastDragonBarmode,right-clickonthemicrophoneiconand
clickRestorePreviousDragonBarMode.
To switch between displays
Youcansay"SwitchTo,""ChangeTo,"or"Select"andthenameofthemode.Forexample,if
theDragonBarissettoDockedtoTop,youcouldsay"SwitchToDockedtoBottom"or
"ChangeToFloatingDragonBar"andsoon.
62
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
Working with the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
YoucanusetheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBarandgethelpwithDragon
NaturallySpeakingusingthefollowingvoicecommands:
63
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
SelectaNew
DragonBaror
ClassicDragonBar
menuitem
1."SwitchtoDragonBar"tomaketheNewDragonBarorClassic
DragonBaractive.
2.Thenameofthemenuyouwanttoopen.
Startthe
DragonPadword
processor
"StartDragonPad"
DisplayDragon
NaturallySpeaking
Help
"GiveMeHelp"
Displaycommon
voicecommandsfor
yourcurrent
program,window,
ortextfield
"WhatCanISay"
Switchthe
DragonBarmode
"SwitchDragonBarTo"or"SelectDragonBar"andthemodename
("FloatingMode,""DockedtoTopMode,""DockedtoBottomMode,"
"ClingMode,"or"TrayIconOnlyMode")
Note:Onlythe"TrayIconOnlyMode"commandappliestotheNew
DragonBar.AllothermodecommandsapplytotheClassicDragonBar.If
youusethesecommandswhiletheNewDragonBarisopen,theClassic
DragonBaropensautomatically.
Expandor
collapse
theNew
DragonBar
"ExpandDragonBar"
"CollapseDragonBar"
DisplaytheNew
DragonBaror
ClassicDragonBar
whenitisinTray
Icononlymode
"OpenDragon’straymenu”
ChangetheClassic
DragonBarAlways
onTopsetting
"SetDragonBartoAlwaysOnTop"or"MakeDragonBarAlwaysonTop"
ThesecommandstogglethestateoftheClassicDragonBar.Inother
words,ifyouuseoneofthesecommandstomaketheClassicDragonBar
appearalwaysontopandyouthensaythecommandagain,theClassic
DragonBarwillbeputintoastatewhereitcanbecoveredbyother
windows.
64
Chapter 4: Using the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar
To Say
Note:WhenyousettheClassicDragonBarto"Alwaysontop"itwillcover
secondaryDragonNaturallySpeakingwindows,suchastheDragonPad
andHelpscreens.Inthesecases,youwillhavetoturnoffthe"Alwayson
top"stateormovethewindowsaroundsothattheyarenotobscured.
ExitDragon 1."ExitDragon"
IfyoualsohaveyourUserProfileopenandhavemadecorrections,
performedacoustictraining,changedanoption,ormademodificationsin
theVocabularyEditor,Dragonasksifyouwanttosavethechanges.
2.Say"Yes"tosavethechanges.
Youcanusethe"ExitDragon"commandfrom:
n TheClassicDragonBarControlmenu(clicktheDragon
icon attheleft).
n TheClassicDragonBarProfilemenu.
n TheNewDragonBarDragonBarmenu.
65
<right header here> | 67
Chapter 5: Using the Microphone
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Chooseanaudiodevice 67
Positionyourmicrophoneproperly 68
Choose an audio device
UsethisscreentotellDragonwhichtypeofspeechdeviceyou'llbeusing.Touseadifferentdevice
lateron,youcantoyourprofile.
ClickherefortheDragonTop5s:Microphones
Usethetopsectiontochoosetheaudiodevicethatyouwanttouse.Dragonhighlightstheaudio
devicethatitthinksisthemostlikely.
Other available audio devices
Dragonlistsotheraudiodevicesthatyoucanuse.Forexample,ifyourcomputerhasanonboardmic
butyouhaveanexternalUSBmicpluggedin,theonboardmicwillbelistedhere.
Dragonalsoliststhefollowingdevices;youwillneedadditionalhardwaretousethem:
Dragon Remote Microphone Application
UsetheDragonRemoteMicrophoneapplicationifyouwanttouseamobiledeviceasawireless
microphone.
IfyouchosetheDragonRemoteMicrophoneapplication,youmustalsoinstalltheDragonRemote
Microphoneapplicationonthemobiledevice.Formoreinformation,seeUsingamobiledeviceasa
wirelessmicrophoneintheDragonHelp.
TheDragonRemoteMicrophoneapplicationsupportsthefollowingdevices:
n AppleiPhone3GSandhigher,iPad1,2,and3,andiPodtouch4andhigherusingiOS4.2and
higher.ForiOSdevices,theappisavailablefromiTunesandtheAppStore.
n MobiledevicesandtabletsusingAndroidOS2.2andhigher.ForAndroid-baseddevices,the
appisavailablefromGooglePlay(formerlycalledtheAndroidMarket).
Formoreinformationaboutdownloadingandinstallingtheapplicationandthelatestlistofsupported
devicesonNuance.com,clickhere.
68 | Dragon Installation and User Guide
Usethissectionfordetailsaboutselectinghandheldrecordingchoices.IfyourDragoninstallationis
configuredtousewithcommandsonly,youwon'tseethissection.
Handheld or smartphone with recording application
Selectthisoptionifyou'llbedictatingwithamobiledevicecapableofstoringdigitalrecordingsand
transferringthemtoyourcomputer.
Digital audio recorder (includes .wav, .mp3, .wma, .dss, .ds2)
Selectthisoptionifyou'llbedictatingfromadigitalrecorder.
Youcanonlyuseunencrypted.dssor.ds2fileswhencreatingaProfilewitharecorder.
Notes
n Ifyouswitchbetweenmicrophonesyoumustreruntheaudiocheck.
n SomeeditionsofDragonNaturallySpeakingallowyoutohavemultipleaudiosourcesina
profile,soyoucanbenefitfromongoingpersonalizationofyourprofilenomatterwhichofyour
devicesyou'reusing.Forexample,withthesameprofile,youcandictatewithadigitalrecorder
(ifyoureditionofDragonsupportstranscriptionofrecordings),aregularheadsetmicrophone,or
awirelessmicrophone.Formoreinformation,see.
Position your microphone properly
Usethisscreentohelpyoupositionyourmicrophoneforoptimalspeechrecognition.Positioningthe
microphonecorrectlyisoneofthemostimportantthingsyoucandotoenhancerecognitionaccuracy.If
themicrophonemovesevenslightlyawayfromtheoptimalposition,yourrecognitionaccuracymay
significantlydeteriorate.
Usethepicturesanddescriptionsonthewizardscreenandinthistopicasguidesformicrophone
positioning.
To position a headset microphone
n Adjusttheheadsetsothatitfitscomfortably.
n Movethemicrophoneelementtothesideofyourmouthtoavoidnoisefrombreathing.
n Makesurethatthemicrophoneelementisclosetoyourmouth,butnottouchingit(aboutaninch
fromthesideofyourmouth).
n Confirmthatthefrontofthemicrophonepointstowardyourmouth.Thefrontmaybeindicated
byacoloreddot,theword"Talk,"orsomeotherlabel.
n Positiontheheadsetconsistentlyeverytimeyouuseit.
To position a handheld microphone or recorder
n Pointthemicrophoneelementtothesideoforbelowyourmouthtoavoidnoisefrombreathing.
Donotholdthemicrophonedirectlyinfrontofyourmouth.
n Holdthemicrophoneinacomfortableposition.Makesurenottoholditinanawkward,tiring
position.
n Makesurethatthemicrophoneelementisabout1to3inchesawayfromyourmouth.You
shouldkeepthemicrophonedistanceinthisrange,butyoudon'thavetoalwayskeepthe
microphoneatexactlythesamedistance.
n Holdthemicrophonesothatthefrontpointstowardyourmouth.Don'ttalkintothesideofthe
microphone.
<right header here> | 69
n Holdthemicrophoneconsistentlyeverytimeyouuseit.Becarefulnottomovethemicrophone
oryourheadsuddenly.
n Donotuseamicrophonestandorholderbecauseitwillbehardertokeepaconsistentposition
andthestandmayconductnoise.
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Chapter 6: Using the Dragon
Learning Center
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
UsingtheDragonNaturallySpeakingLearningCenter 71
TheDragonNaturallySpeakingLearningCenter 74
Using the Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center
UsetheLearningCentertoseeonthesideofyourscreensamplecommandsandtipsrelated
totheprogramyouarecurrentlyusing.Itscontentchangesasyouswitchbetweenprograms
andwindows.(SeeLearningCentercontexts.)
TheLearningCenterappearsautomaticallywhenyouopenaProfile(youcanchangethis
fromtheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialogbox).IftheLearningCenterisclosed,you
canopenitthroughtheHelpmenuorbysayingacommandsuchas"WhatcanIsay"or
"ShowDragonLearningCenter."
YoucanchangetheLearningCenter'sfontsize,eitherbyvoiceorthroughitsright-click
menu.
Bydefault,theLearningCenterissettoFloating;youcanresizeitandmoveit.Ifyoupreferto
notcoveranywindowunderit,youcanchoosetodockittothesideofthescreen,inwhich
caseyoucanalsochoosetosetittoAuto-hide.
Caution:iftheareaofthedesktopbelowtheLearningCentercontainsicons,dockingthe
LearningCenterwillcausethoseiconstomove,whichcoulddisruptyourdesktop
arrangement.
Controlling the Learning Center
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandswiththeLearningCenter,whetherornotit'sthe
activewindow(thatistosay,whetherornotithasfocus).
MostcommandsrequirethattheLearningCenterbeopen.
ToopenoneofLearningCenter'spanelsortabs,say“click”anditslabel.
71
Chapter 6: Using the Dragon Learning Center
To Say this Or do this
Showthe
Learning
Center
"WhatcanIsay?"
"DragonLearningCenter"or"Dragon
Sidebar"(youcanalsoprecedethis
with"Open","Launch","Start","Show",
or"ShowMe")
"SampleCommands"or"Command
list"(youcanprecedethiswith"Open",
"Launch","Start","Show",or"Show
Me")
"SwitchtoLearningCenter"
SelectLearningCenterfromthe
DragonBar'sHelpmenu.
Showthe
MyCommands
tab
"ClickMyCommands" SelecttheMyCommandstabon
theLearningCenter.
Dockthe
Learning
Centertothe
right
"LearningCenterdockright" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectDockright.
Dockthe
Learning
Centertothe
left
"LearningCenterdockleft" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectDockleft.
Changethefont
sizeofthe
Learning
Center
"LearningCenterFont[Small|
Medium|Large]"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectFontSize>Small,
MediumorLarge.
Floatthe
Learning
Center
"LearningCenterfloat"
or
"LearningCenterundock"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectFloating.
Auto-hidethe
Learning
Center(not
availablein
Floating)
"LearningCenterauto-hide" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectAuto-hide.
Disableauto-
hide(not
availablein
Floating)
"LearningCenterstophiding" Right-clickontheLearningCenter
anddeselectAuto-hide.
72
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say this Or do this
Setthe
Learning
Centerto
AlwaysonTop
WiththeLearningCenteractive,right-
clickitandsay"AlwaysonTop"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectAlwaysonTop
TurnoffAlways
onTop
WiththeLearningCenteractive,right-
clickitandsay"AlwaysonTop"
Right-clickontheLearningCenter
anddeselectAlwaysonTop.
Increasethe
Learning
Centerwidthby
5percent
"LearningCenterwider" WiththeLearningCenteractive,
pressthekeycombination
<ALT+W>.(Youcanalsoclickand
dragtheleftborder.)
Decreasethe
Learning
Centerwidthby
5percent
"LearningCenterthinner" WiththeLearningCenteractive,
pressthekeycombination
<ALT+T>.(Youcanalsoclickand
dragtheleftborder.)
PrintLearning
Center
commands
N/A Right-clickontheLearningCenter
andselectPrint.
Showthe
Learning
CenterHelp
"LearningCenterHelp" Clickthequestionmark
iconatthetoprightofthe
LearningCenter.
Closethe
Learning
Center
WiththeLearningCenteractive,say
"LearningCenterclose"
or
"Closewindow"
Right-clickontheLearning
CenterandselectClose.
Clickthexatitstoprightcorner.
Learning Center contexts
HereisthelistofprogramsandwindowsforwhichtheLearningCenterhasspecificcontent:
n DesktopandWindowsExplorer
n Dragonwindows:DragonBar,DragonPad,DictationBox,Spellingwindow(see
DragonHelp),CommandBrowser,VocabularyEditor
n MicrosoftWord,MicrosoftExcel,MicrosoftOutlook,,.PleaseseetheDragonHelpfor
MicrosoftPowerPoint,andMicrosoftInfoPath
n WordPad
n .CorelWordPerfect(seeDragonHelp)
n .LotusNotes(seeDragonHelp)
n OpenOffice.orgWriter(seeDragonHelp)
n InternetExplorer,GoogleChrome,andMozillaFirefox
n Global
73
Chapter 6: Using the Dragon Learning Center
IfyouclickinanapplicationforwhichDragondoesnothavespecificcommands(for
example,Notepad,Skype,oriTunes),theLearningCenterdisplaysgeneraltips,plus
commandsavailableatalltimes(thesearecalled“globalcommands”)andcommandsfor
controllingtheLearningCenteritself.
The Dragon NaturallySpeaking Learning Center
YoucanusetheLearningCentertoseeadviceandcommandsrelatedtoyouractive
application.ThecontentsoftheLearningCenterchangewhenthefocuschangestoanother
window.Forinstance,ifyouclickontheDragonBar,theLearningCenterwillshowcontent
relevanttotheDragonBar,andifyouclickinInternetExplorer,theLearningCenterwill
showcontentrelevanttoInternetExplorer.SeeUsingtheLearningCenter.
TheLearningCenterhastwotabs.Thefirsttabdisplaysanaccordionsystemofexpandable
panelscontainingcommandsandadvice(itstoppanelisopenbydefaultandcontains
essentialadvice).Thesecondtab,labeledMyCommands,isforcustomcommands(if
availableinyoureditionofDragon).
ToopeneachpanelintheLearningCenter,say“click”anditslabel.Similarly,toclickatab,
say"click"followedbyitslabel.
74
Dragon Installation and User Guide
75
Chapter 6: Using the Dragon Learning Center
Note
IfyoudocktheLearningCenter,theiconsonthedesktopmaymove,whichcoulddisrupt
yourdesktoparrangement.
76
Chapter 7: Dictating Text
Chapter 7: Dictating Text
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
DictationBasics 77
Undoingactions 78
Correctingtexterrorsasyoudictate 79
Dictationcommands 80
Typingorspellingtext 81
Spellingwords 82
Dictatingnumbers 84
Dictation Basics
DictatetoDragonNaturallySpeakingmuchasyouwoulddictatetoapersontranscribing
yourdictation.Bydefaultyoumustexplicitlysaymostpunctuationandcapitalizationother
thanforpropernamesoratthebeginningofasentence.YoucanhaveDragon
NaturallySpeakingautomaticallyinsertcommasandperiodsinmostsituationsbyselecting
the"Automaticallyaddcommasandperiods"boxontheAuto-formattingdialogbox.For
moreinformation,seeDictatingpunctuationandsymbolsandDictationcommands.
ClickhereforDragon'sTop5s:"Dictation"
Thefollowingtabledescribessomebasicdictationcommands.
Tostartdictating,justsaywhateveryouwanttosay,speakingnormallyinphrases.Then:
To Say
Startanewparagraph(presstheEnterkey
twice)
"NewParagraph"
Startanewline(presstheEnterkeyonce) "NewLine"
Enterpunctuationmarks,suchas"!" Thenameofthepunctuationmark,suchas
"exclamationpoint"
Dictatesymbolsorspecialcharacterssuch
as"®"
Thestandardnameofthesymbol,suchas"registered
sign"
Completelistingofdictationcommands
77
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Clickonthefollowinglinksformoreinformationaboutcommondictationtasks:
Dictatinge-mailandWebaddresses
Undoingactions
Movingthecursor
Working in Programs on page 138
IntheDragonHelp,see:
Dictatinginprograms
Dictatingpunctuationandsymbols
Dictatingproperandplacenames
Dictatinghyphenatedandcompoundwords
Dictatingacronymsandabbreviations
Dictatingabulletedlist
Replacingwhatyoulastdictated
Undoing actions
Youcanreversetheresultofacommandordictationinthefollowingways:
To undo most actions
Say"UndoThat,""UndoLastAction,"orjust"Undo."
Example:
Toundothecommand"ItalicizeThat,"say"UndoThat."
To undo dictation
Say"ScratchThat."
Example:
Toremovetextjustafteryoudictatedit,say"ScratchThat."
Notes
n Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat,"selectingdifferenttext,or
movingtheinsertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
n The"UndoThat"and"UndoLastAction"commandssendanundo(CTRL+z)
commandtotheactiveprogram.Theresultofthecommanddependsonwhich
programisactiveandhowithandlestheundocommand.Forexample,ifyousay
"UndoThat"twiceinarowintheDragonPadwindow,thesecondUndoreversesthe
firstcommandandrestorestheoriginaldictation.Otherprogramsmaybehave
differently.
n TheAccuracyCenterprovidesacentrallocationfortakingadvantageofalltheDragon
NaturallySpeakingtoolsavailabletoensureexcellentrecognition.Formore
information,seeUsingtheAccuracyCenter.
78
Chapter 7: Dictating Text
Correcting text errors as you dictate
UsetheproceduresinthistopicifyounoticethatDragonmisrecognizesawordorwords
whileyouaredictating.Whenyoucorrecterrors,DragonNaturallySpeakinglearnsnotto
makethesamemistakesagain.
To correct a word or phrase with the Correction menu
1. Say"Select<text>,"wheretextistheincorrectwordorphrase.Iftheerrorisinthelast
thingyousaid,youcanjustsay"SelectThat."(AlsoseeTipsforselectingtext).Dragon
NaturallySpeakinghighlightsthewordorphrase,andtheCorrectionmenuappears.
2. Ifthecorrectwordorphraseisonthelist,startspellingtochooseit,orsay"Choose"and
thenumberofthatchoice.Forexample,say"Choose2."Donotsay"ChooseNumeral
Two"orDragonNaturallySpeakingwilltranscribethephraseasthetext"Choose
NumeralTwo"or"Choose2"dependingonhowyousetthenumberformattingoptions
ontheAuto-formattingdialogbox.
3. Ifthewordorphraseyouwantisnotonthelist,spelltheword,orsay"SpellThat"and
spellthewordletterbyletter.
Dragon'sSmartFormatRulesboxmayappearwhenyoucorrectauto-formatted
alphanumerictextusingtheCorrectioncommand,theSpellingwindow,orthekeyboard.
Fordetails,seeUsingSmartFormatRulesandSettingAuto-FormattingOptions.
TheSpellingwindowappears.Youcanusethisdialogboxtospellortypethecorrectword.
Notes
n Dragonalsolearnsfromyourtyping–ifyouusethekeyboardtocorrecta
misrecognizedword,Dragonlearnsfromthecorrectionandcanusethewordthe
nexttimeyoudictateit.
n TheAccuracyCenterprovidesacentrallocationfortakingadvantageofallthe
DragonNaturallySpeakingtoolsavailabletoensureexcellentrecognition.Formore
information,seeUsingtheAccuracyCenter.
n TheCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogboxletsyoucontrolthebehaviorofthe
Correctionmenu,includingthecommandsthatmakeitappear.
n IfyouwouldrathernotseetheCorrectionmenueverytimeyouselecttext,youcan
turnitoff.OntheCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogbox,cleartheboxthatsays
"'Select'commandsbringupCorrectionmenu."ThenclickApply.
n IfyouwanttoopentheSpellingwindowwhenyoustarttocorrectawordorphrase,
select"CorrectcommandsbringupSpellingwindow"ontheCorrectiontabofthe
Optionsdialogbox.
n Ifyouselectaphrasetocorrectthatincludespunctuationaddedtothesentence
automatically,thelistofcorrectionsthatappearsintheCorrectionmenuwillincludea
versionwithouttheautomaticallyinsertedpunctuation.
n Insomeapplications,youmayhavedifficultyrevisingselectedtext.Inthiscase,you
mayneedtousetheDictationBox.Justselectthetextyouwanttoreviseandsay
"ShowDictationBox"or"EditSelection."
79
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Dictation commands
Whenyouaredictating,youcansaythefollowingdictationcommands–alsoreferredtoas
"in-line"commands–withoutpausing.
AllthedictationcommandsandtheirpronunciationcanbeseenintheVocabularyEditor.
Say
To
"newline" PresstheEnterkeyonce
"newparagraph" PresstheEnterkeytwice,
capitalizenextword.
"cap<word>"
or
"capnext<word>"
Type<word>withaninitialcapital
"capson" Starttypingwordswithinitialcapitals
"capsoff" Stoptypingwordswithinitialcapitals
"allcaps<word>" Type<word>inalluppercase
"allcapson" Starttypingwordsinalluppercase
"allcapsoff" Stoptypingwordsinalluppercase
"nocaps<word>" Type<word>inalllowercase
"nocapson" Starttypingwordsinalllowercase
"nocapsoff" Stoptypingwordsinalllowercase
"nospace<word>" Donotputaspacebefore<word>
"nospaceon" Stopputtingspacesbetweenwords
"nospaceoff" Startputtingspacesbetweenwords
"numeral" EnterthenextnumbersstatedasArabicnumerals(1,2,3...)
"Romannumeral" EnterthenextnumbersstatedasRomannumerals(i,ii,iii...)
Notes
n WhenyouareinDictationmode,DragonNaturallySpeakinginterpretseverythingyou
sayasdictationandonlyDictationCommandsarerecognized.DictationModecanbe
helpfulifyouwanttodictateasquicklyaspossible,ordictatewithoutlookingatthe
wordsDragontranscribes.Say"StartDictationMode"or"DictationModeOn."
n Dragoncanconfusethecommandforcapitalization(cap)withthewordcap.Inorder
todictatetheword"cap",asin"Iboughtmyselfanewbaseballcap.",youmustfirst
deletethedictationcommand“cap”withtheVocabularyEditor.
Todothis,opentheVocabularyEditorfromtheVocabularymenuoftheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar,thenselectthe"Wordswithspokenformonly"inthe
80
Chapter 7: Dictating Text
"Display"drop-downmenuandchoosethespokenformfor"cap"thenclick"Delete",
andclick"Close."
Nowtrydictating"baseballcap"andyouwillseethatDragonrecognizesbothwords
anddisplaysthemproperly.
n Thecapitalizationandspacingmodesareautomaticallycanceledifyoumovearound
yourdocument.
n Ifyoumovethecursor(insertionpoint)bymouseorkeyboard,orchangewindows,
thenextwordyousaywillnotbecapitalized.Youmayneedtocapitalizetheword
manuallyandinsertaspace.
n YoucanenableordisablesomeDragon'scapitalizationcommandsbysettingthe
"CapsLockkeyoverridescapitalizationcommands"optionintheAuto-formatting
dialogbox.
Typing or spelling text
IntheSpellingwindow,youcanusethekeyboardtoenterwordsaswellassaythelettersof
thewords.Youcanspellcontinuouslyoryoucanpausebetweenletters.Asyoutypeorsay
eachletter,thelistofalternativeschanges.Ifthetextyouwantappearsbeforeyoufinish,
youcansimplychooseit.
To type or spell text
1. Typeorsaythelettersoftheword(s).
2. Ifthetextyouwantappearsinthelist,chooseit.Forexample,say"Choose2."
3. Ifnecessary,typeorspelltheword(s)completely.
4. Say"ClickOK."
TheSpellingwindowclosesandthetextisenteredinyourdocument.Ifyouhadselected
texttocorrect,thenewtextnowreplacestheoldtext.
Note
The"UndoThat"commandisnotavailableintheSpellingwindow.Ifyouneedtocorrecta
dictationerrorbyvoicewhileyouareusingtheSpellingwindow,youmayusethe“Scratch
That,”“Backspace,”or“Delete”commands.
81
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Voice commands that work in the Spelling window
Command Result
Choose<1-9> Choosesanumberfromthelistofalternativespellings
Select<1-9>
Edit<1-9>
Or
Modify<1-9>
SelectsalinefromthelistofchoicesintheSpellingwindowandputsitin
theeditbox.Youcanthenchangethetexteitherbyvoiceortyping.
Selectlast/next
<number>
characters
Selectsthespecifiednumberofcharacters
Moveright/left
<number>
characters
Movesthetextinsertionpoint
SelectThat
Selectsthelastutterance(wordorletter),orthewholelineoftextiftherehasbeen
nopreviousselection
Delete/Scratch
That
Deletestheselectedtext,orthewholelineoftextiftherehasbeennoprevious
selection
GoTo
End/Beginningof
Line
Movesthetextinsertionpoint
Notes
n TypinglettersintotheSpellingwindowsearchesDragon'sVocabularyforamatching
word.Ifyoumusttypethefullword,itisbecauseitisnotintheactiveVocabularyorthe
backupdictionary.WhenyousaveaUserProfile,anywordsyouaddintheSpelling
windowareaddedasnewwordstotheactiveVocabulary.
n Ifoneoftherecognitionalternativesisnearlycorrect,youcansay"Select"andthe
numberofthealternative.Thealternativetextappearsinthetextboxwhereyoucan
editit.
n Thevoicecommand"DeleteNext/PreviousWord"doesnotworkintheSpelling
window.
Spelling words
IfawordorphraseisnotcurrentlyinDragon'sVocabulary,youcanspellitintheSpelling
window,andaddittoDragonNaturallySpeaking'sVocabulary.Wordsyouspelldirectlyinto
thedocument,whiletheSpellingwindowisclosed,arenotaddedtotheVocabulary.In
addition,youcanteach(or"train")DragonNaturallySpeakingtorecognizehowyou
pronouncethewordorphraseyouspell.
82
Chapter 7: Dictating Text
Insomecases,youmaynotknowthatawordisnotintheactiveVocabularyuntilDragon
NaturallySpeakingfailstorecognizeitcorrectly.Whetheryouarespellingawordaspartof
yourdictationorcorrectingamisrecognition,theprocessisthesame.
To spell a word or phrase
WhenyouwanttoaddanewwordtotheVocabulary,say"Spell"or"SpellThat"
(immediatelyafterarecognitionerror)andthecharactersofthewordorwordsyouwantto
spell.Saythecharacterscontinuouslyandquickly,notoneatatime.
Note
The"UndoThat"commandisnotavailableintheSpellingwindow.Ifyouneedtocorrecta
dictationerrorbyvoicewhileyouareusingtheSpellingwindow,youmayusethe“Scratch
That,”“Backspace,”or“Delete”commands.
Foralistofthecharactersyoucanspellwiththe"Spell"or"SpellThat"commands,see
Spellingcharacters.
Ifyouusethe"SpellThat"command,sayingthecharactersimmediatelyisoptional;youcan
simplywaitfortheSpellingwindow,toopenbeforeyoubeginspelling.Spellingwordswhile
theSpellingwindowisopenallowsyoutoconfirmthatthewordiscorrectbeforeitappears
inyourdocumentandallowsyoutotrainthepronunciationoftheword.Forinformationon
trainingawordthatyouhavespelled,seethetopicTrainingwordsfromtheSpelling
window.
Forpreviouslydictatedtext,selectthewordorwordsyouwanttocorrect,thensay"Spell
That"followedimmediatelybyletters.
Notes
n Normally,theSpellingwindow,doesnotappearwhenyouusethe"Spell"command.
Youcanmakeitappearbyselectingthe"SpellcommandsbringupSpellingwindow"
optionontheCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n Whileyouarespellingwords,youmustsay"cap"beforeeachcharacteryouwantto
capitalize.Pausebrieflyaftersayingthecapitalletterandbeforeyousaythenext
letter.
n Youcansay"Double"beforeanyalphabeticcharactertoentertwoofthesame
characters.Forexample,say"Doublea"toenter"aa."Youcanalsosay"Double
Zulu"toenter"zz."Youcannot,however,say"Doubleu"togettwo"u"characters
(andnot"w").Inthiscase,youcansay"DoubleLetteru."
n Youcannotsaythenormalformsofletters(forexample"A")andtheiralpha-bravo
forms(forexample"Zulu")togetherinasinglebreath("AZulu").Youcanmixthemif
youpausebeforeyouchangethespellingformat.
n Inversion13.x,withinnormaldictation,Dragonnolongerrecognizesitsbuilt-in
alternatepronunciationsofletters(alpha,bravo,Charlie,delta,etc.whichsome
peoplecall“militaryalphabet”or“phoneticalphabet”)--therefore,saying“bravo
Charlie”willbetranscribedas“bravoCharlie.”Toavoidambiguitywiththe
correspondingwords,theseletterpronunciationsarereservedforspellingout:this
meanswhenoneisintheSpellingWindow,wheninSpellMode,andwhengivinga
Spellcommand–forexample,thecommand“spellspaceCharliealphapapa”.
n YoucansaynearlyanycharacterofthestandardWindowscharacterset.Seethe
SeeAlsobelowforafulllistofthecharactersyoucansay.
83
Dragon Installation and User Guide
n Ifyouareplanningtodoalargeamountofspellinginadocument,considerturning
SpellModeon(say"SpellMode"orclickModes>SpellMode).InSpellMode,Dragon
NaturallySpeakingtriestointerpreteverythingyoudictateasletters.
Dictating numbers
Inmostcasesyoucandictatenumbers,includingpostalcodes,asyounormallysaythem.If
youwanttodictateonlynumbers,as,forexample,whendictatinginaspreadsheetprogram,
youcanturnonNumbersmode.
84
Chapter 7: Dictating Text
To enter Say
4 "four"or"numeralfour"
23 "twentythree"
179 "onehundredseventynine","onehundredandseventynine,"or"one
seventynine"
5423 "fivethousandfourhundredtwentythree"
5.423
"fivepointfourtwentythree"
142,015
"onehundredfortytwothousandandfifteen"
127,400,042
"onehundredtwentysevenmillionfour-hundredthousandforty-two"
127billion
"onehundredtwentysevenbillion"
0.03
"zeropointzerothree"or"ohpointohthree"
23/4
"twoandthreefourths"
11/32
"elevenoverthirtytwo"
565-5000
"fivesixfivefivethousand"
781-565-5000
"seveneightonefivesixfivefivethousand"
$45
"fortyfivedollars"
$99.50
"ninetyninedollarsandfiftycents"
€1.7billion
"OnepointsevenbillionEuros"
8:30p.m.
"eightthirtypm"
200kg
"200kilograms"
50meters
"50meters"
May15,2003 "Mayfifteencommatwothousandthree"
Note:Saying"comma"isoptional.
MMIV
"Romannumeraltwothousandfour"
iii(lowercase
Roman)
"Romannumeralthree""nocapsthat"
85
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To enter Say
Boston,MA02460
"BostonMassachusetts02460"
Oakland,CA
99077
"OaklandCalifornia99077"
Notes
n Mostoftheseexamplesonlyworkasshownwhentheappropriatenumberformatting
optionsareselectedontheAuto-formattingdialogbox.
n Ifyouwantacommainafour-digitnumber,youmustspeakitexplicitly.Numberswith
fiveormoredigitsautomaticallyincludecommas.
n ToforcerecognitionofdigitsasnumeralsinsteadoftextwithoutusingtheNumbers
Mode,say"Numeral"beforeyousaythedigit,forexample,say"NumeralThree"toget
3.
n Youcanuseoromittheword"and"aspartofanumber.Forexample,say"one
hundredfifty"insteadof"onehundredandfifty"togetthenumber150.
n Youcanuse"oh"and"zero"interchangeablytoget0.
n ThewayDragonNaturallySpeakingformatsthecurrencysymbol,thethousand
separator,thedecimalseparator,thenegativesymbol,andthetimeseparator
dependsontheconfigurationoftheRegionalSettings(oronsomeversionsof
Windows,RegionalOptions)intheWindowsControlPanel.Forthesenumberstobe
formattedaccordingtotheconventionsofthelanguageyouaredictating,youmust
makesurethattheWindowsRegionalSettingsmatchthelanguage.
n YoucansetthecurrencysymbolandformatthatDragonNaturallySpeakingusesby
selectingthe"ISOcurrencycodes"optionontheAuto-formattingdialogbox.Dragon
NaturallySpeakingthenusesthecurrencycharacterandformatspecifiedonthe
RegionalOptionstaboftheRegionalandLanguagesOptionstoolinyourWindows
ControlPanel.IfyouareusingtheClassicStartmenu,youcanopenyourWindows
ControlPanelbyclickingStartontheWindowsTaskbar,pointingtoSettings,andthen
clickingControlPanel.
n YoucanchangethewayDragonNaturallySpeakingformatsnumbersontheAuto-
formattingdialogboxbyturningonoroffthedifferentformattingoptionsavailableon
thetab.
n YoucanchangethewayDragonNaturallySpeakingformatsCanadianandUKpostal
codesontheAuto-formattingdialogboxbyturningonoroffthe"Streetaddresses"
option.Forexample,withtheoptionon,formatapostalcodeinLondonbysaying
"LondonCommaWTwoFourRJ"toenterLondon, W2 4RJ;andformatapostalcode
inTorontobysaying"TorontoCommaOntarioMFiveHTwoLTwo"toenterToronto,
Ontario M5H 2L2.YoumustreloadyourUserProfilebeforeachangetopostalcode
formattingwilltakeeffect.ToreloadaUserProfile,clickOpenUserProfileonthe
ProfilemenutoopentheOpenUserProfiledialogbox.MakesurethecorrectUser
Profileisselected(thecurrentUserProfileisselectedbydefault),andclickOpen.
n Dragoncanauto-formattextandnumbersusingstandardwritingconventionsorapply
WordPropertiestowordsasyoudictate.Forinformationaboutthesesettings,see
Auto-formattingdialogboxandTheWordPropertiesdialogbox.
86
Chapter 7: Dictating Text
n Dragon'sSmartFormatRulesappearwhenyoucorrectauto-formatted
alphanumerictextorWordPropertiesusingtheCorrectionmenu,theSpelling
window,orthekeyboard.Fordetails,seeUsingSmartFormatRulesandSetting
Auto-FormattingOptions.
87
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Chapter 8: Using the Dictation
Box
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
UsingtheDictationBox 88
DictationBoxSettings 91
Using the Dictation Box
BEGIN_NONMED
NormallyyoucandictateanduseDragonNaturallySpeakingvoicecommandsinanytext
windowofanyapplication.However,youmayoccasionallyfindanapplicationoraspecific
windowinanapplicationwhereyoucannotdictateand/orwheresomevoicecommands
won’tworkorwon'tworkconsistently.Theseexceptionsarecalled"unsupported
applications"orunknowntextfields.
Using Dictation Box in unsupported applications
TheDictationBoxopensautomaticallyifDragonnoticesthatyouaretryingtodictateinan
unsupportedapplicationorwindowwithinanunsupportedapplication.
Turning off the Dictation Box
Ifyoudon'twantDragontodisplaytheDictationBoxinunsupportedapplications
1. OntheDragonBar,selectTools>Options>Miscellaneous.
2. Clickorsay"UsetheDictationBoxforUnsupportedApplications"toclearthecheckmark
fromthebox.
3. ClickOKtoapplyyourchangestothecurrentsession.Whenyousaveyouruserprofile,
thesettingswillbesavedforfuturedictationsessions.
Unsupported applications
Someexamplesofunsupportedapplicationswouldbepresentationorpagelayoutor
graphicsdesignsoftwarelikeAdobePhotoshop.Herearesomeexamplesofknownissuesin
unsupportedapplications:
n DictatingintoacomplexLotusNotesdocumentsometimesmakesDragon
NaturallySpeakinghangorexhibitotherabnormalbehavior.
88
Chapter 8: Using the Dictation Box
n SomeMicrosoftOutlookusersmayfindthattheFullTextControleditingcapability
doesnotalwayswork.
n Someapplications,suchasNetscape,arenotsupportedforFullTextControlediting
atall.
Transferring your text
WhenyouarereadytomoveyourdictationfromtheDictationBoxtotheunsupported
application,say"Transfer"orclicktheTransferbuttontotransferthetextintothat
application.
Note:TheDictationBoxworksforallapplicationsthatcanacceptstandardkeyboard
shortcutsforWindowsClipboardoperations.Insomeapplicationsthatdonotacceptthese
commands,yourtextmaybelostorchangedwhenyoutransfertextinandoutofthe
DictationBox.Testyourapplicationbeforeyoustartand,ifyoulosetextwhenyoutryto
transfertexttotheapplication,trydifferentselectionsundertheCopyandPasteoptions
(seeDictationBoxSettings).
TheDictationBoxcantransfertextinplainorRichTextFormat(RTF).Formoreinformation
onusingfontsintheDictationBox,refertoUsingFontsinDictationBoxintheDragonHelp.
Note:YoucannottransfertheaudiothatcorrespondstothetextfromtheDictationBoxto
anotherapplication.TheaudioisavailableonlywhiletheDictationBoxisopenandonly
beforeyoudictatethe"Transfer"voicecommand.
The Full Text Control Indicator
TheDragonbarincludesaFullTextControlindicatorthatturnsgreenwhenyouareinan
applicationorwindowwhereallofDragonNaturallySpeaking’sfunctionalityissupported.
Whenyouareinanunknowntextfield,theFullTextControlindicatorgoesout,indicating
thatyoumayhavesomedifficultyselectingandeditingdictatedtext.Also,whenyoustart
dictatingintoanunknowntextfield,theDragonBarwilldisplayamessagesaying"Unknown
textfield;considerusing'showDictationBox'-SeeHelp.'"
Thecommandsthatquotetextfromthescreen(select<xyz>,correct<xyz>,insertafter
<xyz>…)workthankstoafunctionalitycalledFullTextControl.Thisfunctionalitydepends
onDragon’sabilitytoconstantlyobtaininformationfromthetextfieldaboutitscontent—for
instance,inordertoknowwherewordsandsentencesbeginandend,soDragoncanapply
spacingbetweenwordsandcapitalizationatthebeginningofsentences.Moststandardtext
fieldsallowfullFullTextControlcapabilities.
Ifyouhavedifficultyindictatingorcorrectinginoneoftheseunknowntextfields,usethe
DictationBox.
Formoreinformation,seeTheFullTextControlIndicator.
Dictating in unknown text fields
1. Placeyoucursorwhereyouwanttoputthetext
2. StarttheDictationBoxinoneofseveralways:
n Say"ShowDictationBox"
n SelectTools>DictationBoxfromtheDragonBar
n UseCTRL+SHIFT+D.Tochangethedefaulthotkey(seetheDragon
NaturallySpeakingOptionsdialogbox.
89
Dragon Installation and User Guide
3. WhentheDictationBoxdisplays,youcandictateandedittextinsidetheDictationBox
usingallofDragonNaturallySpeaking'scommands.
4. Onceyouhavefinisheddictatingandeditingthetext,sayorclick"Transfer."Thetextyou
dictatedintheDictationBoxistransferredtotheapplication.TheDictationBoxthen
closes.
Editing text in unknown text fields
Toedittextalreadyintheunknowntextfield:
1. Selectthetextintheunknowntextfieldusingvoicecommandsoryourkeyboardand
mouse.
2. CopythetexttotheDictationBoxforeditinginoneoftheseways:
n Say"EditSelection"
n Say"ShowDictationBox"
Note:TocopyallthetextinanapplicationintotheDictationBoxforeditingsay"Edit
All"
n SelectTools>DictationBoxfromtheDragonBar
n UseCTRL+SHIFT+D.Tochangethedefaulthotkey,seeTheOptionsdialogbox.
3. TheselectedtextdisplaysintheDictationBox.
4. Onceyouhavefinisheddictatingandeditingthetext,sayorclick"Transfer."Thetextyou
dictatedintheDictationBoxistransferredtotheapplication.
Defining how the Dictation Box works in different applications
YoucandefinehowtheDictationBoxcopiesandpastestextforeachapplicationwhereit's
needed.Forexample,youcanhavedifferentcopyandpastesettingsforMicrosoft
PowerPointandCorelWordPerfect.
TodefinehowtheDictationBoxworksinaspecificapplication:
1. Starttheapplicationorspecificwindowandplaceyourcursorintheapplication.
2. StarttheDictationBox
3. Clickthe"Settings..."buttonintheDictationBox.
TheDictationBoxSettingsdialogboxdisplaysasectionnamed"Settingsforapplication
<applicationname>"wherethe<applicationname>isthenameofthecurrentapplication.
Formoreinformation,seeDictationBoxSettings.
Unexpected behavior or text in the Dictation Box
SometimestheDictationBoxmisunderstandsthecontextofwhatyou'reworkingonandit
displaystextyoudidn'tdictate,andthatyoucan'tedit.Thiscanhappenwhenthefocusofthe
applicationyou'reusingisonafieldyoucan'teditand:
n youintentionallyopentheDictationBox,or
n youspeakintoyourmicrophone,promptingtheDictationboxtoopenautomatically
Forexample,ifyouhaveyoure-mailapplicationopenwithaniteminyourmessagelist
selected,theDictationBoxmaydisplaytheheadertextofthatmessage.
Ifthishappens,justgototheDictationBoxandsayorclick"Cancel"tocloseit.
END_NONMED
90
Chapter 8: Using the Dictation Box
Dictation Box Settings
YouopentheDictationBoxbyselectingTools>DictationBoxontheNewDragonBaror
ClassicDragonBar.
WhenyouareinAnchoredmode,youcandefineyoursettingsfromtheDictationBox
Settingswindow,whereyoucanconfigurehowtheDictationBoxcopiestextfromand
pastestextintoeachapplicationwhereyouplantousetheDictationBox.Forexample,you
canhavedifferentcopyandpastesettingsforMicrosoftPowerPointandCorelWordPerfect.
ToopentheSettingsdialogbox,clicktheSettingsbuttoninsidetheDictationBox.
Note:IfyouarenotinAnchoredmode,youwon'tseetheSettingsbutton.Instead,youcan
configuretheDictationBoxbyselectingTools>OptionsandthengoingtotheDictationBox
tab.
Note: YoucanhavemultipleDictationBoxesopenatonetimeandcanhavedifferent
settingsforusingtheDictationBoxwitheachapplicationyouuse.
Font
TheFontsettingletsyouchangethefontusedforthecontentsoftheDictationBox.To
changethefont:
1. Click"ChangeFont..."
2. Setthefont,style,andsizeunderFont,Fontstyle,andSize.
3. UnderEffects,youcanchooseacolorfromthedrop-downlistand/orchooseStrikeoutor
Underline.
4. ClickOKtosavethefontchange.
Notes:
n Tosetthefonttothedefault,click"DefaultFont"andthefonttypeandsizechangeto
Arial10-point.
n Whenyoucopytextintothetextbox,itdisplaysinthesamefontastheoriginating
application.
Window Position
YoucandefinewheretheDictationBoxappears:
n Anchor:SelectthisifyouwanttheDictationBoxtoappearatthelocationwhereit
waslastclosed.IfyoudragtheDictationBoxtoanewlocationandthencloseit,itwill
displayatthatlocationwhenyourestarttheDictationBox.
n Automatically position the Dictation Box near the cursor:Thisoptioncauses
theDictationBoxtoappearasclosetothecursorlocationasispractical.
Settings for application <application name>
YoucandefinehowtheDictationBoxcopiesandpastestextineachapplicationwhereit's
used.Forexample,youcanhavedifferentcopyandpastesettingsforMicrosoftPowerPoint
andCorelWordPerfect.
91
Dragon Installation and User Guide
TheDictationBoxworksforallapplicationsthatcanacceptstandardkeyboardshortcutsfor
WindowsClipboardoperations.Insomeapplicationsthatdonotacceptthesecommands,
yourtextmaybelostorchangedwhenyoutransfertextinandoutoftheDictationBox.
TheCopyoptionsdefinewhatkindofcopiedtexttheDictationBoxcanreceivefroman
application.
Testyourapplicationbeforeyoustartand,ifyoulosetextwhenyoutrytotransfertexttothe
application,trydifferentselectionsundertheCopyandPasteoptions,detailedbelow:
Copy
n Do not copy: DoesnotcopyanytextfromtheapplicationwhentheDictationBoxis
started.
n Type keys <Ctrl+C>:UsesCtrl+Ctocopytextfromtheapplication.
n Use Windows Copy Command:UsestheWindowscopycommandtocopytext
fromtheapplication.
Paste
n Type keys <Ctrl+V>: UsesCtrl+VtocopytextfromtheDictationBoxtothe
application.
n Use Windows Paste Command:UsestheWindowsPasteCommandtocopytext
fromtheDictationBoxtotheapplication.
n Simulate keystrokes:SendskeystrokesfromtheDictationBoxtotheapplication.
Use"Simulatekeystrokes"iftheothermethodsofpastingtextdonotwork.
Show character count
Selectthischeckboxtohavethecharactercountdisplaythenumberofcharactersinthe
DictationBox.
Keep transferred text in clipboard when the Dictation Box is closed
CheckthisoptiontohaveDragonNaturallySpeakingholdthetextdictatedintotheDictation
BoxintheWindowsclipboardeitherafteryoutransferthetextunsuccessfully(pastefails)or
afteryouhaveclosedtheDictationBox(shouldanytextremainintheDictationBox).
AslongasyouhavechosenType Keys <Ctrl+V>orUse Windows Paste Commandunder
Paste options,checkingthischeckboxprotectsyoufromlosinganytextwhen:
n You'vetransferredwiththeTransfervoicecommandanditfailstopasteintothe
applicationwhereyouhaveplacedthecursor
n TextstillremainsintheDictationBoxwhenyoucloseit
Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,thetextdictatedintotheDictationBoxthathasnotbeen
transferredwillbelostwhenyouclosetheDictationBox.
Whenyouhaveselectedthischeckbox,ifthetransferfails,youdonotlosethetext,because
thetextisstoredtemporarilyintheWindowsclipboard.Iftheapplicationyoutriedtotransfer
thetexttofailstoreceivethetext,youcanopenanotherapplicationandtryusingthe
Windowspastecommandtopastethetextfromtheclipboard.
Restore Defaults
ThisoptionrestoresallDictationBoxsettingstotheirdefaults.
92
Chapter 8: Using the Dictation Box
For more information
Formoreinformation,see:
n UsingtheDictationBox
n TheFullTextControlIndicator
93
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Chapter 9: Using DragonPad
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
AboutDragonPad 94
Changingthewaytextwrapsonyourscreen 94
About DragonPad
DragonPadisDragonNaturallySpeaking'sbuilt-inwordprocessor,whichisoptimizedfor
dictation.DragonPadincludesbasictextformattingfeaturesaswellastheabilitytosaveand
printdocuments.
YoucanuseDragonPadwhenyoudonotneedthecapabilityofafull-featuredword
processor.Whenyouhavefinisheddictating,youcansay"CopyAllToClipboard"tocopy
yourtexttotheClipboardand"PasteThat"tocopythetextfromtheClipboardintoanyother
program.
AlthoughitissimilartoWordPad,DragonPadiscustomizedforusewithDragon
NaturallySpeakingandcontainsspeechrecognitionfeaturesthatarenotavailablein
WordPad.
Changing the way text wraps on your screen
AsyouaredictatinginDragonPad,youmaywanttochangethewaytextwrapsinthe
DragonPadwindow.
To change the way text wraps on your screen
1. OntheViewmenu,clickSettings.
2. IntheWordWrapgroupoftheTextortheRichTexttab,selectthewrappingoptionyou
want.YoucanselectNowrap,Wraptowindow,orWraptoruler.
3. ClickOK.
Notes
n Thewrappingoptionsaffectonlyhowtextappearsonyourscreen.Whenprinted,the
documentusesthemarginsettingsspecifiedinPageSetup.
94
Chapter 9: Using DragonPad
n Youcansetdifferentwordwrapoptionsforthetextformatinwhichyousavethe
document:text-only(TXT)orrichtextformat(RTF).
95
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Chapter 10: Making Corrections
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Correctingdictation-workflow 96
Correctingtext-quickreference 100
Choosingthecorrecttext 101
Correctingmisrecognizedcommands 102
Correcting dictation - workflow
Thereareanumberofwaysyoucancorrectthemisrecognitionsinadocument.Thefollowing
techniquesdescribethemostbasicmethods.Youcancombinethesetechniquesinany
mannerthatsuitsyourworkingstyle.
ClickhereforDragon'sTop5s:"Correctingtext"
Correcting using the Correction menu (easiest)
To correct text using the Correction menu
1. Doanyofthefollowing:
n Say"Correctthat"afterthelastthingyoudictated.
n Say"Correct<xyz>"or"Select<xyz>"tohaveDragonselectanyeditabletextinthe
currentdocumentore-mailmessage.
n Say"Correct<abc>through<xyz>tohaveDragonselectanyeditablerangeoftextin
thecurrentdocumentore-mailmessage.
n Pressthecorrectionhotkey,normallytheMinuskey(-)onthenumerickeypad.
96
Chapter 10: Making Corrections
TheCorrectionmenuopens*.
2. ChooseoneoftheitemsfromtheCorrectionmenuordictatethereplacementcontent.
IfyouchooseoneofthealternativesontheCorrectionmenu,Dragonautomaticallyreturns
thecursortowhereitwasbeforeyouopenedthemenu.
IfyoudictatesomethingnewtomakeacorrectionwhentheCorrectionmenuisopen,
Dragondoesnotreturnthecursortoitslastlocation.Youcanusethe"GoBack"command
orthemouseorkeyboardtomoveitbacktowhereitwas.
97
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Correcting text with the keyboard (fastest)
To correct text with the keyboard
1. Movetheinsertionpointtothebeginningofthedictationyouwanttocorrect.
2. PresstheCorrectionhotkeytodisplaytheCorrectionmenu.(Bydefault,thisistheMinus
key(-)onthenumerickeypad.YoucanchangethehotkeyassignmentontheHotkeystab
oftheOptionsdialogbox.)YoucanalsoclicktheCorrectionbuttonontheExtrastoolbar.
TheExtrastoolbarisavailableonlyontheClassicDragonBar;touseit,youmustfirst
switchtotheClassicDragonBar.
3. TheCorrectionmenudisplaysalistofoptionalspellings.
n Iftheselectedalternativeiscorrect,presstheRightArrowkey.
n Ifoneoftheotheralternativesiscorrect,presstheDownArrowkeyuntil
thatalternativeishighlightedandpresstheRightArrowkey.
n Ifnoalternativeiscorrect,justtypethecorrecttextorsay"SpellThat"to
opentheSpellingwindow.
4. Continueuntilallthetextiscorrect.
Correcting text while playing back dictation (most accurate)
PleasenotethatwhenyoudictateintoaWebapplication,playbackavailabilityislimited.For
moreinformationonthis,seeIfyouhaveproblemsusingWebapplicationsupport.
To correct text while playing back dictation
1. Movetheinsertionpointtothebeginningofthedictationyouwanttocorrect.
2. ClickPlayThatBackontheAudiomenuoftheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
(Onecouldalso,ontheClassicDragonBar,clicktheBeginPlaybackbuttonontheExtras
toolbar.TheExtrastoolbarisavailableonlyontheClassicDragonBar;touseit,onemust
firstswitchtotheClassicDragonBar.)
3. Whentheplaybackofyourdictationreachesarecognitionerror,pressthecorrectionhot
key.(Bydefault,thisistheMinuskey(-)onthenumerickeypad.Youcanchangethehot
keyassignmentontheHotkeystaboftheOptionsdialogbox.)Youcanalsoclickthe
CorrectionbuttonontheExtrastoolbaroftheClassicDragonBar.
4. TheCorrectionmenudisplaysalistofalternativesforthemisrecognition.
n Ifoneofthealternativesiscorrect,presstheDownArrowkeytohighlightthatchoice
andthenpressEntertoacceptit.Playbackwillcontinueautomaticallyfromthepoint
whereyoustopped.
n Ifnoalternativeiscorrect,justtypeorsaythecorrecttextandclicktheBeginPlayback
button.Playbackwillcontinuefromthepointwhereyoustopped.
98
Chapter 10: Making Corrections
Correcting text using voice commands (hands-free)
To correct text using voice commands
1. Say"GoToBeginningofDocument."
2. Lookforthefirstmisrecognitionandsay"Correct"andthetextthatisincorrect.The
Correctionmenuappears,presentingalternatives.
n Ifanalternativeiscorrect,say"Choose"andthenumberofthatalternative.For
example,"ChooseTwo."(Donotsay"ChooseNumeralTwo"orDragon
NaturallySpeakingwilltranscribethephraseasthetext"ChooseNumeralTwo"or
"Choose2"dependingonhowyousettheautomatictextformattingpropertiesonthe
Auto-formattingdialogbox.)
n Ifnoneofthealternativesiscorrect,say"SpellThat,"spellthecorrectwordorwords
intotheSpellingwindow,andthensay"clickOK."
3. Verifythatthecorrecttextappearsinthedocumentinplaceofthemisrecognizedtextand
continuetothenextmisrecognition.
Using Smart Format Rules
YoucanalsousetheSmartFormatRulesfeaturetohaveDragonrecognizewhenyou
correctdictatedtextthatcorrespondstoanAuto-formattingoptionorsupportedbythis
feature.DragonthendisplaysaSmartFormatRulesdialogbox,offeringoneormoresetting
adjustmentsrelevanttothechangeyoujustmade.Ifyoudon’twishtochangeanysetting,
youcanjustignoretheSmartFormatRulesboxandcontinuedictating(orsay"Cancel"to
dismissthebox).
TheSmartFormatRulesboxmayappearwhetheryoumakeacorrectionusing
n theSpellingwindow
or
n thekeyboard.
Fordetails,seeUsingSmartFormatRules,theAuto-formattingdialogboxandCreating
WordProperties.
Notes
n IfyouselectaphrasetocorrectthatincludespunctuationaddedbyDragon
automatically,thelistofalternativesintheCorrectionmenuwillincludeonewithout
thatpunctuation.
n WhenyouusetheCorrectionmenuwithaselectionofmorethan70characters,
Dragonselectsonlythefirstsentenceforcorrection.
n TheAccuracyCenterprovidesacentrallocationfortakingadvantageofallthe
DragonNaturallySpeakingtoolsavailabletoensureexcellentrecognition.Formore
information,seeUsingtheAccuracyCenter.
n Whenyouusethe"select"or"correct"commandtoselectanypartofahyphenated
wordorahyphen,Dragonselectstheentirehyphenation.Forexample,inthe
hyphenatedword"brother-in-law"ifyousay"correctbrother"becauseyouonlyneed
tochangethat,Dragonselects"brother-in-law."
99
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Correcting text - quick reference
Whenyoucorrectrecognitionerrors,DragonNaturallySpeakingadaptsyourUserProfile,so
errorsarelesslikelytohappenagain.
See also
n UsingDirectEditing
Youcancorrectrecognitionerrorsinthefollowingways:
To Say
Correctawordor
phraseyouspecify
"Correct<wrongwordorphrase>"(iftherearemultiplematchesin
theeditabletext,anumberwillappearnexttoeachone;saythe
numberofthedesiredone,orsay"chooseall")
Correctthelastthing
yousaid
"CorrectThat"or"CorrectThis"
Correcttheselected
text
"CorrectThat"or"CorrectThis"
Correctarangeoftext "Correctdarkthroughnight"wheredarkisthefirstwordtocorrectand
nightisthelastwordtocorrect.Youdon'thavetoincludetheentire
phrasewhenyouusethiscommand.
"Correctfrom<text>to<text>"(OutsideUSandCanada)
"Correct<text>through<text>"(IntheUSandCanada)
Deletetextyoujust
dictated
"ScratchThat"
Playbacktherecorded
speechfortheselected
text
"PlayThatBack"
Note:Webapplicationshaveonlylimitedplayback.
UsetheExtrastoolbar
(availableonlyonthe
ClassicDragonBarand
inhighereditionsof
Dragon)
"Showextras"iftheExtrastoolbarisnotvisible(orclicktheExtras
button ontheClassicDragonBar),thenclicktheCorrection
button tobringupthecorrectioninterface.(Ifyouclickthis
buttonwhileDragonisplayingbacktext,thiswillstopplayback.)
TheCorrectionmenuclosesautomaticallyafteryoupickanitemfromit.Ifyouwanttoclose
theCorrectionmenuwithoutpickingfromit,say"Cancel"orjustcontinuedictating.
YoucanenableanddisabletheseDirectEditingcommandsfromtheCommandstabofthe
Optionsdialogbox.
Workflow
YoucanexperimentwithDragonNaturallySpeaking'svariouscorrectionoptions,including
bothvocalandmanualactions(Correctionbutton,Correctionhotkey,double-clicktoCorrect,
100
Chapter 10: Making Corrections
SmartFormatRules),toseewhatyoupreferforagivensituation.Foradescriptionofthree
differentmethodsforcorrectingtextandhoweachfitsintoaparticularworkflow,click
Correctionworkflow.
Techniques
Thefollowingtopicsexplaindifferentaspectsofcorrectingtext:
Correctingtexterrorsasyoudictate
Choosingthecorrecttext
Undoingactions
Correctingmisrecognizedcommands
Notes
n RememberthatlettingDragonNaturallySpeakingadaptitsVocabularytoyourown
wordsandphraseswillpreventmanyrecognitionerrors.IfawordisnotinDragon
NaturallySpeaking'sactiveVocabulary,DragonNaturallySpeakingcan'trecognizeit
accurately.TheAccuracyCenterprovidesacentrallocationforalltheDragon
NaturallySpeakingtoolsavailabletoensureexcellentrecognition.Formore
information,seeUsingtheAccuracyCenter.
n IftheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBarmessageareastatesthatthereis
nothingtocorrect,selectthetextyouwanttocorrectandsay"CorrectThat"again(or
presstheCorrectionhotkeyorclicktheCorrectionbutton).
n Ifyouselectaphrasetocorrectthatincludesacommaorperiodaddedtothe
sentenceautomatically,thelistofcorrectionsthatappearsintheCorrectionmenuwill
includeaversionwithouttheautomaticallyinsertedpunctuation.
n Todictatetheword"correct"atthebeginningofanutterance(thatis,asthefirstword
afterapause),eithersay"correct"andthenpause,orholddowntheShiftkeywhile
youspeaktoforceDragonNaturallySpeakingtorecognizethewordasdictationand
notasacommand.Youcanchangethekeythatyoupresstocontrolthisbehavioron
theHotkeystaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
Choosing the correct text
IntheCorrectionmenuandtheSpellingwindow,DragonNaturallySpeakingoffersa
selectionofrecognitionalternatives.Usethefollowingproceduretochoosethealternative
youwant.
To choose the correct text
Ifthecorrecttextisoneofthealternativeslisted,say"Choose"andthensaythenumberof
thealternativeinthelist.Asanoption,youcanpresstheALTkeyandtypethenumberofthe
alternativefromthekeyboard(notthenumerickeypad).
Thetextyouchoosereplacesthetextinyourdocument.
Example:
Ifthecorrecttextisthethirdalternative,say"Choose3."
101
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Notes
n Dragon'sSmartFormatRulesdialogboxmayappearwhenyoucorrectauto-
formattedalphanumerictextusingtheCorrectioncommand,theSpellingwindow,or
thekeyboard.Fordetails,seeUsingSmartFormatRulesandAutomaticallyFormat
Text.
n Whenselectinganalternativeonthecorrectionmenu,say"Choose"andthenumber
ofthatalternative.Forexample,"ChooseTwo."Donotsay"ChooseNumeralTwo"or
DragonNaturallySpeakingwilltranscribethephraseasthetext"ChooseNumeral
Two"or"Choose2"dependingonhowyousetthenumberformattingoptionsonthe
Auto-formattingdialogbox.
n IntheSpellingwindow,ifoneoftherecognitionalternativesisnearlycorrect,youcan
say"Select"andthenumberofthealternative.Thealternativetextismovedintothe
textbox,soyoucaneditit.Asanoption,youcanpresstheSHIFTandALTkeysand
typethenumberofthealternativefromthekeyboard(notthenumerickeypad).
n Ifyouselectaphrasetocorrectthatincludespunctuationaddedtothesentence
automatically,thelistofcorrectionsthatappearsintheCorrectionmenuwillincludea
versionwithouttheautomaticallyinsertedpunctuation.
n TheAccuracyCenterprovidesacentrallocationfortakingadvantageofalltheDragon
NaturallySpeakingtoolsavailabletoensureexcellentrecognition.Formore
information,seeUsingtheAccuracyCenter.
n YoucanchoosetoalwaysplaybackrecordedspeechintheCorrectionmenu.Youcan
settherespectiveoptionontheCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
Correcting misrecognized commands
Ifyouspeakavalidcommandanditisnotrecognizedcorrectly,usethefollowingprocedureto
ensurethatDragonNaturallySpeakingrecognizesthecommandinthefuture.Whenvalid
commandwordsandphrasesappearintheResultsboxtheboxcontainsablueborder.Open
theCommandBrowserfromtheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBarToolsmenuforlists
ofvalidcommands.
To correct a misrecognized command
1. Ifthewindowordialogboxcontainingthemisrecognizedcommandisnotactive(thatis,
thetitlebarisnothighlighted),clickinittomakeitactive.
2. Say"ScratchThat"(todeletetheunwanteddictation),"UndoThat",or"UndoLastAction"
toundoanunwantedaction.
3. Saythecommandagain.
Ifthecommandwasrecognizedasdictation,holddowntheCTRLkeyasyoustarttosaythe
commandagain.HoldingdowntheCTRLkeyforcesDragonNaturallySpeakingtorecognize
whatyousayasacommand.YoucanalsoswitchtoCommandMode.
Notes
n Youcantraincommandstomatchyourpronunciation,ifnecessary.
n WhenDragonNaturallySpeakingrecognizesacommand,thebordersoftheresults
boxturnblue.Theonlyexceptiontothisiswhenyouusecommandsthatyouusually
saywithoutpausingduringdictation,suchas"newline","newparagraph","nocaps",
or"allcaps".
102
Chapter 10: Making Corrections
n TheAccuracyCenterprovidesacentrallocationfortakingadvantageofallthe
DragonNaturallySpeakingtoolsavailabletoensureexcellentrecognition.Formore
information,seeUsingtheAccuracyCenter.
103
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Chapter 11: Revising Text
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
UsingDirectEditingcommands 104
Handlingmultipletextmatches 106
Revisingtext-quickreference 110
Using Direct Editing commands
UseDragonNaturallySpeakingDirectEditing(formerlycalledQuickVoiceFormatting)
commandstodoroutinetasksfasterbyvoice.
InpreviousversionsofDragon,deleting,cutting,copying,italicizing,underlining,andapplying
boldtotextweretwo-stepoperations:youhadtoselectthetextbeforeyoucouldchangeit.
Nowyoucanperformtheseactionsinonestep.
See also
n Handlingmultipletextmatches
Note
Forcommandsthatnamearangeoftext,suchas"bold<text>through<text>,"Dragon
expectstohear"to"or"through"dependingontheregionyouselectedwhenyoucreatedyour
UserProfile.Use"through"intheUnitedStatesandCanada,anduse"to"inallotherregions.
Formatting text
UsethecommandsinthefollowingtabletoquicklyformattextusingDirectEditing.
Formattingcommandsareavailableonlyinprogramsthatsupportformatting.
104
Chapter 11: Revising Text
To... Say...
Boldthespecifiedtextorarangeoftext. Bold<text>
Boldfrom<text>to<text>
Bold<text>through<text>
Italicizethespecifiedtextorarangeoftext. Italicize<text>
Italicizefrom<text>to<text>
Italicize<text>through<text>
Underlinethespecifiedtextorarangeoftext. Underline<text>
Underlinefrom<text>to<text>
Underline<text>through<text>
Capitalizethespecifiedtextofarangeoftext Capitalize<text>
Capitalizefrom<text>to<text>
Capitalize<text>through<text>
105
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Editing text
UsethecommandsinthefollowingtabletoquicklyrevisetextusingDirectEditing.
To... Say...
Cutthespecifiedtextorarangeoftext. Cut<text>
Cutfrom<text>to<text>
Cut<text>through<text>
Note:TheCutvoicecommandisturnedoffbydefaulttokeeptheword"cut"availablefor
regulardictation.Toenableusing"Cut"asacommand,changetheEnableCutshortcut
commandsettingintheOptionsdialogboxCommandstabandthenExitandRestart
Dragon.
Copythespecifiedtextorarangeoftext. Copy<text>
Copyfrom<text>to<text>
Copy<text>through<text>
Deletethespecifiedtextorarangeoftext. Delete<text>
Deletefrom<text>to<text>
Delete<text>through<text>
Handling multiple text matches
UsethecommandsinthistopicwhenDragonfindsmultipleinstancesofawordorphrasein
thepartofyourdocumentcurrentlyshowingonscreen.Dragondisplaysanumbernextto
eachinstance,sothatyoucanchoosetheoneyouhadinmindforthecommand.Thisfeature
alsoletsyousavetimebyapplyingthecommandtoallinstancesatonceifdoingsomakes
senseforthatparticularcommand.
Note
n IfyoupreferthatDragonchangeonlytheinstanceofawordorphrasenearesttothe
cursor,youcanturnthisoptionoffinDragon'sOptionsdialogbox,Commandstab(see
Enablemultipletextmatches).Then,ifDragonselectsthecorrectwordorphrasebut
nottherightinstance,youcansay"SelectAgain"toselectthepreviousinstance.By
default,thefeatureisturnedon.
Here'sanexampleofwhatDragondoeswiththe"Italicize<xyz>"command.Whenyousay
"italicizecourse,"Dragondisplaysanumbernexttoeachmatchingitem,asshownhere.
Thenyoucansay"Choose<n>,"where<n>representsoneofthenumberedtextmatches,
or"ChooseAll"toapplythecommandtoalltextmatches.Dragononlynumberstextmatches
thatarevisibleinyourcurrentdocumentwindow.
106
Chapter 11: Revising Text
Youcancanceltextmatchingbysaying"Cancel,"continuingtodictate,typing,orclickingthe
mouse.Youcanalsouse"UndoAll"afteryouuse"ChooseAll."
YoucanusethisfeaturewithMicrosoftWord,Notepad,WordPad,MicrosoftOutlook,
InternetExplorer,MicrosoftInfoPath,DragonPadandDragon'sDictationBox.
Whenyousayacommandthatcanapplytomultipleinstances,theNewDragonBaror
ClassicDragonBarmessagearea(onlyvisiblewhentheClassicDragonBarisDockedor
Floating,alwaysvisibleontheNewDragonBar)providesinformationaboutwhatyoucan
say.ThisisanexampleofhowitcanbeusefultochecktheNewDragonBarorClassic
DragonBraformessagesregularly,especiallyifyouarenewtothisversionofDragon.
See also
n UsingDirectEditingcommands
Usethefollowingtableasaquickreferencefortextmatchingcommands.
107
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Command To... Say...
Bold<xyz> Applyboldtoone
ormoretext
matches
"Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"toapplytheformattingtoonlythe
thirdinstanceofanumberoftextmatches.
OR
"Chooseall"toapplyboldtoallinstancesDragon
showsastextmatches.
Underline<xyz> Applyunderlining
tooneormoretext
matches
"Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"toapplytheformattingtoonlythe
thirdinstanceofanumberoftextmatches.
OR
"Chooseall"tounderlineallinstancesDragonshows
astextmatches.
Italicize<xyz> Applyitalicstoone
ormoretext
matches
"Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"toapplytheformattingtoonlythe
thirdinstanceofanumberoftextmatches.
OR
"Chooseall"toitalicizeallinstancesDragonshowsas
textmatches.
Capitalize<xyz> Capitalizethefirst
letterofoneor
moretextmatches
"Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"toapplytheformattingtoonlythe
thirdinstanceofanumberoftextmatches.
OR
"Chooseall"tocapitalizeallinstancesDragonshows
astextmatches.
Delete<xyz> Deleteoneor
moretextmatches
"Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"todeleteonlythethirdinstanceofa
numberoftextmatches.
OR
"Chooseall"todeleteallinstancesDragonshowsas
textmatches.
UndoAll Undochangesto
allrevisedtext
matches
1.Performoneofthecommandsinthistabletorevise
twoormoremultipletextmatches.
2.Say"UndoAll."
108
Chapter 11: Revising Text
Command To... Say...
NoteUndoAllcanundoamaximumof50instances
oftheBold,Italicize,Underline,andDelete
commands,anduptoamaximumof25instancesof
theCorrectcommand.
Cut<xyz> Cutoneofthetext
matches
Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"tocutonlythethirdinstanceofa
numberoftextmatches.
Note:TheCutvoicecommandisturnedoffbydefaulttokeeptheword"cut"availableforregular
dictation.Toenableusing"Cut"asacommand,changetheEnableCutshortcutcommand
settingintheOptionsdialogboxCommandstabandthenExitandRestartDragon.
Copy<xyz> Copyoneofthe
textmatches
Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"tocopyonlythethirdinstanceofa
numberoftextmatches.
Select<xyz>
OR
"Select<abc>
through<xyz>"
Selectoneofthe
matchesof
selectedtext
Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"toselectonlythethirdinstanceofa
numberoftextmatches.Youmustthenchooseone
ofthenumberedtextmatches.
Notes:
•DependingonhowDragon'sCorrectionOptionsare
set,DragondisplayseithertheCorrectionmenuor
theSpellingwindowwhenyouusetheSelect
command.Changestomultipletextmatchesdonot
workfromtheSpellingwindow.
•Replacingallinstancesoftextmatchesdoesnot
workwiththeSelectcommand.
Correct<xyz>
OR
"Correct<abc>"
through<xyz>
UsetheCorrection
menutochange
oneormoretext
matches
Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"tocorrectonlythethirdinstanceofa
numberoftextmatches.
OR
"Chooseall"tocorrectalltextmatchesDragon
displays.
Notes:
109
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Command To... Say...
•DependingonhowDragon'sCorrectionOptionsare
set,DragondisplayseithertheCorrectionmenu(see
examplebelow)ortheSpellingwindowwhenyouuse
theCorrectcommand.
Ifyouuse"Chooseall"whenmultiplecorrection
optionsaredisplayed,youcanreplaceallofthe
selectionswithanumberedoptionfromthemenuor
use"allcapsthat."
Othermenucommandsapplytothelastmatch
selected.
•Changestomultipletextmatchesdonotworkfrom
theSpellingwindow.
Insertbefore Movethecursorto
justbeforea
particularwordor
phraseinyour
document
Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"tomovecursorintopositionjust
beforethethirdinstanceofanumberoftextmatches.
Insertafter Movethecursorto
justaftera
particularwordor
phraseinyour
document
Choose<number>"or"<n>."Forexample,say
"Choose3"or"3"tomovecursorintopositionjust
afterthethirdinstanceofanumberoftextmatches.
Notes
n
n Forcommandsthatapplytoarangeoftext,suchas"bold<abc>through<xyz>,"
Dragonexpectstohear"to"or"through"dependingontheregionyouselectedwhen
youcreatedyourUserProfile.Use"through"intheUnitedStatesandCanada,and
use"to"inallotherregions.
n FormattingcommandsarenotavailableinNotepadandmaynotworkcorrectlyin
InternetExplorer.
n TouseformattingcommandsinMicrosoftOutlook,makesureeitherHTMLorRTF
mailmessageformatisturnedon.
Revising text - quick reference
Youcanrevisetextbyvoiceinanyofthefollowingways.
See also
n Handlingmultipletextmatches
110
Chapter 11: Revising Text
To Say
Deletetext "ScratchThat"todeletethelastthingyousaid.
"Delete<text>"where<text>isthewordorphraseyou
wanttodelete*
"Deletefrom<text>to<text>"*
"Delete<text>through<text>"*
Cuttext "CutThat"tocutpreviouslyselectedtextorthelastthing
yousaid.
"Cut<text>"where<text>isthewordorphraseyou
wanttocut*
"Cutfrom<text>to<text>"
"Cut<text>through<text>"
Note:TheCutDirectEditingcommandisturnedoffby
defaulttokeepitavailableforregulardictation.
ToenabletheCutcommand,
1. ChooseTools>OptionsfromtheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
2. ClickCommands>EnableCutCommand.
3. RestartDragon.
Copytext "CopyThat"tocopypreviouslyselectedtextorthelast
thingyousaid.
"Copy<text>"where<text>isthewordor
phraseyouwanttocopy*
"Copyfrom<text>to<text>"*
"Copy<text>through<text>"*
Selecttext "Selectthat"toselectthelastthingyousaid.
"Select<text>"where<text>isthewordorphraseyou
wanttochange
"Select<text>Through<text>."
Note:OutsidetheUSAorCanada,say"Select<text>
To<text>."
"Selectfrom<text>to<text>"
Correcttext "CorrectThat"
"Correct<text>"where<text>isthewordorphraseyou
wanttochange
"Correct<text>To<text>"
"Correctfrom<text>to<text>"
"Correct<text>Through<text>."
111
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Note:OutsidetheUSAorCanada,say"Select<text>
To<text>."
Correcttextonceyouhaveselected
it
"CorrectThat"
OR
Thewordsyouwanttoreplacetheselection.
Backupandresumedictating "ResumeWith<word>"where<word>isthewordyou
wantDragontoresumewith.Then,dictatetherevised
text.
Movethecursorbacktoitslast
positionindocumentsande-mail
messages
Pausebrieflyduringdictationandsay"GoBack"See
Using"GoBack"tomovethecursor.
*indicatesaDirectEditingcommand.YoucanenableanddisabletheseDirectEditing
commandsfromtheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
Thecommandsthatquotetextfromthescreen(select<xyz>,correct<xyz>,insertafter
<xyz>…)workthankstoafunctionalitycalledFullTextControl.Thisfunctionalitydependson
Dragon’sabilitytoconstantlyobtaininformationfromthetextfieldaboutitscontent—for
instance,inordertoknowwherewordsandsentencesbeginandend,soDragoncanapply
spacingbetweenwordsandcapitalizationatthebeginningofsentences.Moststandardtext
fieldsallowfullFullTextControlcapabilities.Formoreinformation,seeTheFullTextControl
Indicator.
Knowingadditionalwaystoperformthefollowingtasksbyvoiceisusefulinrevisingtext.Click
thefollowinglinksformoredetailedexplanations.
Movingaroundinadocument
Selectingtext
Deletingdictatedtext
Formattingtext
AutomaticallyFormatText(seeDragonHelp)
Notes
n Dragoncanauto-formattextandnumbersusingstandardwritingconventionsorapply
WordPropertiestowordsasyoudictate.Forinformationaboutthesesettings,see
Auto-formattingdialogboxandTheWordPropertiesdialogbox.
n Dragon'sSmartFormatRulesappearwhenyoucorrectauto-formattedalphanumeric
textorWordPropertiesusingtheCorrectionmenu,theSpellingwindow,orthe
keyboard.Fordetails,seeUsingSmartFormatRulesandSettingAuto-Formatting
Options.
n Whenyouusethe"select"or"correct"commandtoselectanypartofahyphenated
wordorahyphen,Dragonselectstheentirehyphenation.Forexample,inthe
112
Chapter 11: Revising Text
hyphenatedword"brother-in-law"ifyousay"correctbrother"becauseyouonlyneed
tochangethat,Dragonselects"brother-in-law."
113
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Chapter 12: Moving around in a
document
Thefollowingtopicsdescribehowtomovethetextinsertionpointaroundinadocument.
Movingtheinsertionpoint
Movingtospecificwords
Movingtothebeginningorendofalineordocument
Moving the insertion point
Usetheproceduresinthistopictomovethetextinsertionpointasfollows:
n bycharacters
n bywords
n bylines
n byparagraphs
Note
Anytimeyoumovetheinsertionpointbyvoice,keyboardormouse,youcanmoveitbackto
whereitwasbysaying"GoBack."
Formoreinformation,seeUsing"GoBack"tomovethecursor.
To move the insertion point by characters
Saythefollowingtomovetheinsertionpointleftorrightbyanumberofcharacters.
114
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
Say Thensay Thensay
"Move" "Right" "<1-20>"
"Left" "acharacter"
"Forward" "<1-20>characters"
"Back"
Examples
"MoveRight3"
"MoveBack15characters"
115
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To move the insertion point by words
Saythefollowingtomovetheinsertionpointbyanumberofwords.
Say Then say Then say
"Move" "Right" "aWord"
"Forward" "<1-20>Words"
"Left"
"Back"
Examples
"MoveLeft3Words"
"MoveForwardaWord"
To move the insertion point by lines
Saythefollowingtomovetheinsertionpointupordownbylines.Thesecommandspressthe
upanddownarrowkeys.
Say Thensay Thensay
"Move" "Up" "<1-20>Lines"
"Down"
Examples
"MoveUp3Lines"
"MoveDown5"
To move the insertion points by paragraphs
Youcanusethesecommandstomovearoundbyparagraphs.
Say Thensay Thensay
"Move" "Up" "aParagraph"
"Back" "<1-20>Paragraphs"
"Down"
"Forward"
Examples
"MoveUpaParagraph"
"MoveForward8Paragraphs"
Notes
n Thesecommandsdeselectanytextthatisselected.
n Commandsthatdeletebywordsorparagraphsmaynotalwayshavetheexpected
effectsinprogramsthatdonotusethesameshortcutkeysasWordPad(onwhichthe
116
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
wordprocessingfeaturesofDragonNaturallySpeakingarebased).Forexample,in
WindowsNotepad,theparagraphcommandsdon'tworkbecauseNotepaddoesnot
recognizeaparagraphandinMicrosoftExcel,thesecommandsonlyworkinthe
toolbareditfield.
Moving to specific words
Youcanmovetheinsertionpointbeforeorafteraparticularwordorphrase.
To move the insertion point to a specific word
Say"InsertBefore<text>"or"InsertAfter<text>,"where<text>isawordorphraseinthe
document.
To Say,forexample
Movetheinsertionpointbeforetheword"John" "InsertBeforeJohn"
Movetheinsertionpointafterthephrase"DearSir" "InsertAfterDearSir"
Notes
n Thesecommandsdeselectanytextthatisselected.
n Donotpauseanywhereinthemiddleofsayingthesecommands,includingthetext.
Forexample,"InsertBeforeDearSir"isallonecommand.
Moving to the beginning or end of a document or line
Youcanusethesecommandstomovethetextinsertionpointtothetoporbottomofa
documentandthebeginningorendofaline.
117
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Say Then say
"Goto" "Top"
"Moveto" "TopofDocument"
"BeginningofDocument"
"StartofDocument"
"Bottom"
"BottomofDocument"
"EndofDocument"
"BeginningofLine"
"StartofLine"
"EndofLine"
Examples
"GotoTop"
"MovetoEndofLine"
Note
Thesecommandsdeselectanytextthatisselected.
Using "Go Back" to move the cursor
Usethe"GoBack"commandtoreturnthecursor(insertionpoint)toitsoriginalpositionafter
youmovethecursorbyvoice,keyboardormouse.
To move the cursor back to its original position
n Pausebrieflyduringdictationandsay"GoBack."
Youcanrepeatthecommandtomovethecursorbacktowhereyouroriginalactionputit.
Examples
UsetheGoBackcommandaftercommandsthatmovethecursorfromplacetoplace,such
as:
n "Select<text>."SeeSelectingtext:quickreference
n "Move<direction>."SeeMovingtheinsertionpoint
n Movingthecursorwiththemouseorkeyboard.Ifyoumovethecursoraroundina
documentormessagewiththemouseorkeyboard,whenyousay"GoBack,"Dragon
returnsthecursorreturnstowhereitwaslast.
n "Insertbefore<text>."or"Insertafter<text>"SeeMovingtospecificwords
n "Goto"or"Moveto."SeeMovingtothebeginningorendofadocumentorline
n "Correct<text>."Use"GoBack"ifyoudictatesomethingnewtomakeacorrection
whentheCorrectionmenuisopen.SeeCorrectingwiththeCorrectionmenu
118
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
Note
Touse"GoBack,"thedistancefromthelastcursorlocationmustbegreaterthan10
characters.
119
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Selecting text
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Selectingtext-quickreference 120
Selectingcharactersandwords 120
Selectingspecificwordsorphrases 121
Selectinglinesandparagraphs 122
Selectingtextagain 123
Changinganincorrecttextselection 123
Selecting text - quick reference
Whenyouaredictating,youcanselecttextinthesedifferentways:
Selectingtext
Selectingcharactersandwords
Selectingspecificwordsorphrases
Selectingpartsofadocument
Selectingtextagain
Changinganincorrecttextselection
Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat,"selectingdifferenttext,ormovingthe
insertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
Caution
Whentextisselected,becarefulnottobreatheloudly,clearyourthroat,ormakeother
sounds.DragonNaturallySpeakingmayinterpretsuchnoisesasspeechandreplacethe
selectionwithnewtext.Ifthishappens,say"UndoThat"rightawaytoreversetheaction.
Selecting characters and words
Youcanusethefollowingcommandstoselectindividualcharactersandwords.
120
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
To select characters and words
Say Thensay Thensay
"Select" "Next" "Character"
"Forward" "<1-20>Characters"
"Previous" "Word"
"Back" "<1-20>Words"
"Last"
Notes
n Whenyouusethe"select"or"correct"commandtoselectanypartofahyphenated
wordorahyphen,Dragonselectstheentirehyphenation.Forexample,inthe
hyphenatedword"brother-in-law"ifyousay"correctbrother"becauseyouonlyneed
tochangethat,Dragonselects"brother-in-law."
n Youcanselectpunctuationmarksbyvoice.Forexample,youcansay"Select
comma."
n Bydefault,whenyouselectawordorphrase,DragonNaturallySpeakingdisplaysthe
Correctionmenu,whichyoucanusetocorrectrecognitionerrors.Youcanturnthis
featureoffbyclearing(deselecting)the"SelectcommandbringupCorrectionmenu"
optionsontheCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n Commandsthatdeletebywordsorparagraphsmaynotalwayshavetheexpected
effectsinprogramsthatdonotusethesameshortcutkeysasWordPad(onwhichthe
wordprocessingfeaturesofDragonNaturallySpeakingarebased).Forexample,in
WindowsNotepad,theparagraphcommandsdon'tworkbecauseNotepaddoesnot
recognizeaparagraphandinMicrosoftExcel,thesecommandsonlyworkinthe
FormulaBareditfield.
Selecting specific words or phrases
Usethefollowingprocedurestoselectaspecificwordorphrase:
To select specific words
Say"Select<text>,"where<text>isthewordorphraseyouwanttoselect.Thetextmust
bevisibleonthescreenforyoutoselectit.
Examples
Toselectthewords"WhiteHouse"or"begantofeel,"say:
"SelectWhiteHouse"
"Selectbegantofeel"
To select a phrase or range of words
Say"Select<text>Through<text>,"where<text>isawordorphraseatthebeginning
andattheendoftherangeyouwanttoselect.Thetextmustbeinviewonthescreen.
Note:OutsidetheUSAorCanada,say"Select<text>To<text>."
121
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Example
Toselectthewords"enclosedthematerialsyourequested,"inthesentence:"Ihavealso
enclosedthematerialsyourequested,"say:
"SelectenclosedThroughrequested"
Notes
n Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat,"selectingdifferenttext,or
movingtheinsertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
n Inmostinstances,the"Select"commandwilldisplayanumbernexttoeachinstanceof
theword,allowingtoselectallinstancesorjustaspecificinstance.SeeHandling
multipletextmatchesformoreinformation.Ifyoufindthataparticularapplicationdoes
notdisplaythesenumbers,youcanstillusethe"SelectAgain"command.
n Ifyouneedtousethe"SelectAgain"command,theselectioncommandssearchforthe
instanceofthewordnearesttheinsertionpoint.Youcansetthedirectiontoalways
searchbackwardontheCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogbox..
n Whenyouselectawordorphrase,DragonNaturallySpeakingdisplaystheCorrection
menu,whichyoucanusetocorrectrecognitionerrors.Youcanchangethisbehavior
ontheCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n Whenyouusethe"select"or"correct"commandtoselectanypartofahyphenated
wordorahyphen,Dragonselectstheentirehyphenation.Forexample,inthe
hyphenatedword"brother-in-law"ifyousay"correctbrother"becauseyouonlyneed
tochangethat,Dragonselects"brother-in-law."
Selecting lines and paragraphs
Youcanselectpartsofadocumentbylinesorparagraphs,oryoucanselectthewhole
documentinthefollowingways:
To select one or more lines or paragraphs
Say Thensay Thensay
"Select" "Next" "Line"
"Forward" "<1-20>Lines"
"Previous" "Paragraph"
"Back" "<1-20>Paragraphs"
You can also say
"SelectDocument"
"SelectAll"
Caution
Whentextisselected,becarefulnottobreatheloudly,clearyourthroat,ormakeother
sounds.DragonNaturallySpeakingmayinterpretsuchnoisesasspeechandreplacethe
selectionwithnewtext.Ifthishappens,say"UndoThat"rightawaytoreversetheaction.
122
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
Notes
n Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat,"selectingdifferenttext,or
movingtheinsertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
n Commandsthatdeletebywordsorparagraphsmaynotalwayshavetheexpected
effectsinprogramsthatdonotusethesameshortcutkeysasWordPad(onwhichthe
wordprocessingfeaturesofDragonNaturallySpeakingarebased).Forexample,in
WindowsNotepad,theparagraphcommandsdon'tworkbecauseNotepaddoesnot
recognizeaparagraphandinMicrosoftExcel,thesecommandsonlyworkinthe
FormulaBareditfield.
Selecting text again
Onceyouhaveselectedawordorphrase,youcanquicklyselectanotheroccurrenceofthe
sametext.
To select text again
Say"SelectAgain."
Example
Inthesentence,"Thefrostisonthepumpkin,andthefruitisonthevine,"say"Selectison
the"toselectthewords"isonthe"aftertheword"fruit."
Then,toselecttheinstanceofthewords"isonthe,"aftertheword"frost"say"SelectAgain."
Changing an incorrect text selection
Whenyouselecttextbysaying"Select"andthetextyouwantselected,Dragon
NaturallySpeakingsearchesforthenearestinstanceofthetextfromthecurrentlocationof
theinsertionpoint.Sometimestheprogramselectsthewrongwords.Othertimes,the
programselectstherightwords,buttheyarenotinthecorrectlocation.
Whenthishappens,trythefollowingtechniques:
To change an incorrect text selection
Ifthewrongtextisselected,trysaying"Select<text>"again.Thesecondtime,Dragon
NaturallySpeakingsearchesfordifferenttextwithasimilarpronunciation.
Ifthewrongtextisselected,tryusingalongerphrase.Thisprovidesmoreinformationso
DragonNaturallySpeakingismorelikelytoselectthecorrecttext.
Ifthecorrectwordsareselectedbuttheyarenotinthecorrectlocation,say"SelectAgain"
toselectthepreviousoccurrenceofthesametext.
Notes
n Youcanselectpunctuationmarks.
n Youcansay"Selectperiod"andthen"SelectAgain"tomovetheinsertionpoint
sentencebysentence.
123
Dragon Installation and User Guide
n ThedefaultisforDragonNaturallySpeakingforthenearestinstancefromthelocation
oftheinsertionpoint.Youcanchangethesearchdirectiontoalwaysbebackwardon
theCorrectiontaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n Todictatetheword"Select"atthebeginningofanutterance(thatis,asthefirstword
afterapause),eithersay"Select"andthenpause,orholddowntheShiftkeywhileyou
speak.YoucanalsouseDictationMode.
124
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
Deleting, Cutting, and Copying Text
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Cutting,copying,andpasting 125
Deletingdictatedtext 125
Deletingcharacters,words,lines,orparagraphs 126
Deletingbybackspacing 126
Cutting, copying, and pasting
Youcansaythesecommandstocut,copy,andpasteselectedtexttoandfromdocuments.
To cut selected text
Say"CutThat."
To copy selected text
Say"CopyThat"or"CopyAllToClipboard."
To paste cut or copied text
Say"PasteThat."
Deleting dictated text
Usethefollowingproceduretoremovetextfromadocument.
To delete the last words you dictated
Say"ScratchThat."
Or
Say"ResumeWith<word>,"wherewordisawordwithinthelast100charactersoftext
youdictated.
To delete any text
1. Selectthetext.
2. Say"ScratchThat"or"DeleteThat."
Todeletespecifictextorarangeoftext,seeRevisingwords.
Notes
n Youcanrepeat"ScratchThat"uptotentimestodeletethelastthingsyousaidoneat
atime,oryoucanjustsay"ScratchThat<2-10>Times."
n Ifyoujustdictatedthetextandwanttodeleteit,say"ScratchThat."
125
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Deleting characters, words, lines, or paragraphs
Youcandeleteanynumberofwordsorcharacters(upto20)usingthefollowingcommands.
To delete characters, words, lines, or paragraphs
Say Then Say Then Say
"Delete" "Next" "Character"
"Previous" "1Character"
"Last" "<2-20>Characters"
"Word"
"1Word"
"<2-20>Words"
"Line"
"1Line"
"<2-20>Lines"
"Paragraph"
"1Paragraph"
"<2-20>Paragraphs"
Examples:
"DeleteNextCharacter"
"DeletePrevious4Lines"
Notes
n Ifyoudeletetextandanextraspaceremains,say"DeleteNextCharacter,""Delete
PreviousCharacter,"or"Backspace"toremovethespace.
n Commandsthatdeletebywordsorparagraphsmaynotalwayshavetheexpected
effectsinprogramsthatdonotusethesameshortcutkeysasWordPad(onwhichthe
wordprocessingfeaturesofDragonNaturallySpeakingarebased).Forexample,in
WindowsNotepad,theparagraphcommandsdon'tworkbecauseNotepaddoesnot
recognizeaparagraph,andinMicrosoftExcel,thesecommandsonlyworkinthe
FormulaBareditfield.
Deleting by backspacing
Usethefollowingcommandstoremovecharacterstotheleftoftheinsertionpoint.
126
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
To delete characters
Say"Backspace"or"Backspace"followedbythenumberofcharactersyouwanttodelete
(from2to20).
Examples:
"Backspace"(willdeleteonecharacter)
"Backspace5"(willdelete5characters)
127
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Formatting
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Formattingtext 128
Formattingnumbers 130
Settingfontname,size,andstyle 131
Aligningtext 131
Addingnewlinesandparagraphs 132
Hyphenatingwords 132
Joiningwords 132
SettingAuto-FormattingOptions 133
CreatingWordProperties 133
Formatting text
Youcanusethefollowingcommandstoformattextyouhavejustdictatedortextyouhave
selected.
Forinformationaboutapplyingformattingtomultipleinstancesofwordsorphrases,see
Handlingmultipletextmatches.
128
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
To
Say
Applybold "BoldThat"or"FormatthatBold"toboldpreviouslyselected
textorthelastthingyousaid.
"Bold<text>"*
"Boldfrom<text>to<text>"*
"Bold<text>through<text>"*
Applyitalics "ItalicizeThat"or"FormatThatItalics"toitalicizepreviously
selectedtextorthelastthingyousaid.
"Italicize<text>"*
"Italicizefrom<text>to<text>"*
"Italicize<text>through<text>"*
Applybolditalics "FormatThatBoldItalic"or"FormatThatBoldItalics"
Addunderlining "UnderlineThat"or"FormatThatUnderline"tounderline
previouslyselectedtextorthelastthingyousaid.
"Underline<text>"*
"Underlinefrom<text>to<text>"*
"Underline<text>through<text>"*
Addstrikeout "FormatThatStrikeout"
Removeallbold,italics,
underline,andstrikeout
formatting
"RestoreThat"or"FormatThatRegular"or"FormatThat
Plain"
Changetexttoinitialcapitals "FormatThatCaps"or"FormatThatInitialCaps"
Changetexttouppercase "FormatThatUppercase"or"allcapsthat"or"capitalize
XYZ"
Changetexttolowercase "FormatThatLowercase"or"No-CapsThat"
Createabulletedlist "FormatThatBulletStyle"
Left-aligntext "FormatThatLeftAligned"or"LeftAlignThat"
Right-aligntext "FormatThatRightAligned"or"RightAlignThat"
Centertext "FormatThatCentered"or"CenterThat"
Puthyphensbetweenwords "HyphenateThat"
Combinemultiplewordsintoone "CompoundThat"
129
Dragon Installation and User Guide
*indicatesaDirectEditingcommand.YoucanenableanddisabletheseDirectEditing
commandsfromtheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
Tosetafontname,size,orstyle
Notes
n Thecommandsthatquotetextfromthescreen(select<xyz>,correct<xyz>,insert
after<xyz>…)workthankstoafunctionalitycalledFullTextControl.Thisfunctionality
dependsonDragon’sabilitytoconstantlyobtaininformationfromthetextfieldaboutits
content—forinstance,inordertoknowwherewordsandsentencesbeginandend,so
Dragoncanapplyspacingbetweenwordsandcapitalizationatthebeginningof
sentences.MoststandardtextfieldsallowfullFullTextControlcapabilities.Formore
information,seeTheFullTextControlIndicator.
n Youcancombinedifferentformattingandfontstylecommands.Forexample,youcan
say:"FormatThatCapsBold"or"FormatThatBulletStyleItalic."
n IntheDragonPad,whenyouusethe"FormatThat"commandtoalignanempty
paragraph,thepreviousparagraphisalignedalso.Topreventthis,dictatesometextin
thenewparagraphbeforesayingthealignmentcommand.
n Dragoncanautomaticallyformattextandnumbersasyoudictateusingstandard
writingconventions.Forinformationaboutthesesettings,seetheAuto-formatting
dialogbox.
n Dragon'sSmartFormatRulesappearwhenyoucorrectauto-formattedalphanumeric
textusingtheCorrectioncommand,theSpellingwindow,orthekeyboard.Fordetails,
seeUsingSmartFormatRulesandtheAuto-formattingdialogbox.
Formatting numbers
YoucanhaveDragonNaturallySpeakingtypeyourdictationasnumerals.Youcanalso
changetheformatoftextwhileyouaredictatingitorwhileyouareeditingexistingtextthat
youhaveselected.
To format dictation as numerals
Say"StartNumbersMode"
ToturnNumbersModeoff,say"StopNumbersMode"
Note
n Youcanselecttextthatcontainsseveralnumbersseparatedbywords.Whenyousay
oneofthesecommands,thenumberswillallreformatwithoutchangingthetext.
n Dragoncanautomaticallyformattextandnumbersasyoudictateusingstandard
writingconventions.Forinformationaboutthesesettings,seetheAuto-formatting
dialogbox.
n Dragon'sSmartFormatRulesappearwhenyoucorrectauto-formattedalphanumeric
textusingtheCorrectioncommand,theSpellingwindow,orthekeyboard.Fordetails,
seeUsingSmartFormatRulesandtheAuto-formattingdialogbox.
130
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
Setting font name, size, and style
Youcanusecommandstospecifyanycombinationoffontname,size,andstyle,inthat
order.Thesecommandschangeselectedtextandtextyoudictatefromthenon.
To set a font name, size, or style
Say"SetSize"or"SetFontSize"or"FormatThat"andthefontname,size,and/orstyle.
Examples:
"SetFontTimes"
"SetFontSize12Points"
"FormatThatCourier18PointsBold"
"FormatThatArial12Points"
To remove font formatting
Toremovebold,italics,underline,andstrikeoutformatting,say"FormatThatPlainText."
Notes
n Youcanspecifyanycombinationoffontname,size,andstyle,butyoumustspecify
attributesinthatorder(name,size,style).Ifyouspecifyonlyasize,youmustsay
"Points."Forexample,say"FormatThat12Points."
n Notallofthesecommandsworkinallapplications.Thesecommandsdoworkin
MicrosoftWord,MicrosoftInfoPath,CorelWordPerfect,DragonPad,andWordPad.
ChecktheCommandBrowserforadditionalapplication-specificcommands.
n Commandsthatstartwith"SetFont"changeselectedtextandtextyoudictatefrom
thenon.
n Commandsthatstartwith"FormatThat"changetheselectedtextorwhatyoujust
said.
n Youcanspecifyanycombinationoffontname,size,andstyle,butyoumustspecify
attributesinthisorder:name,thensize,thenstyle.
Aligning text
Youcanaligntextwhileyouaredictatingitorwhileyouareeditingexistingtextthatyouhave
selected.
131
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Centertext "CenterThat"or"FormatThatCentered"
Leftaligntext "LeftAlignThat"or"FormatThatLeftAligned"
Rightaligntext "RightAlignThat"or"FormatThatRightAligned"
Adding new lines and paragraphs
Whileyouaredictating,youcanusethefollowingcommandstoduplicatetheactionof
pressingtheEnterkeyonce(toaddanewline)ortwice(toaddanewparagraph).
To Say
Addanewline "NewLine"
Addanewparagraph "NewParagraph"
Note
Saying"NewParagraph"pressestheEnterkeytwiceandcapitalizesthenextwordyou
dictate.
Hyphenating words
DragonNaturallySpeakingautomaticallyhyphenateswordsbasedonstandardusage,but
youcanalsoinserthyphensmanually.
To hyphenate words
Say"HyphenateThat"tohyphenatethelastphraseyousaid.Youcanalsoselectspecific
wordsandsay"HyphenateThat."
Spacesbetweenwordsarereplacedwithhyphens.Anytabsorlinebreaksarealsoreplaced.
Note
Youcanhyphenatewordsasyoudictatebysaying"hyphen"betweenwords.Formore
information,seeDictatinghyphenatedandcompoundwordsintheDragonHelp.
Joining words
DragonNaturallySpeakingautomaticallyjoinswordsbasedonstandardusage,butyoucan
alsojoinwordsmanually.
To join words
Say"CompoundThat"tojointhelastwordsyousaid.Or,selectspecificwordsandsay
"CompoundThat."
Spacesbetweenwordsareremoved.Anytabsorlinebreaksarealsoremoved.Thewordis
addedtoyourVocabulary.
132
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
Note
Youcanjoinwordsasyoudictatebysaying"nospace."Whenyouusethistechnique,the
newwordisnotaddedtoyourVocabulary,butyoucanadditasanewcompoundwordif
necessary.Formoreinformation,clickAddingwordsandphrasestoyourVocabulary.
Setting Auto-Formatting Options
YoucanconfigurehowDragonNaturallySpeakingformatscommonlyusedwordsand
phrases.
Using Smart Format Rules
YoucanalsousetheSmartFormatRulesfeaturetohaveDragonrecognizewhenyou
correctdictatedtextthatcorrespondstoanAuto-formattingoptionorsupportedbythis
feature.DragonthendisplaysaSmartFormatRulesdialogbox,offeringoneormoresetting
adjustmentsrelevanttothechangeyoujustmade.Ifyoudon’twishtochangeanysetting,
youcanjustignoretheSmartFormatRulesboxandcontinuedictating(orsay"Cancel"to
dismissthebox).
TheSmartFormatRulesboxmayappearwhetheryoumakeacorrectionusing
n theSpellingwindow
or
n thekeyboard.
Fordetails,seeUsingSmartFormatRules,theAuto-formattingdialogboxandCreating
WordProperties.
To set auto-formatting options
1. OntheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar,selectTools>Auto-FormattingOptions.
TheFormattingdialogappears.
2. Selectthecheckboxesoftheformattingoptionsthatyouwanttoenable.SeeTheAuto-
Formattingdialogboxforadescriptionofthedifferentformattingoptions.
3. ClickOKtosaveyourchanges.
Creating Word Properties
Usethisproceduretoseeoredittheofavocabularyentry.
To open the Word Properties dialog box
1. OpentheVocabularyEditor(say"EditVocabulary"orusetheDragonBar'sVocabulary
menu).
2. Inthelist,clicktheentrythatinterestsyou.
Note:ScrolluptoviewalphanumericwordsandspecialcharactersintheVocabulary.
3. Say"clickProperties"orclickthePropertiesbutton.
To revise default formatting
133
Dragon Installation and User Guide
n ModifythePrintedformfieldaswarranted.
n Addorreviseautomaticformattingaswarranted.
To revise Context
1. Say“clickUseprintedform1”orclick"Useprintedform1"andthenusethedrop-downlist
tochangeto"afternumbers"or"beforenumbers"or"betweennumbers"aswarranted.As
anexample,hereishowDragondisplaystheContextfortheform"kHz"tobeusedforthe
word"kilohertz"afteranumber:
2. Say"clickFormat"orclicktheFormatbuttontoopentheWrittenFormFormattingdialog
box.
3. Choosefromthefollowingoptions:
134
Chapter 12: Moving around in a document
Option Description
Insert<value>
spacebefore
and<value>
spaceafter
Insertsthespecifiednumberofspacesbeforeandaftertheword
orphrase.
Usethedrop-downfieldstoselectanumberofspaces.Valid
valuesare:
0
1
2
Precedeby
<value>and
followwith
<value>
Insertsthespecifiedspacingbeforeandafterthewordorphrase.
Usethedrop-downfieldstoselectthespacingtype.Validvalues
are:
-(nothing)
-NewLine
-NewParagraph
-Tab
Formatthe
nextwordwith
<value>
Insertsthewordorphraseusingthespecifiedcapitalization.
Usethedrop-downfieldtoselectthecapitalizationtype.Valid
valuesare:
withnormalcapitalization
Thereisnospecialcapitalizationassociatedwiththisword.
-capitalized(initialcapitals)
-inallcapitals
-withoutcapitals
Format
preceding
numbers
<value>and
following
numbers
<value>
Insertsnumbersusingthespecifiedformat.
Usethedrop-downfieldtoselecttheformat.Validvaluesare:
normally(DragonNaturallySpeakingdetermineswhetherto
insertArabicnumeralsorthewrittenformofthenumber)
-a-snumerals
-asRomannumerals
Sample
DisplaysapreviewofhowDragonwillapplyformattingbefore
andafteryourword.
Lowercasein
titles
Causesthewordorphrasetoneverbecapitalizedunlessit
appearsatthebeginningofasentenceorphrase.Thisistypical
ofshortarticles,suchas"a","of",or"the"whentheyappearina
titlethatisnormallycapitalized,forexample"TheGrapesof
Wrath".
Checkthe"Lowercaseintitles"checkboxtoenablethisfeature.
135
Dragon Installation and User Guide
IfyouwishtoaddasecondContext,repeatthestepsabove.
136
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Chapter 13: Working in
Programs
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Scrollinginpopularprograms 139
UsingtheribboninterfaceinMicrosoftapplications 140
Aboutspokencommandsinwordprocessingprograms 142
Aboutspokencommandsinwordprocessingprograms 142
Dictatinginyourwordprocessor 142
WorkingwithMicrosoftWord 144
BasicdocumentcommandsinMicrosoftWord 144
Creating,opening,andclosingadocument 144
Savingadocument 145
Selectingtext 152
FormattingtextinMicrosoftWord 152
EmailPrograms 155
Supportede-mailprograms 155
Workingine-mailprograms 155
Commandsforworkingwithe-mailmessages 156
Commandsformovingaroundine-mail 156
Dictatinge-mailandWebaddresses 157
DictatingE-mailandCalendarcommands 158
CommandsforWindowsLiveMail 160
MicrosoftOutlook 162
WorkingwithMicrosoftOutlook 162
Readingandsendinge-mailwithMicrosoftOutlook 162
MakingappointmentsinMicrosoftOutlook 163
AddingcontactsinMicrosoftOutlook 164
WritingnotesinMicrosoftOutlook 165
UsingotherMicrosoftOutlookcommands 165
Dialogboxcommands 166
Movingaroundinamessagewindow 166
MicrosoftOutlook2010commands 167
MicrosoftExcel 168
WorkingwithMicrosoftExcel 168
DictatinginMicrosoftExcelwithFullTextControl 168
BasiccommandsforMicrosoftExcel 169
Creating,opening,andclosingaspreadsheet 170
138
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Editinginaspreadsheet 170
Saving,renaming,andmovingtoanotheraspreadsheet 170
Settingupaspreadsheet 171
Viewingthespreadsheet 171
Printing 171
Movingaroundaspreadsheet 171
Switchingbetweenopenspreadsheets 172
FormattingaMicrosoftExcelspreadsheet 173
WorkingwithcellcontentsinMicrosoftExcel 173
Scrolling in popular programs
Youcanusethefollowingcommandsinmanyprogramstoscrollandmovetheviewthrough
theprogram'sworkarea.
ThesevoicescrollingcommandsworkwiththesupportedversionsofMicrosoftOffice
programs,includingWord,Outlook,Excel,PowerPoint,andInfoPath.
To Say
Startautomaticupwardscrolling "StartScrollingUp"
Startautomaticdownwardscrolling "StartScrollingDown"
Stopautomaticscrolling "StopScrolling"
Increasethespeedofautomaticscrolling "ScrollFaster"
Reducethespeedofautomaticscrolling "ScrollSlower"
Movethevisiblepageuponeline "ScrollUp"
Movethevisiblepagedownoneline "ScrollDown"
Moveuponelineinthetext "LineUp"
Movedownonelineinthetext "LineDown"
Movethepageupbyascreen "PageUp"
Movethepagedownbyascreen "PageDown"
Formoreinformationonhowthesecommandsworkinindividualprograms,pleaseseethe
following:
n Scrollinginwindowsandlists
n Webbrowsercommands
n BasicdocumentcommandsinMicrosoftWord
n UsingotherMicrosoftOutlookcommands
n BasiccommandsforMicrosoftExcel
139
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Using the ribbon interface in Microsoft applications
Dragonsupportsthe"ribbon"menuinterfaceofMicrosoftOffice2010andMicrosoftOffice
2013.(Both32-bitand64-bitversionsofMicrosoftOfficearesupported.)
Theribbonpresentsapplicationfeaturesorganizedintoasetoftabs,includingaHometab
andaViewtab.Thetabsdisplaythecontrolsthataremostrelevantforeachofthetask
areasintheapplication,suchaschangingthefontorzoomingin.
Using the Office ribbon
Tominimizetheribbonbyvoice,youcansay“Minimizetheribbon”or“Collapseribbon.”To
expandit,say“Maximizeribbon”or“Expandribbon.”Youcanalsousetheverbs“pin,”
“show,”“toggle,”“unhide,”and“view”withthoseribboncommands.
DragonvoicecommandsfortheOfficeribbonalsoworkwhentheribbonisminimized.
To open one of the ribbon's tabs
Say"click"followedbythenameofthetab(orclickonthattab).Forexample,toopenthe
Hometab,say"clickHome."
NotethattheFiletabisanexception;toopenit,youmustalsosaythewordtab,asin"click
Filetab".
To click an item on the open tab
Saythenameofthefeatureyouwanttoaccess(orclickonit).Forexample,toapplythe
Heading1styletoyourcurrentlineoftext,say"clickHeading1"(orselectHeading1from
thelistofStyles).
Ifyou'reunsureofthenameofafeature,youcanholdyourmousepointeroverthat
feature'sgraphicuntilthenameappears.
Here'sanexampleofhowtheribbonlookswhenyouclicktheHometabinWord2013.
140
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Here'sanexampleofwhatappearswhenyouclicktheFiletabinWord2013:
The unlabeled menu in WordPad and Windows Live Mail
InWindows7,WordPadandWindowsLiveMailhaveamenuforfile-related
commandsbutthereisnolabelonthismenu'stab.
Toopenthismenubyvoice,youcansay"clickApplicationmenu."
Note:Toclosethemenu,youcaysay"pressEscape."
141
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
About spoken commands in word
processing programs
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Aboutspokencommandsinwordprocessingprograms 142
Dictatinginyourwordprocessor 142
About spoken commands in word processing programs
DragonNaturallySpeakingprovidesNaturalLanguageCommandsforusewithpopular
wordprocessingprogramsotherthanMicrosoftWordandCorelWordPerfect.Byusing
thesecommands,youcanavoidthemultiplemenu-selectionandmouse-movementsteps
associatedwiththetraditionalMicrosoftWindowsinterface.Thesecommandsletyou:
n Movethetextinsertionpointaroundadocument
n Selectaword,phrase,orblockoftext
n Formattext(includingindentingtext,changingtextfontsandstyles,settingcolors,
applyingparagraphstyles,addingtables,settingmargins,andinsertingnewlinesand
paragraphs)
n Runspellingandgrammarchecks
n Edittext(includingmoving,copying,pasting,anddeletingtext)
n Printallorpartofadocumentandprintpreviewyourwork
Becausethenumberofvalidcommandsissolarge,youshouldjusttrysayingwhatyouwant
todo.Ifyougetunexpectedresults,say"UndoThat"toundotheactionandtryadifferent
waytospeakthecommand.Alternatively,youcanopentheCommandBrowserorthe
DragonLearningCenterformoreinformation.
Notes
n DragonNaturallySpeakingdisplayscommandswithablueborderintheResultsbox.
Ifyousayaphrasethatproducesnoaction,lookintheResultsbox.Iftheboxdoes
nothaveablueborder,DragonNaturallySpeakingdoesnotrecognizeitasavalid
command.Forexample,ifyousay"Inserta2by2Table"whentheinsertionpointis
insideatable,nothinghappensbecauseyoucannotinsertatableinsideatable.
n Whencreatinganewdocument,alwaysgivethedocumentanamebeforestarting
yourdictation.
Dictating in your word processor
Ifyouaredictatinginawordprocessor,therearesomethingsyoucandotomakeDragon
NaturallySpeakingworkmoreefficiently:
n Donotrunotherprogramswhenyouarerunningyourwordprocessor.
n Disableyourwordprocessor’sautomaticspellingandgrammarchecker.Turning
theseoptionsofffreesmemoryforspeechrecognition.Whenyouhavefinished
142
Dragon Installation and User Guide
dictatingyoucanrunthegrammarchecker.DragonNaturallySpeakingdoesnotmake
spellingerrors.
n Disableanyautomaticcorrectionorotherautomaticfeaturessuchasautomatic
formattingiftheyarenotnecessary.Turningtheseoptionsofffreesmemoryforspeech
recognition.
n Dividelargedocumentsintomultiplesmallerdocuments.Largedocumentscause
DragonNaturallySpeakingtoworkmoreslowly.Themaximumdocumentsizeyou
shouldhavedependsonyoursystemanditsresources.
n Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat,"selectingdifferenttext,or
movingtheinsertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
Caution
Whentextisselected,becarefulnottobreatheloudly,clearyourthroat,ormakeother
sounds.DragonNaturallySpeakingmayinterpretsuchsoundsasspeechandreplacethe
selectionwithnewtext.Ifthishappens,say"UndoThat"oneormoretimesrightawayto
reversetheaction.
143
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Working with Microsoft Word
DragonNaturallySpeakingprovidesalargenumberofNaturalLanguagecommandstouse
withdifferentversionsofMicrosoftWord.Usingthesecommands,youcanavoidthemultiple
menu-selectionandmouse-movementstepsassociatedwiththetraditionalMicrosoft
Windowsinterface.Becausethenumberofvalidcommandsissolarge,youshouldjusttry
sayingwhatyouwanttodo.Ifyougetunexpectedresults,say"UndoThat"toundothe
actionandtryadifferentwaytospeakthecommand.Alternatively,youcanopenthe
CommandBrowserortheDragonLearningCenterformoreinformation.
Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat,"selectingdifferenttext,ormovingthe
insertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
Thefollowingtopicsdescribethenaturallanguagecommandsyoucanusetoperformsome
commontasksusingWord:
Basicdocumentcommands
Selectingtext
Formattingtext
Workingwithtables(seeDragonHelp)
UsingVoiceNotations(seeDragonHelp)
Basic document commands in Microsoft Word
UsethisprocedureasareferenceforbasicdocumentoperationsusingMicrosoftWord.
See also
n Fortextformattingandeditinghelp,seeUsingDirectEditingcommandsand
Handlingmultipletextmatches.
n UsingtheMicrosoftOfficeribbon
Creating, opening, and closing a document
To Say
Createanewdocument "CreateNewFile"or"OpenNewFile"
Openanexisting
document
1."OpenFile"
2."<file name>dot<file extension>",forexample,"MyDocument
DotDoc"
3."PressEnter"
Closeadocument "CloseFile"or"CloseDocument"
144
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Saving a document
To Say
Saveadocumentasa.docfile 1."SaveChanges"
2.Dictateafilename(onlyneededifthisisthefirsttime
thefilehasbeensaved)
3."ClickSave"
Saveadocumentwithanewfile
nameandfiletype
1."SaveDocumentAs"
2.Dictateafilename
3."FileType<file type from list>",forexample,"RTF"
4."ClickSave"
SaveadocumentinHTMLformat 1."SaveDocumentasWebPage"
2."ClickSave"
3.Ifadialogboxappearswarningofatextformatloss,
"ClickContinue"
Saveasdocumenttemplate "SavethePageSettingsasDefault"
145
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Page Setup
To Say
Setthepage
orientation
"SetPageOrientationtoLandscape"
"SetPageOrientationtoPortrait"
Setthesize "SetPageWidthto<number>Inches/Centimeters",forexample,"Set
PageWidthtoEightInches"
"SetPageHeightto<number>Inches/Centimeters",forexample,"Set
PageHeighttoElevenInches"
Setmargins "SetLeft/RightMarginto<number>Inches/Centimeters",forexample,"Set
LeftMargintoTwoInches"
"SetTop/BottomMarginto<number>Inches/Centimeters",forexample,
"SetBottomMargintoFiveCentimeters"
Numberpages "AddPageNumbers"
"CreatePageNumbers"
Createheaders
andfooters
1."GoToHeader/Footer"
2.Dictatetexttoappearintheheaderorfooter
3."CloseHeader/Footer"
Addfootnotes 1.Movetheinsertionpointtothelocationwhereyouwantthefootnote
2."InsertFootnoteHere"
3.Dictatethefootnotetext
4."CloseFootnotes"
Viewing a document
To Say
Viewadocument "PreviewtheFile"
"ViewMasterDocument"
"PreviewDocumentasHTML"
"ClosethePreview"
"SetViewtoNormal"
Enlargeorreducethedocument
view
"Zoomto<number>Percent",forexample,"ZoomtoFifty
Percent"
"SetZoomtoPageWidth/Height"
Changethedisplay "Show/HideHeadersandFooters"
"Show/HidetheRuler"
"Show/HideParagraphMarks"
146
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Printing
To Say
Printarangeof
pages
"PrintPages<number>to<number>",forexample,"PrintPagesOneto
Three"
Printpartofapage 1."Select<First/Last>paragraph",forexample,"SelecttheLast
Paragraph"
2."PrinttheParagraph"or"PrinttheSelection"
Checking spelling and grammar
To Say
Checkspelling 1."CheckSpelling"
2."ClickChange"or"ClickIgnore"dependingonhowyouwanttorespond
3."ClickClose"whenthespellingcheckiscomplete
Searching and replacing
To Say
Searchfortext 1."FindaWord"
2.DictatethewordorphraseyouwanttofindintheFind
dialogbox
3."ClickFind"
Replaceallinstancesofaword
orphrase
1."FindText"
2.Dictatethewordorphraseyouwanttofind
3."ClickReplace"
4."ClickReplaceWith"(tomovetheinsertionpointtothe
ReplaceWithfield)
5.Dictatethereplacementwordorphrase
6."ClickReplaceAll"
7."ClickClose"(toclosetheFindandReplacedialogbox)
147
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Inserting document segments
To
Say
Adda
page
1."GoTo<location>"(tomovetheinsertionpointtowhereyouwanttoinsertthenew
page).Forexample,"GoToBottom"toaddanewpageattheendofthecurrent
document.
2."AddaNewPage"
Create
aline
break
1."GoTo<location>"(tomovetheinsertionpointtothelocationwhereyouwantthe
texttobreak).Forexample,"GoTothirdline"toaddalinebreakattheendofthethird
lineinthecurrentparagraph.
2."InsertHardLineBreak"
Create
apage
break
1."GoTo<location>"(tomovetheinsertionpointtothelocationwhereyouwantthe
texttobreak).Forexample,"GoTothirdparagraph"toaddapagebreakattheendof
thethirdparagraphinthecurrentpage.
2."InsertPageBreak"
Add
the
date
and
time
1."GoTo<location>"(tomovetheinsertionpointtothelocationwhereyouwantto
placetheinformation)
2."InsertDateandTime"or"InsertDate"or"InsertTime"
148
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Moving text
149
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
To Do
Movea
word
1.Movetheinsertionpointtothewordyouwanttomove
2."SelectWord"
3."MoveWordForward/Back<number>Words/Lines",forexample,"MoveWord
ForwardFiveLines"
Movea
line
1.Movetheinsertionpointtothelineyouwanttomove
2."SelectLine"
3."MoveLineForward/Back<number>Lines"or"MoveLinetotheBeginning/End
ofParagraph/Document",forexample,"MoveLinetotheEndofParagraph"
Movea
paragraph
1.Movetheinsertionpointtotheparagraphyouwanttomove
2."SelectParagraph"
3."MoveParagraphForward/Backward<number>paragraphs"or"Move
ParagraphtotheBeginning/EndofDocument",forexample,"MoveParagraphto
theBeginningofDocument"or"MoveParagraphBackwardSixParagraphs"
150
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Moving around in a document
To Say
Gotoaspecificplaceinadocument
window
"Goto<location>,"wherelocationcanbetop,bottom,
start,orend.
Moveupordownoneline "LineUp"
or
"LineDown"
Moveupordownonepage "PageUp"
or
"PageDown"
Gobacktothelastplaceyoumoved
thecursor
"GoBack"SeeUsing"GoBack"tomovethecursor
Switching between open documents
To Say
Switchbetweenopen
documents
1."Say"ListwindowsforMicrosoftWord"
Dooneofthefollowing:
Say"Choosen",wherenisthenumberofthewindowyouwantto
switchto.Forexample,say"Choose2"
OR
ChoosethenumberoftheprogramfromthelistandclickOK
SeeScrollinginpopularprograms,Scrollinginwindowsandlists,andMovingtheinsertion
point.
Note
Youcanalsoselectthenextorpreviousword,line,orparagraphbymovingtheinsertionpoint
toeitherbeforeoraftertheword,lineorparagraphyouwanttoselectandsaying"Select
Next/PreviousWord/Line/Paragraph".
Note
Word2013introducedanewlayoutcalledReadMode,whichaimstomakeiteasiertoread
documentsaswellasrelatedtaskssuchasobtainingthedefinitionortranslationofaword.
WheninReadMode,youcannotuseDragontodictateorperformselectionsorcorrectionsin
theopendocument,eventhoughtheDragonBarindicatesthatDragonhasFullTextControl.
However,itispossibletodictateandperformoperationswhenyouareinaCommentfieldin
ReadMode.
151
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Selecting text
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstoselecttextinMicrosoftWordand
OpenOffice.orgWriter.
To Do
Selectaword,line,orparagraph
1.Movetheinsertionpointtotheword,line,or
paragraphyouwanttoselect
2.Say"Select<word>/<line>/<paragraph>"
Selectanadjacentword,lineor
paragraph
1.Movetheinsertionpointtoeitherbeforeorafter
theword,line,orparagraphyouwanttoselect.
2.Say"Select<next>/<previous>
<word>/<line>/<paragraph>"
Selectspecifictextorarangeoftext(see
alsoHandlingmultipletextmatches)
Select<text>*
Select<text>Through<text>(Note:Outsidethe
USAorCanada,say"Select<text>To<text>".)
Selectfrom<text>to<text>
*For<text>substitutewhatevertextyouwant
select.
Extendaselection
"ExtendSelectionForward/Backwardby
<number>Words/Lines/Paragraphs"
"ExtendSelectionUp/Downby<number>
Lines/Paragraphs"
"ExtendSelectionLeft/Rightby<number>Words"
Formatting text in Microsoft Word
ThistopiccontainsexamplesofvoicecommandstoformattextinMicrosoftWord.
Forinformationaboutapplyingformattingtomultipleinstancesofwordsorphrases,see
Handlingmultipletextmatches.
Changing text properties
To Say
Changetextproperties "SetWord/Line/ParagraphtoStrikeout"
"UnderlinethisWord/Line/Paragraph"
"ItalicizeNext<number>Words"
"BoldThisPage"
152
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Changing font and point sizes
To Say
Changefontnameand
pointsize
"SettheFonttoTwentyFourPointsTimesinthe
Word/Line/Paragraph"
"Increase/DecreasetheFontSizetoEighteenPointsinthe
Word/Line/Paragraph"
"SettheFonttoCourierinthe
Selection/Word/Line/Paragraph/Page/Section/Document"
"DecreaseSelectionbyTwoPoints"
Changing font properties
To Say
Changefont
properties
"TurnonBoldandItalics"
"FormatThatRegular"
"ItalicizetheNext<number>Words/Lines/Paragraphs,"forexample,
"ItalicizetheNextFiveLines"
"UnitalicizeThat"
Changing capitalization
To Say
Change
case
"CapitalizetheFirst/Last/Next<number>Words/Lines/Paragraphs,"forexample,
"CapitalizetheNextFiveWords"
"LowercasetheFirst/Last/Next<number>Words/Lines/Paragraphs,"forexample,
"LowercasetheLastTenWords"
"ToggletheCaseoftheWord"
Changing font color
To Say
Changefontcolor "SetFontColortoGreeninThisLine"
"SettheColortoRedintheSelection"
"SetIttoDarkBlue"(referstocurrentwordorselection)
Changing line spacing
To Say
Changelineandparagraph
spacing
"DoubleSpacetheParagraph"
"SingleSpaceSelection"
"IncreaseParagraphSpacingto<number>
Inches/Centimeters"
153
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Changing text justification
To Say
Changetextjustification "JustifytheDocument"
"RightJustifyIt"or"RightAlignSelection"
"LeftAlignThisLine/Paragraph"
"SetInitialIndentto<number>Inches/Centimeters"
"SetHangingIndentto<number>Inches/CentimetersonThisPage"
Creating bulleted or numbered lists
To Say
Createanddeletebulletpointsorlistnumbers "SettheparagraphtoBulleted/Numbered"
"DeleteBulletsFromtheDocument"
"UnnumbertheSelection"
Working with outlines
To Say
Createanoutline "SetViewtoOutline"
154
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Email Programs
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Supportede-mailprograms 155
Workingine-mailprograms 155
Commandsforworkingwithe-mailmessages 156
Commandsformovingaroundine-mail 156
Dictatinge-mailandWebaddresses 157
DictatingE-mailandCalendarcommands 158
CommandsforWindowsLiveMail 160
Supported e-mail programs
Thee-mailcommandslistedinthissectionworkinthefollowingdesktope-mailapplications:
n MicrosoftOutlook
n LotusNotes
n MozillaThunderbird
n WindowsLiveMail
Dragon'sWebapplicationcommands,alongwithmanyofthecommandsfordesktope-mail
applications,workintheseWeb-basedapplicationsinsupported Web browsers:
n Gmail
n Outlook.com
n Yahoo
Note
Regardlessofwhatemailprogramyouuse,youshouldensurethatDragoncantranscribe
thecontactnamesandemailaddressesthatmattertoyou.SeetheAccuracyCenterforways
todoit,includingaddingcontactsandscanningsente-mail.
Working in e-mail programs
Thecommandsdescribedinthistopicareonlyapplicabletodesktope-mailapplications,such
asMicrosoftOutlook.TherearedifferentcommandsforWeb-basede-mail.Ifyou'reusing
web-basedemailprograms,seeUsingweb-basedemailforthecommands.
Checkthelistofsupportede-mailprogramstoverifythatDragonworkswithyoure-mail
application.
To start an e-mail program
Say"StartMail"tostartyourdefaulte-mailprogram.
To access and create e-mail messages
Usethefollowingcommandstocheckfor,open,andcreatemessages.
155
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
To Say
Checkfornewmessages "CheckMail"
Opentheselectede-mailmessage "OpenMail"
Createane-mailmessage "NewMail"
Commands for working with e-mail messages
To work with e-mail messages
UsethefollowingcommandsifyouareworkinginyourInboxandhaveamessageselected
oropen.
To Say
Replytothesenderofthecurrent
message
"ReplytoMail"or"Reply"
Replytothesenderandall
recipientsofthecurrentmessage
"ReplytoAll"
Forwardthecurrentmessage "ForwardMail"
Printthecurrentmessage "PrintMail"
Deletethecurrentmessage "DeleteMail"
Sendthecurrentmessage "SendMail"
Closetheactivee-mailmessage
window
"CloseMail"Thiscommanddoesnotcloseyourmail
program.ItdoesnotworkinNetscapeMessenger.
Commands for moving around in e-mail
To move around in email
Usethefollowingcommandstomovearoundwheneditinge-mail.Pleasenotethatonly"Go
toPreviousField"and"GotoNextField"aresupportedinWindowsLiveMail.
156
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
MovetotheTofield "GotoTo"
MovetotheSubjectfield "Goto"Subject"
MovetotheBodyfield "GotoBody"
MovetotheCCfield "GotoCCField"
MovetotheBCCfield "GotoBCCfield"
MovetotheFirstfield "GotoFirstField"
MovetothePreviousfield "GotoPreviousField"
MovetotheNextfield "GotoNextField"
MovetotheLastfield "GotoLastField"
Moveupordownoneline "LineUp"
or
"LineDown"
Moveupordownonepage "PageUp"
or
"PageDown"
Gotoaspecificplaceinadocumentor
messagewindow
"Goto<location>,"wherelocationcanbetop,
bottom,start,orend.
Gobacktothelastplaceyoumovedthe
cursor
"GoBack"SeeUsing"GoBack"tomovethecursor
Note
Youcansay"E-mail,""Message,"or"Memo"inplaceof"Mail"inthesecommands.
Dictating e-mail and Web addresses
Youcandictatee-mailandWebaddressesasyounormallyspeakthem.Tomakesurethat
theaddressislowercase,say"nocapson".
157
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
To Dictate Say
info@samplecompany.com "nocapsoninfoatsamplecompanydotcomnocapsoff"
http://www.samplecompany
.com/sales
"nocapsonhttpwwwdotsamplecompanydotcomslashsales
nocapsoff"
Notes
n The"WebandE-mailAddresses"boxmustbeselectedontheAuto-formattingdialog
box.foryoutodictatee-mailaddressesasdescribedhere.
n Youcansaythefollowingabbreviationsbypronouncingthemaswords:com,net,
org,andsys.Saythefollowingabbreviationsbysayingtheirletters:edu,gov,mil,ca,
de,fr,jp,sp,anduk.
n IfanaddresscontainsnonwordsorwordsthatDragonNaturallySpeakingdoesnot
recognize(forexample,"baxterex"in"juliasmith@baxterex.com"),youcancorrect
therecognitionerrorandtheaddresswillusuallyberecognizedinthefuture.Youcan
alsoaddnamesthatyoucommonlyusetoyourVocabulary.
n Createtextandgraphicscommandsforaddressesyoudictatefrequently.
n Youcanusethe"SpellThat"commandtocorrecte-mailandWebaddressesby
spelling.
n YoucanaddthenamesinyouraddressbooktoyourDragonNaturallySpeaking
VocabularybyrunningtheLearnFromSentE-mailstool.
Dictating E-mail and Calendar commands
UsetheDragonVoiceShortcutsinthistopictodirectlycreateyoure-mailsaswellas
MicrosoftOutlookcalendarentriesandtasks.
(missingorbadsnippet)
Before you begin
n BeforeusingtheDragone-mailandOutlookcalendarcommandsforthefirsttime,
youmustruntheLearnFromSentE-mailstool,sothatDragonNaturallySpeaking
knowsyoure-mailcontacts.Torunthetool,say"OpenAccuracyCenter,"then"Click
LearnFromSentE-Mails,"orclickVocabulary>LearnFromSentE-Mails.Formore
information,seeLearnFromSentE-mails.
n MakesureMicrosoftOutlookisthedefaulte-mailclient,beforeyoustartdictating
shortcutcommandsfortasksorcalendar.
Thefollowingtableliststhetypesofe-mailandcalendarcommandsthatDragon
NaturallySpeakingsupports,anexamplecommand,andadescriptionofwhathappensafter
yousaythecommand.
158
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Command Type Syntax
Example
command
What happens
Emailtheselected
text,messageor
file(s)tooneor
morecontacts
E-mailtheselectionto
<name>...and
<name>
“E-mailthe
selectionto
Peter
Morenoand
Caroline
Chang"
Anewe-mailappears,addressed
totheperson(s)named,withas
bodytheselectedtext(oremail)or
asattachment(s)thefile(s)
selectedinWindowsExplorer.
Sende-mailto
specificcontacts
whoarelistedin
youre-mail
addressbookor
contactlist
(Send|Create)[an|
a](e-mail|mail[note]|
message)to
<name>
<name>...<name>
and<name>
"Sende-
mailtoJohn
Doeand
JaneSmith"
Anewe-mailappearswithJohn
DoeandJaneSmith'se-mail
addressesintheTofield.
Sende-mailabout
aspecificsubject
(Send|Create)[an|
a](e-mail|mail[note]|
message)(about|on)
<subject>
"Sende-
mailabout
project
schedule"
Anewe-mailappearswiththe
phrase"ProjectSchedule"inthe
Subjectfield.
Schedulea
meetingwith
specificcontacts
(Schedule|create|
book)([a]meeting|
[an]appointment)with
<name>
<name>...<name>
and <name>
"Schedulea
meeting
withJohn
Doeand
JaneSmith"
AnewMeetingwindowappears
withJohnDoeandJaneSmith
listedasattendees.
Thiscommandworksonlywith
MicrosoftOutlook.
Schedulea
meetingor
appointment
aboutaspecific
subject
(Schedule|create|
book)([a]meeting|
[an]appointment)
about<subject>
"Schedulea
meeting
about
vacation
time"
AnewMeetingorAppointment
windowappearswiththephrase
"vacationtime"intheSubjectfield.
Thiscommandworksonlywith
MicrosoftOutlook.
Schedulea
meetingor
appointmentata
specifictime
(Schedule|create|
book)([a]meeting|
[an]appointment)[on]
(month)|(day)[at]
(time)
"Createan
appointment
onJuly1at
1pm"
AnewMeetingorAppointment
windowappearsforthedateand
timeyoudictated.
Thiscommandworksonlywith
MicrosoftOutlook.
Moveamessage
fromone
MicrosoftOutlook
foldertoanother
Move[the](e-mail|
message|selection|it
|that|this)to[the]
<folder name>folder
"Movee-
mailtoInbox
folder"
Theselectedmessagemovesto
theOutlookfolderusedinthe
command.
159
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Command Type Syntax
Example
command
What happens
Note:Ifthefoldernameisunusual,
youmayneedtoadditto
Dragon'sVocabulary.SeeAdding
wordsorphrasestoyour
Vocabulary.
Createataskin
MicrosoftOutlook
Createtask<about |
on>
"Createtask
about
today's
shopping
list"
Ataskwindowopens,withthe
subject"today'sshoppinglist."
Notes
n Ife-mailandcalendarcommandsarenotworkinginMicrosoftOutlook,makesurethe
NatspeakOutlookAdd-inisenabledintheOutlookOptions.SeetheMicrosoftHelp
forinformationaboutsettingtheoptions.
n Thee-mailcommands“mailitto…”,“sendthisto…”,and“forwardthatto…”have
beenremovedfromVersion12.Youcancontinuetouse“e-mailtheselectionto…”
command.
Enabling or disabling these shortcut commands
Toenableordisablee-mailandcalendarcommands,opentheOptionsdialogbox,
CommandsTabanddooneofthefollowing:
Selectordeselectthe"EnableE-mailandCalendarcommands"checkbox.
Theoptionisenabledbydefault.
Commands for Windows Live Mail
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandsusingWindowsLiveMail.
160
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Startthee-mailapplication
"StartWindowsLiveMail"
Insteadof"start,"youcanalsosay"open,""launch"or"show".
Forexample,say"showWindowsLiveMail"
Readmessages
"CheckforNewMail"
"OpenMessage"
"GoToNextUnreadMessage"
"MarkMessageasUnread"
"GoToPreviousMessage"
"DeleteMessage"
"ClosetheMessageWindow"
Createandsendamessage
1."CreateMessage"
2."MovetoTextField"
3.Then,dictatethecontentofyourmessageandwhenyou
readytosend,say"SendMessage".
GotoyourWindowscontacts
folder(forWindows7only)
"Goto[the][Windows]contacts"(forWindows7only)
"Displaycontactsfolder"(forLiveMailonly)
Replytoamessage
1."ReplytoAuthor"toreplytothesenderonly,or"ReplytoAll"
toreplytoallrecipientsofthemessage
2."MovetoTextField"
3.Then,dictatethecontentofyourmessageandwhenyou
readytosend,say"SendMessage".
Forwardamessage "ForwardtheMessage"
SortInboxmessages "Sortascending|descending"
"Sorte-mailsascending|descending"
"Sortmemosascending|descending"
Accessfile-relatedcommands "clickApplicationmenu"
Note
Wordsshownin[brackets]areoptional.
161
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Microsoft Outlook
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
WorkingwithMicrosoftOutlook 162
Readingandsendinge-mailwithMicrosoftOutlook 162
MakingappointmentsinMicrosoftOutlook 163
AddingcontactsinMicrosoftOutlook 164
WritingnotesinMicrosoftOutlook 165
UsingotherMicrosoftOutlookcommands 165
Dialogboxcommands 166
Movingaroundinamessagewindow 166
MicrosoftOutlook2010commands 167
Working with Microsoft Outlook
DragonNaturallySpeakingprovidesanumberofnaturallanguagecommandstousewith
MicrosoftOutlook.Usingthesecommands,youcanavoidthemultiplemenu-selectionand
mouse-movementstepsassociatedwiththetraditionalMicrosoftWindowsinterface.
Becausethenumberofvalidcommandsissolarge,youshouldjusttrysayingwhatyouwant
todo.Ifyougetunexpectedresults,say"UndoThat"toundotheactionandtryadifferent
waytospeakthecommand.Alternatively,youcanopentheCommandBrowserorthe
DragonLearningCenterformoreinformation.
Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat",selectingdifferenttext,ormovingthe
insertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
Forinformationaboutapplyingformattingtomultipleinstancesofwordsorphrases,see
Handlingmultipletextmatches.
Inaddition,thefollowingtopicsdescribethenaturallanguagecommandsyoucanuseto
performsomecommontasksusingMicrosoftOutlook:
Readingandsendinge-mail
E-mailandCalendarcommands
Makingappointments
Addingcontacts
Writingnotes
UsingotherMicrosoftOutlookcommands
Reading and sending e-mail with Microsoft Outlook
Youcanusethefollowingvoicecommandstoread,create,andsende-mailusingMicrosoft
Outlook:
162
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Sendamessagewithout
havingMicrosoftOutlook
open
Sayeitherofthefollowing:
•"Sende-mailto<contact name>"
Or
•"StartMicrosoftOutlook"
Readyoure-mail
1."StartMicrosoftOutlook"
Insteadof"start",youcanalsosay"open","launch"or"show".For
example,say"showMicrosoftOutlook"
2."GoToInbox"
3."Checkfornewmail"
4."OpenMailMessage"toreadfirstunreadmessage
Replytoamessage
1."ReplytoMessage"or"ReplytoThisMessage"toreplytothe
senderonly,or"ReplytoAll"toreplytoallrecipientsofthemessage
2.Dictateyourreply
3."SendMessage"
Createanewmessage
1."CreateE-mail"
2.Dictatetheaddressoftherecipient
3."Subject"
4.Dictatethesubjectline
5."TextField"or"MovetoText"
6.Dictatethetextofthemessage
7."SendMessage"
Miscellaneouse-mail
commands
•"MarktheMessageasUnread"
•"CopythisMessagetoaFolder"
•"FlagMessageforFollowup"
•"CloseAllItems"
Tip:YoucanusetheSendE-mailcommandevenifMicrosoftOutlookisclosed.Here'show:
1. Say"SendE-Mailto<contact name>,"wherecontact nameisthenameofsomeonein
yourOutlookContacts.DragonopensanOutlookmessagewiththecontactname
enteredintheTofield.
2. Composeyourmessageandsenditasusual.Outlookremainsclosedafterthe
messageissent.
Making appointments in Microsoft Outlook
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstomakeappointmentsinMicrosoftOutlook:
163
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
To Say
Openyour
calendar
1."StartMicrosoftOutlook"
Insteadof"start",youcanalsosay"open","launch"or"show".For
example,say"showMicrosoftOutlook"
2."ViewCalendar"
Createanevent 1."CreateNewAllDayEvent"
2.Dictatethesubjectline,forexample,"CompanyPicnic"
3."SetStartTimeto<day>",forexample"SetStartTimetoMonday"
4."PressTabKey"tomovetothetextbox
5.Dictateanyadditionalinformationyouwantfortheevent,forexample
"Besuretobringyourchoiceofbeverage"
6."InvitePeopletoThisEvent"
7.Dictatethee-mailaddressesofallthepeopleyouwanttoreceivethe
invitation
8."Sendthisappointment"
Otherappointment
commands
"MakeThisanOnlineEvent"
"SetReminderOn"
"ShowTimeasTentative"
"DeclineThisEvent"
"MarkThisAppointmentasUnread"
"ForwardThisAppointment"
Adding contacts in Microsoft Outlook
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstoaddcontactsinMicrosoftOutlook:
164
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Open
your
address
book
1."StartMicrosoftOutlook"
Insteadof"start",youcanalsosay"open","launch"or"show".Forexample,say
"showMicrosoftOutlook"
2."ViewAddressBook"
Create
anew
contact
1."CreateNewContact"
2.DictateanameintheFullnamebox,forexample,"JoelHuffman"
3."PressAltYankee"toopentheCompanyfield
4.Dictateacompanyname,forexample"MegaProductsLimited"
5."ClickBusiness"toopenthetelephonenumberfield
6.Dictateatelephonenumber,forexample"7815551212"(if"phonenumbers"is
selectedontheAuto-formattingdialogbox,DragonNaturallySpeakingwillformatthe
numberinstandardtelephonenumberformat.)
Save
thenew
contact
"SaveandCloseThis"
Writing notes in Microsoft Outlook
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstowritenotesinMicrosoftOutlook:
To Say
OpentheOutlook
notepad
1."StartMicrosoftOutlook"
Insteadof"start",youcanalsosay"open","launch"or"show."Forexample,
say"showMicrosoftOutlook"
2."OpenNewNote"
Createandformat
anote
1.Dictatethetextofthenewnote
2."RightAlignThis","LeftAlignThis","JustifyThis",or"CenterThis"toset
thetextalignment
3."SetThis<text property>"where<text property>isanyfontstyleorpoint
sizeyouwant
4."FindaWord"toperformasearch
Using other Microsoft Outlook commands
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstoaccessvariousfeaturesinMicrosoftOutlook:
165
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Miscellaneous commands
To Say
Openthecalendarview "ViewCalendar"
Openandviewthejournalproperties 1."ViewJournal"
2."ViewProperties"or"ViewPropertiesofJournal"
OpenInternetExplorerfromOutlook "SwitchtoWebBrowser"
Dialog box commands
Whenyoucreateoredite-mailmessagesinHTMLformat,youmustusethesamevoice
commandsthatyouuseinInternetExplorertonavigateincertainOutlookdialogboxes,
suchastheFind,Picture,andFontdialogboxes.Youcanidentifythesedialogboxesbythe
InternetExplorersymbol(asmalldocumenticonwiththeletter"e"init)appearinginthe
upper-leftcornerofthedialogboxheader.ToallowDragonNaturallySpeakingtorecognize
thesecommands,youmusthavethe"EnablecommandsinHTMLwindows"optionselected
ontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
To Say
Clickabutton "Click<button name>",forexample,"Click
Apply".Saying"Click"isoptional.
Showallcheckboxesandgotothefirstone "ClickCheckBox"or"CheckBox"
Showalloption(radio)buttonsonthedialogbox "ClickRadioButton"or"RadioButton"
Showallboxeswithlistsofchoices "ClickListBox"or"ListBox"
Openalistofchoices "ShowChoices"
Closealistofchoices "HideChoices"
Chooseanentryfromalistofchoices "Choose<text>",forexample,"Choose
Arielbold".Saying"Choose"isoptional.
Selecttheitemidentifiedbyanumbersuchas that
appearsifyourchoicematchesmorethanonething
"Choose<number>",forexample,"Choose
Eight".
Selectthenextmatchingobjectonthedialogbox "Next","NextMatch",or"NextControl"
Selectthepreviousobjectonthedialogbox "Previous","PreviousMatch",or"Previous
Control"
Clicktheselectededitboxorotherobject. "ClickThat"
Moving around in a message window
SeeScrollinginpopularprogramsandScrollinginwindowsandlists.
166
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Microsoft Outlook 2010 commands
To Command
Createanappointment "Createanewappointmentat<time>"Forexample,
"12:15p.m."
SeeTimesinAuto-formattingdialogbox..
Copyinformationfromonecontactto
another
"Copytonewcontact"
Ignoreaconversation "Ignoreconversation"
Cleanupaconversation "Cleanupconversation"
Cleanupafolder "Cleanupfolder"
Cleanupafolderandallit'ssubfolders "Cleanupfolderandsubfolders"
167
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Microsoft Excel
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
WorkingwithMicrosoftExcel 168
DictatinginMicrosoftExcelwithFullTextControl 168
BasiccommandsforMicrosoftExcel 169
Creating,opening,andclosingaspreadsheet 170
Editinginaspreadsheet 170
Saving,renaming,andmovingtoanotheraspreadsheet 170
Settingupaspreadsheet 171
Viewingthespreadsheet 171
Printing 171
Movingaroundaspreadsheet 171
Switchingbetweenopenspreadsheets 172
FormattingaMicrosoftExcelspreadsheet 173
WorkingwithcellcontentsinMicrosoftExcel 173
Working with Microsoft Excel
DragonNaturallySpeakingprovidesanumberofnaturallanguagecommandstousewith
MicrosoftExcel.Usingthesecommands,youcanavoidthemultiplemenu-selectionand
mouse-movementstepsassociatedwiththetraditionalMicrosoftWindowsinterface.
Becausethenumberofvalidcommandsissolarge,youshouldjusttrysayingwhatyouwant
todo.Ifyougetunexpectedresults,say"UndoThat"toundotheactionandtryadifferent
waytospeakthecommand.Alternatively,youcanopentheCommandBrowserorthe
DragonLearningCenterformoreinformation.
Youcancancelaselectionbysaying"UnselectThat",selectingdifferenttext,ormovingthe
insertionpointtoanotherpartofthedocument.
Inaddition,thefollowingtopicsdescribethenaturallanguagecommandsyoucanuseto
performsomecommontasksusingMicrosoftExcel:
DictatinginMicrosoftExcelwithFullTextControl
BasicMicrosoftExcelcommands
FormattingaMicrosoftExcelspreadsheet
WorkingwithcontentsinMicrosoftExcel
Dictating in Microsoft Excel with Full Text Control
YoucanuseFullTextControlcommandsandbuilt-incommandstoenterandrevisecontent
andtonavigatebetweencellsinMicrosoftExcel.Foracompletelistofthecommandsyou
canuseinMicrosoftExcel,usetheCommandBrowser.
Dictation and Editing Modes
TherearetwomodesforusingvoicecommandsinMicrosoftExcel.Thetwomodesare
describedinthefollowingtable.
168
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Edition
Mode
Description
Quick
Edition
Mode
Allowsyoutoenternewcontentintoacell,overwritethecurrentcontentsofacell,or
formattheentirecontentsofacell.Whenyouselectacellandbegindictating,ayellow
backgroundappearstoindicatethatthedictatedtextwillbeinsertedintothecell.Ifthe
cellcurrentlycontainstext,thenewdictatedtextwilloverwritetheexistingtext.Ifyou
wanttoformatthecontentsofacell,selectthecell,orselectaportionofthecell’s
contentsusingFullTextControlcommands,andsayaformattingcommand,suchas
"SetFontArial10PointsBold".
Full
Edition
Mode
Allowsyoutoedittheexistingcontentsofacell.Ifyouwanttoaddtooreditthecurrent
contentsofacell,selectthecellandsay"EditCell"or"PressF2"toopenthecellfor
editing.WhenyouenterFullEditionMode,thebackgroundcolorchangestoblue.
EnteringFullEditionModeisanalogoustodouble-clickingacell.LineandParagraph
commands,suchas"NewLine"operatewithintheselectedcellinFullEditionmode.
Using Full Text Control
Ingeneral,FullTextControlisavailableincellsexceptwhenyoutypesomethingintoacell
beforeyoudictate.Forexample:
n Ifyoudictateintoacell,thentypesomecharacters,anddictatemoretextintothatcell,
FullTextControlisavailable.
n Ifyoutypeatthebeginningofacellanddictatesometextornumbers,FullTextControl
isavailableonlyontheportionyoudictated.
n Onceyouhaveeditedacellusinganycombinationoftypinganddictation,whenyou
movebacktothatcellbyvoice,FullTextControlisavailableintheentirecell.
n Thecommandsthatquotetextfromthescreen(select<xyz>,correct<xyz>,insert
after<xyz>…)workthankstoafunctionalitycalledFullTextControl.Thisfunctionality
dependsonDragon’sabilitytoconstantlyobtaininformationfromthetextfieldaboutits
content—forinstance,inordertoknowwherewordsandsentencesbeginandend,so
Dragoncanapplyspacingbetweenwordsandcapitalizationatthebeginningof
sentences.MoststandardtextfieldsallowfullFullTextControlcapabilities.Formore
information,seeTheFullTextControlIndicator.
Basic commands for Microsoft Excel
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstoperformbasicoperationsusingMicrosoft
Excel.
169
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
Creating, opening, and closing a spreadsheet
To Say
Createanewspreadsheet "CreateNewFile"or"CreateNewWorkbook"
Openanexistingspreadsheet 1."OpenFile"or"OpenDocument"
2."<file name>",forexample,"MySpreadsheet"
3."PressEnter"
Closeaspreadsheet "CloseFile"or"CloseDocument"
Editing in a spreadsheet
To Say
Createanewlinewithinacell
"NewLine"
Editthecontentsofaselectedcell
"Editcell"
Or
"Editselection"
Completeacellentryandstayinthecell
"Apply"
Completeacellentryandmovedownonecell(QuickEditionmode
only)
"PressEnter"
Cancelacellentryandremaininthecell
"PressEscape"or
"Cancel"
Saving, renaming, and moving to another a spreadsheet
To Say
Saveaspreadsheetasa.xls
file
1."Savefile"
2.Dictateafilename(onlyneededifthisisthefirsttimethefile
hasbeensaved)
3."ClickSave"
SaveaspreadsheetinHTML
format
1."SaveFileasWebPage"
2."ClickSave"
3.(Ifadialogboxappearswarningofaformatloss)"Click
Continue"
Renameaspreadsheet
"RenametheWorksheet"
Movingtoanotheropen
spreadsheet
"GoTotheNext/PreviousWorksheet"
170
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Setting up a spreadsheet
To Say
Setprintingarea
1."Fitto<number>PagesWide"
2."Fitto<number>PagesTall"
Viewing the spreadsheet
To Say
Enlargeorreducethespreadsheet
view
"Zoomto<number>Percent",forexample,"ZoomtoFifty
Percent"
Changethedisplay
-"Hide/UnhideThisRow/Column"
-"Hide/ShowtheDrawingToolbar"
-"Hide/UnhidetheFormulasinThisColumn/Row"
Printing
To Say
Printarangeofpages
"PrintWorkbook"
"PrinttheSelection"
"PrintColumn<number>toColumn<number>"
"PrintNext<number>Rows"
Previewaprintout "GoToPrintBreakPreview"
Printpartofapage
"SetPrintAreatoSelection"
"SetPrintAreatotheFirst/Next/Previous<number>Rows/Columns"
"PrinttheSelection"
Moving around a spreadsheet
To Say
Moveto
new
location
"Next/PreviousRow/Column"
"StartofThis/Next/PreviousRow/Column"
"Row/Column<number/letter>",forexample,"RowFive"or"ColumnA".
Ifthecolumnincludestwoormoreletters,saythealpha-bravoformofthe
letter,forexampletogotoColumnAB,say"ColumnAlphaBravo"
"StartofRow/Column"
"Next/PreviousCellintheRow/Column"
171
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
To Say
Start
automatic
downward
scrolling
"StartScrollingDown"
Start
automatic
upward
scrolling
"StartScrollingUp"
Movetothe
bottomof
the
spreadsheet
"ScrollDown"
Movetothe
topofthe
spreadsheet
"ScrollUp"
Stop
automatic
scrolling
"StopScrolling"
Increasethe
rateof
automatic
scrolling
"ScrollFaster"
Decrease
therateof
automatic
scrolling
"ScrollSlower"
Movedown
onerow
"LineDown"
Moveup
onerow
"LineUp"
Switching between open spreadsheets
To Say
Switchbetweenopen
spreadsheets
1.Say"ListwindowsforMicrosoftExcel"
Dooneofthefollowing:
Say"Choosen",wherenisthenumberofthewindowyouwantto
switchto.Forexample,say"Choose2"
Or
ChoosethenumberoftheprogramfromthelistandclickOK
172
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Formatting a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstoformataMicrosoftExcelspreadsheet:
To Say
Changecolumnwidth
n "SetColumnWidthto<number>"
n "SetWidthto<number>inColumn
<number>"
Changerowandcolumn
appearance
n "ShadeThisRow/Column"
n "ApplyPatterntoCurrent/ThisRow/Column"
n "CentertheNext/Previous<number>
Rows/Columns"
n "IndenttheNext/Previous<number>
Rows/Columns<number>"
n "Bold/ItalicizeThisRow/Column/Cell"
Working with cell contents in Microsoft Excel
YoucanusethefollowingvoicecommandstoworkwithcontentinMicrosoftExcel.Seealso
BasiccommandsforMicrosoftExcel.
173
Chapter 13: Working in Programs
To Say
Editthecontentsofa
selectedcell
"Editcell"
Or
"Editselection"
Sumoraveragea
columnorrowof
numbers
1.Movetheinsertionpointtothecellwhereyouwantthesumto
appear
2,"Sum/AveragetheValuesontheRight/ontheLeft/Above/Below"
Sortacolumnorrowof
numbers
1.Selecttherow,column,orrangeofcellsyouwanttosort
2."SorttheSelection"
Changecontentsfrom
decimalstofractions
1.Movetheinsertionpointtotherow,column,orcellyouwantto
change
2."SetthisRow/Column/CelltoFractionsin<number>",for
example"SetthisCelltoFractionsinEighths"
Lockorunlockcontents 1.Movetheinsertionpointtotherow,column,orcellyouwantto
lockorunlock
2."Lock/UnlockThisRow/Column/Cell"
Fillacell,row,orcolumn 1.Movetheinsertionpointtotherow,column,orcellyouwanttofill
2."FillThisCellUp/Down/Right/Left<number>
Cells/Rows/Column",forexample,"FillThisCellDownTwoRows"
Deletethecontentsofa
cell,row,orcolumn
1.Movetheinsertionpointtotherow,column,orcellyouwantto
clear
2."ClearAllFromThisRow/Column/Cell"
Hidethecontentsofa
cell,row,orcolumn
1.Movetheinsertionpointtotherow,column,orcellyouwantto
hide
2."HideThisRow/Column/Cell"
174
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
Chapter 14: Working with Web
applications
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
AbouttheDragonWebExtension 176
BrowserrequirementsfortheDragonWebExtension 176
InstallingandenablingtheDragonWebExtension 177
HowtotelliftheDragonWebExtensionisEnabled 182
UsingWeb-basedEmail 183
EditingtextinasupportedWebapplication 186
UsingDragon'sWebcapabilitieswithouttheDragonWebExtension 189
IfyouhaveproblemsusingWebapplicationsupport 190
About the Dragon Web Extension
TheDragonWebExtensionallowsyoutouseFullTextControlinsupportedbrowsersand
mostWebapplicationstohelpyouperformcommontasksbyvoice.Forexample,youcan
say"ClickLink","ClickButton",or"ClickInbox"toclicktheelementsonthepage.Ifyoudo
notinstalltheDragonwebextension,youcannotclickpageelementsbyvoice.Inaddition,
FullTextControlisnotavailablefordictationinthebrowsersandWebapplications.Without
theDragonwebextensionenabled,you'llneedtoclickWebpageelementsusingyour
mouseandkeyboard,anddictatecontentusingtheDictationBox.
Note:Dragon'sfunctionalitydiffersbetweenWebbrowsers.Formoreinformation,see
WorkingwithaWebbrowser.Forexample,inChrome,youcannotusethe“RefreshPage”
command.Forthisaction,youmustuseglobalcommands,suchasmousecommands,or
presscommands,suchas“PressF5”.
Browser requirements for the Dragon Web Extension
TheDragonWebExtensionisavailableinthefollowingWebbrowsersandversions:
n MicrosoftInternetExplorer,version9,10,and11,both32-bitand64-bit
n MozillaFirefoxversion24andlater
n GoogleChrome
176
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Ifyoudon'thaveoneofthesebrowsersintheversionlisted,youcannotclickpageelements
byvoice.Inaddition,FullTextControlisnotavailableinthebrowsersandWebapplications.
You'llneedtoclickpageelementsmanually(orusingMouseGridandmousecommands)
and,ifyouwantFullTextControl,you'llneedtousetheDictationBox.
ThemakersofFirefoxandChromefrequentlyreleasenewversionsoftheirbrowser.Forthe
latestdetailsonDragonfunctionalitywithaparticularapplication,pleaseseetheTechnical
SupportpageforDragonontheNuancewebsite.
Note:Dragon'sfunctionalitydiffersbetweenWebbrowsers.Forexample,inChrome,you
cannotusethe“refreshpage”command;toperformsuchactionsbyvoice,youmustuse
mousecommandsorpresscommandssuchas“pressF5”.Formoreinformation,see
WorkingwithaWebbrowser.
Feature support
Thefeatureisnotsupportedinthefollowingmodes:
n Chrome'sIncognitomode
n Chrome'sMetromode
n Firefox'sMetromode
Installing and enabling the Dragon Web Extension
ToenableTheDragonWebExtension,dothefollowing.
If you need to re-install, see here.
Internet Explorer 9 and later
1. OpenInternetExplorer.Apromptappearsthefirsttimeyouopenthebrowserafter
Dragoninstallation.
Note:IfyouclickNo Thanksattheinitialpromptandthenlaterdecidetoinstallthe
extension,youmustcloseandreopenbothInternetExplorerandDragonforthepromptto
reappear.IfyouselectDo not ask me againandthenlaterdecidetoinstalltheextension,
seeDoyouneedtoreinstall?below.
177
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
2. ClickProceed.Installationinstructionsappear.
3. Followtheinstructionsprovided.
Mozilla Firefox 24 or later
1. OpenFirefox.Whenavaliduserprofileisloaded,apromptappearsthefirsttimeyou
openthebrowserafterDragoninstallation.
Note:IfyouclickNo Thanksattheinitialpromptandthenlaterdecidetoinstallthe
extension,youmustcloseandreopenbothFirefoxandDragonforthepromptto
reappear.IfyouselectDonotaskmeagainandthenlaterdecidetoinstalltheextension,
seeDoyouneedtoreinstall?below.
2. ClickProceed.Installationinstructionsappear.
178
Dragon Installation and User Guide
179
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
3. ClicktheInstall web extensionbutton,andthenfollowtheinstructionsonthescreento
installthewebextension.
4. ClicktheVerify plugin settingsbutton,andthenfollowtheinstructionsonthescreento
verifythepluginsettings.
Whenyou'veinstalledtheextensionandplugin,ensurethattheUpdate Add-ons
AutomaticallyoptionisselectedtoreceiveupdatesfromNuance.Toselectit:
1.
ClicktheFirefoxbutton ,andthenselectAdd-ons.TheAdd-onsManager
appears.
2.
Clickthecogicon ,andthenselectUpdate Add-ons Automaticallyifitisnot
alreadyselected.
Google Chrome 16 or later
1. OpenChrome.Whenavaliduserprofileisloaded,apromptappearsthefirsttimeyou
openthebrowserafteryouinstallDragon.
Note:IfyouclickNo Thanksattheinitialpromptandthenlaterdecidetoenablethe
DragonWebExtension,youmustcloseandreopenbothChromeandDragonforthe
prompttoreappear.Inaddition,ifyouselectDo not ask me againandthenlaterdecide
toinstalltheextension,seeDoyouneedtoreinstall?below.
180
Dragon Installation and User Guide
2. ClickProceed.TheChromeWebStoreopens.
3.
Click .Aconfirmationappears.
181
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
4. ClickAdd.Chromedownloadsandinstallstheextension.
Resolving problems
Ifyou'rehavingtrouble,seeIfyouhaveproblemsusingWebApplicationsupport.
Do you need to re-install?
Ifyoudidnotenabletheextensioninitially,copyandpastetheappropriatelinktotheaddress
barofyourbrowserforinstallationinstructions:
InternetExplorer:
https://dnsriacontent.nuance.com/13/addons.html?lang=ENX&browser=ie
Chrome:https://dnsriacontent.nuance.com/13/addons.html?lang=ENX&browser=chrome
Firefox:https://dnsriacontent.nuance.com/13/addons.html?lang=ENX&browser=firefox
How to tell if the Dragon Web Extension is Enabled
TodetermineiftheDragonWebExtensionisenabled:
Internet Explorer
1. OpenInternetExplorer.
2.
Clickthecogicon ,andthenselectManage add-ons.TheManageAdd-onsdialog
boxopens.
3. LookfortheDragonWebExtensionandpluginandensurethestatusisEnabled.
IfthestatusisDisabled,dothefollowingtoenableit:
n Selecttheextension.
n ClickEnableatthebottomoftheManageAdd-onsdialogbox.
n Restartthebrowser.
182
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Mozilla Firefox
1. OpenMozillaFirefox.
2.
ClicktheFirefoxbutton ortheMenuicon ,andthenselectAdd-ons.
TheAdd-onsManagerappears.
3. ClickPluginsandlookfortheDragonNaturallySpeakingPlugin.
4. ClickExtensionsandlookfortheDragonWebExtension.
InolderversionsofFirefox,theEnableoptionappearsratherthanAlways Activate.Click
theEnablebuttontoenableit.
Google Chrome
1. OpenGoogleChrome.
2.
Clickthemenuicon ,andthenselectSettings.TheSettingspageopens.
3. ClickExtensions.Chromeextensionsappear.
4. LookfortheDragonWebExtensionandensureitisenabled.
Ifitisdisabled,selecttheEnabledcheckboxtoenableit.
Resolving problems
Ifthisisthefirsttimeyou'vetriedusingasupportedwebapplicationwithDragon,tryrestarting
yourbrowserandreconnectingtothewebapplication.
IfyouareusingaWebapplicationandbrowserthatsupporttheDragonwebextension,but
thefeatureisnotactive,seeIfyouhaveproblemsusingWebapplicationsupport.
Formoreinformation,seeUsingtheDictationBox,WebbrowsercommandsandDictatinge-
mailandWebaddresses.
Using Web-based Email
Towriteemailusingaweb-basedemailprogram,youmusthaveinstalledtheDragonweb
extensionforyourbrowser.TheDragonWebExtensionallowsyoutouseFullTextControlin
supportedbrowsersandmostWebapplicationstohelpyouperformcommontasksbyvoice.
183
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
Forexample,youcansay"ClickLink","ClickButton",or"ClickInbox"toclicktheelements
onthepage.IfyoudonotinstalltheDragonwebextension,youcannotclickpageelements
byvoice.Inaddition,FullTextControlisnotavailablefordictationinthebrowsersandWeb
applications.WithouttheDragonwebextensionenabled,you'llneedtoclickWebpage
elementsusingyourmouseandkeyboard,anddictatecontentusingtheDictationBox.
Note: This topic applies to web-based email programs only. For information on
using Dragon with other email programs, such as Microsoft Outlook, see
Working in email programs.
Before you begin
Beforeyoubegin,makesure
n TheWebextensionisenabledifyouareusingInternetExplorer,GoogleChromeor
MozillaFirefox.PleaseseeHowtotellifWebapplicationsupportisactive.
n YouhaveyouremailWebapplicationopenandyouareloggedin.
n Ifyou'reusingGmail,you'reusingGmail'slatestinterfacelayout.Dragon'sGmail
supportonlyworkswiththenewestGmailinterfaceandnotwithGmail"Classic."
Writing e-mail messages
Usethefollowingstepstowritee-mailmessages.
1. Tostartanewmessage,say"ClickNew"or"ClickCompose,"asrequired.
2. Dothefollowing:
n Say"ClickTextField",andthensay"ChooseX",whereXisthenumbernexttothe
Tofield.Then,Dictatethee-mailaddressofthepersonyou'llbesendingthe
messageto.
Ifyouseealistofsuggestedaddresses,chooseonefromthelistbysaying"Choose
<n>,"where<n>isthenumbershownfortheaddressyouwanttouse.Iftheaddress
isnotinthelist,continuedictatingtheaddress.
n Say"ClickTextField",andthensay"ChooseX",whereXisthenumbernexttothe
Subjectfield.Then,dictateyoursubjecttext.
n Say"ClickTextField",andthensay"ChooseX",whereXisthenumbernexttothe
Bodyfield.Then,dictateyourmessage.
3. Say"ClickSend".
Using commands
TheDragonWebExtensionaddsthefollowingvoicecommandstomostemailweb
applications.SeealsoEditingtextinasupportedWebapplication.
184
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Showallplacesonthepagewhereyoucan
entertext
"ClickTypeText"
or
"ClickEditBox"
Showalltextfieldsonthepage "ClickTextField"
Showallcheckboxesonthepage "ClickCheckBox"
Showallimagesonthepagewithlinks "ClickImage"
Showallbuttonsonthepage "ClickButton"
Showalllinksonthepage "ClickLink"
Showallradiobuttonsonthepage "ClickRadioButton"
Showallboxesonthepagewithlistsof
choice
"ClickListBox
Openalistofchoices "ShowChoices"
Closealistofchoices "HideChoices
Chooseanentryfromalistofchoices "Choose<text>,"forexample,"Choose
HardwareCompatibilityGuide."Saying
"Choose"isoptional.
Using Dragon's Web capabilities without the Dragon Web Extension
IftheDragonWebExtensionisn'tavailable,youcannotclickwebpageelementsbyvoice
directly;also,forFirefoxandChrome,noneofthetextfieldshaveFullTextControl.
SymptomsoflackofFullTextControlinclude:
n TheDictationBoxappears(iftheoptionforthisautomaticopeningisactive).
n Dragondoesnotcapitalizethefirstword.
n Dragondoesnotinsertspacebeforeawordasexpected.
WithouttheDragonWebExtension,you'llneedtoclickpageelementsmanuallyorwith
globalcommands,andyoumaywishtousetheDictationBoxtodictateoreditintextfields.
GlobalcommandsthatcanbehelpfulforWebnavigationincludekeyboardcommandssuch
as“pressAltd,”“pressEnter,”“presstab,”“pressF5,”and“pagedown,”aswellas
commandsforclickinganddraggingthemouse,suchas“MouseGrid33”and“mouseclick.”
FormoreinformationaboutDragon'sWebcapabilities,seeWorkingwithaWebbrowser.
185
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
Editing text in a supported Web application
UsethistopicforexamplesofhowyoucanedittextinanyoftheWebapplicationsthat
Dragonsupports.
Insupportedbrowsers,you'llhaveFullTextControl,sothatyoucandictatecontentanduse
abroadrangeofDragoncommands.You'llalsobeabletonavigatebetweenmailfieldsand
performcommontaskslike"ClickInbox"and"ClickCompose."
186
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Editing text
187
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
To Say
DeletethelasttextDragonentered ScratchThat
CorrectselectedtextorthelasttextDragonentered CorrectThat
Spellawordtoaddittothevocabulary SpellThat
Returnthecursorbacktowhereyoulastplaceditin
documentsande-mailmessages
GoBack
Correctthepreviouscorrection CorrectPrevious
Correctthenextcorrection CorrectNext
TrainDragonabouthowyoupronounceanewword TrainThat
Hyphenateselectedwords CompoundSelection
Hyphenateastringofwords Compound<text>through<text>
(NorthAmerica)
Compound<text>to<text>(Outside
theU.S.andCanada)
InsertsselectedtextbeforethelasttextthatDragon
entered
InsertBeforeThat
InsertsselectedtextafterthelasttextthatDragon
entered
InsertAfterThat
Insertsselectedtextbeforesometextthatyouquote
fromyourexistingcontent
InsertBefore[text]
Insertsselectedtextaftersometextthatyouquote
fromyourexistingcontent
InsertAfter[text]
188
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Selecting text
To Say
Selecttextyouspecifyinyourdocument Select
<text>
Selectsthenexttextitem,suchasthenextword,lineorparagraph,orthenext
instancewhentherearemultipletextmatches
Select
Again
Selectstheprevioustextitem,suchasthenextword,lineorparagraph,orthenext
instancewhentherearemultipletextmatches
Select
Previous
Selectsthenexttextitem,suchasthenextword,lineorparagraph,orthenext
instancewhentherearemultipletextmatches
Select
Next
Selectthelasttextyoudictated Select
That
Capitalizing text
To Say
Capitalizethefirstletterofeachwordinthelasttextyoudictated CapThat
APPLYALLUPPERCASE AllCapsThat
applyalllowercase NoCapsThat
Capitalizethefirstletterofeachwordinselectedtext CapSelection
Applyallcapitalletterstotextyouhaveselected AllCapsSelection
Makesallcapitalletterslowercaseinselectedtext NoCapsSelection
Using Dragon's Web capabilities without the Dragon Web
Extension
IftheDragonWebExtensionisn'tavailable,youcannotclickwebpageelementsbyvoice
directly;also,forFirefoxandChrome,noneofthetextfieldshaveFullTextControl.
SymptomsoflackofFullTextControlinclude:
n TheDictationBoxappears(iftheoptionforthisautomaticopeningisactive).
n Dragondoesnotcapitalizethefirstword.
n Dragondoesnotinsertspacebeforeawordasexpected.
WithouttheDragonWebExtension,you'llneedtoclickpageelementsmanuallyorwith
globalcommands,andyoumaywishtousetheDictationBoxtodictateoreditintextfields.
189
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
GlobalcommandsthatcanbehelpfulforWebnavigationincludekeyboardcommandssuch
as“pressAltd,”“pressEnter,”“presstab,”“pressF5,”and“pagedown,”aswellas
commandsforclickinganddraggingthemouse,suchas“MouseGrid33”and“mouseclick.”
FormoreinformationaboutDragon'sWebcapabilities,seeWorkingwithaWebbrowser.
If you have problems using Web application support
Ifyou'rehavingproblemsusingDragonwithasupportedWebapplication,thistopiccanhelp
youidentifythecauseandfindasolution.
Is the Web application supported in your browser?
TheDragonWebExtensionisavailableinthefollowingWebbrowsersandversions:
n MicrosoftInternetExplorer,version9,10,and11,both32-bitand64-bit
n MozillaFirefoxversion24andlater
n GoogleChrome
Ifyoudon'thaveoneofthesebrowsersintheversionlisted,youcannotclickpageelements
byvoice.Inaddition,FullTextControlisnotavailableinthebrowsersandWebapplications.
You'llneedtoclickpageelementsmanually(orusingMouseGridandmousecommands)
and,ifyouwantFullTextControl,you'llneedtousetheDictationBox.
ThemakersofFirefoxandChromefrequentlyreleasenewversionsoftheirbrowser.Forthe
latestdetailsonDragonfunctionalitywithaparticularapplication,pleaseseetheTechnical
SupportpageforDragonontheNuancewebsite.
Note:Dragon'sfunctionalitydiffersbetweenWebbrowsers.Forexample,inChrome,you
cannotusethe“refreshpage”command;toperformsuchactionsbyvoice,youmustuse
mousecommandsorpresscommandssuchas“pressF5”.Formoreinformation,see
WorkingwithaWebbrowser.
Feature support
Thefeatureisnotsupportedinthefollowingmodes:
n Chrome'sIncognitomode
n Chrome'sMetromode
n Firefox'sMetromode
Is the feature active?
Todeterminewhetherthefeatureisactive,seeHowtotellifWebapplicationsupportis
active.
Do you need to re-install?
TouseallofDragon'sfunctionalityinyourbrowser,youmustenableDragon'sweb
extension.Ifyoudidnotenabletheextension,openthebrowseryouwanttoinstalltouse
thefollowinglinkswhileinthatbrowser:
InternetExplorer:
https://dnsriacontent.nuance.com/13/addons.html?lang=ENX&browser=ie
Chrome:https://dnsriacontent.nuance.com/13/addons.html?lang=ENX&browser=chrome
190
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Firefox:https://dnsriacontent.nuance.com/13/addons.html?lang=ENX&browser=firefox
Is your browser extension or plug-in enabled?
YourDragoninstallationincludesextensionand/orplug-inandfilesthatWebbrowsersuseto
provideyouwithfulltextsupport.Ifyouarehavingtrouble,makesuretheDragonweb
extensionisenabledforthebrowseryouareusing.Typically,youcandothisfromaToolsor
Optionsmenu.AfterenablingtheDragonwebextension,restartyourbrowser.Fordetails,
seeEnablingWebapplicationsupport.
Be careful when you upgrade!
WhenyouupgradeFirefox,makesureyouchoosetokeeptheDragonwebextensionactive
whenprompted,orFirefoxwillautomaticallydisableit.Ifthishappens,youcanre-enableit.
IfyouwererunningInternetExplorer8whenyouinstalledDragonandyouupgradeto
InternetExplorer9,youneedtoinstalltheDragonwebextension.Todoso,gotoyour
originalDragoninstallationfile(typicallythisislocatedonaDVD)andlaunchsetup.exe.
Whenyouseetheinstallationwizard,selecttheRepairoptionandclickNext.
Could there be an issue with the site?
Changesasitemakestoitslayoutorfunctionalitycancausecompatibilityproblemsfor
Dragon.Wemakeeveryefforttokeepupwiththesechanges,butifyouencounterdifficulties,
pleasecontactDragonNaturallySpeakingSupport.
Formoreinformation,seetheDragonNaturallySpeakingAdministratorGuideat
http://www.nuance.com/support,ortheTechnicalSupportKnowledgebase.
Are you using a different language?
TousetheDragonWebExtension,youmustsetthelanguageoftheWebapplicationtothe
samelanguageasyourtheuserprofile.IfyourprofileissetupinEnglish,youmusthaveyour
WebapplicationsetupinEnglish.TheDragonwebextensiondoesnotrequirethatyourWeb
browserbeinthesamelanguageasyourprofile,butitmustbeifyouwanttouseotherWeb
browsercommands.
Ifyouwanttoworkinadifferentlanguage,youcancreateanotheruserprofilewiththat
languageandloaditintoDragonwhenyouneedit.
Is the Dictation Box behaving in an unexpected way?
SometimestheDictationBoxmisunderstandsthecontextofwhatyou'reworkingonandit
displaystextyoudidn'tdictate,andthatyoucan'tedit.Thiscanhappenwhenthefocusofthe
applicationyou'reusingisonafieldyoucan'teditand:
n youintentionallyopentheDictationBox,or
n youspeakintoyourmicrophone,promptingtheDictationboxtoopenautomatically
Forexample,ifyouhaveyoure-mailapplicationopenwithaniteminyourmessagelist
selected,theDictationBoxmaydisplaytheheadertextofthatmessage.
Ifthishappens,justgototheDictationBoxandsayorclick"Cancel"tocloseit.
Are you trying to play back dictation?
ToplaybackdictationinWebapplications,pleaseusevoicecommandssuchas"Playthat
back,""Readthat,"and"Readselection."InWebapplications,Dragondoesnotsupport
191
Chapter 14: Working with Web applications
playbackofdictationusingmenusandbuttons.
Playback restricted to the current field
InaWebapplicationlikeGmailorOutlook.com,playbackislimitedtothecurrentdictationfor
thecurrentfield.Thismeansthatwhenyoumovetoanotherfield,youcannolongerplay
backdictationforpreviousfields,evenifyougobacktothem.
Forexample,ifyoudictateanaddressinamessage'sTofieldandthenyougototheSubject
field,youcan'tplaybackdictationfortheTofield.IfyoureturntotheTofieldanddictate
anotheraddress,youcanplaybackthenewdictationbutnottheoriginaldictation.
Are you working offline?
OfflinemodeisnotsupportedforworkingwithWeb-baseddocuments.
Are you having trouble opening the Correction menu?
DragondoesnotcurrentlysupportthefollowingmethodsforopeningtheCorrectionmenu
whenworkinginWebapplications
n Usingthehotkeys.Bydefault,thisistheMinuskey(-)onthenumerickeypad
n Double-clickingonselectedtext
n ClickingtheCorrectionbuttonontheClassicDragonBarExtrastoolbar
192
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers
Chapter 15: Working with Web
browsers
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
WorkingwithaWebbrowser 194
SearchingtheWebbyvoice 195
Webbrowsercommands 199
InternetExplorercommands 204
Working with a Web browser
DragonNaturallySpeakingincludesmanycommandsdesignedtoenableyoutosurfthe
WebbyvoiceinMicrosoftInternetExplorer,MozillaFirefox,andGoogleChrome.Whenyou
openthebrowserandavaliduserprofileisloaded,apromptappearsthefirsttimeyouopen
thebrowserafterDragoninstallation,providinginformationoninstallingtheDragonweb
extension.
TheDragonWebExtensionallowsyoutouseFullTextControlfordictationinbrowsersand
webapplicationsandtoclickpageelements,suchasbuttonsandlinks,byvoice.Ifyoudo
notinstallandenabletheDragonWebExtension,youcannotclickpageelementsbyvoice.
Inaddition,FullTextControlisnotavailablefordictationinthebrowsersandWeb
applications.WithouttheDragonwebextension,you'llneedtoclickWebpageelements
usingyourmouseandkeyboard,anddictatecontentusingtheDictationBox.
Important:PleasekeepinmindthatDragon’scapabilitiesdifferamongWebbrowsers,
bothintermsofcommandsandintermsoftextcontrol.Noteinparticular:
n ForChrome,Dragonhasnocommandssuchas“gotoAddressbar”,“gohome”,
“refreshpage”,etc.However,rememberthatyoucantakeadvantageofDragon’s
globalcommandcapabilities:mouse-relatedcommands(suchas“MouseGrid39”,
“mouseclick”,and“movemouseupperleft”)andkey-pressingcommands(suchas
“pressAltd”,“pressEnter”,“presscontrolt”,“presstab”,“pressF5”,“pressEscape”,
“pagedown”).
ThefollowingtopicscovervariousWeb-relatedcapabilities:
Webbrowsercommands
InternetExplorercommands
194
Dragon Installation and User Guide
AbouttheDragonWebExtension
IntheDragonHelp,see:
Followinglinksandclickingbuttons
SpecifyingWebaddresses
Goingtotextboxesandselectingcheckboxesandoptionbuttons
Notes
n Youcannotselecticonsonthetoolbar,Java™orActiveX®applets,oritemsinthe
History,Search,orChannelspanelsbyvoice.YoualsocannotselecticonsinAdobe
FlashPlayer.
n The"EnablecommandsinHTMLwindows"boxmustbeselectedontheCommands
taboftheOptionsdialogboxtouseInternetExplorerandFirefoxcommands.
n YoucanusethesamevoicecommandsthatyouusewithInternetExplorertonavigate
inotherapplicationsthatrunwithinanHTMLwindow.ThisincludesHelpwindows
basedonHTML,suchasthisHelptopic.
n OnsomeversionsofWindows,youcancontrolInternetExplorermenusanddialog
boxesbyvoiceonlyifthe"Voice-enablemenus,buttons,andothercontrols,excluding"
boxisselectedontheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n OnsomeversionsofWindows,MicrosoftActiveAccessibilityshouldbeinstalledbefore
usingvoicecommandswithInternetExplorer.IfMicrosoftActiveAccessibilityisnot
installed,youmustalwaysstartDragonNaturallySpeakingbeforeyoustartInternet
Explorer.IfInternetExplorerisalreadyrunning,closeit,startDragon
NaturallySpeaking,andthenrestartInternetExplorer.
Searching the Web by voice
UsetheDragonVoiceShortcutsinthistopictoperformthefollowingtypesofWebsearches:
n Search the Web:StartsaWebsearchinyourdefaultbrowser.Dragon
NaturallySpeakingdisplaysyoursearchstringforeditingifneeded,andthenusesyour
defaultsearchprovidertosearchtheInternetforyoursearchterms.SeeSearchthe
Webfordetails.
n Search a specific Web site:StartsaWebsearchofaspecificsiteinyourdefault
browser.DragonNaturallySpeakingdisplaysyoursearchstringforeditingifneeded,
andthenusesyourdefaultsearchprovidertosearchaspecificWebsiteforyour
searchterms.SeeSearchaspecificWebsitefordetails.
n Search a category on the Web:StartsaWebsearchofaspecificcategoryof
informationinyourdefaultbrowser.DragonNaturallySpeakingdisplaysyoursearch
stringforeditingifneeded,andthenusesyourdefaultsearchprovidertosearcha
specificcategoryforyoursearchterms.SeeSearchacategoryontheWebfordetails.
YoucanalsoSearchtheWebusingdates,times,names,orcurrenciesandDirectlyopena
WebsitewithGoogle's"I'mfeelinglucky".
195
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers
Notes
n Theoptiontoeditthesearchstringbeforeitissenttoyourbrowserisconfigurable,so
youcanturnitoffifyouprefer.SeeDisplaysearchtextbeforeperformingsearchfor
detailsintheDragonHelp.
n DependingonyourWebbrowserandthecomplexityofthesearch,displayingthe
resultsmaytakeafewmoments.
n YourWebbrowserdoesnothavetobeopentostartaWebsearchbyvoice.Dragon
NaturallySpeakingrecognizeswhenyouuseavoicesearchcommandandopens
yourdefaultbrowserforyou.Seeyourbrowser'sdocumentationforinformationon
settingthedefaultbrowser.
ThefollowingtableliststhetypesofWebsearchesyoucanperform,thecommandsthat
DragonNaturallySpeakingsupports,examplesofhowtousethecommands,and
descriptionsofwhathappensafteryousaythem.
196
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Search
type
Syntax Example commands What happens
Searchthe
Web
Search[the]
Webfor [the]
<dictation>
"SearchtheWebfor
Italianrestaurantsin
Boston"
Optionally,DragonNaturallySpeaking
displaysyoursearchstringsothatyou
caneditthekeywordsifnecessary.
YourdefaultWebbrowseropensand
displaystheresultsofasearchforthe
phrase"ItalianrestaurantsinBoston"
usingyourdefaultsearchengine.
Searcha
specific
Website
Search
<Web site>
for[the]
<dictation>
"SearcheBayforwaffle
irons"
or
"SearchYahoofor
moviesinBoston"
Optionally,DragonNaturallySpeaking
displaysyoursearchstringsothatyou
caneditthekeywordsifnecessary.
YourdefaultWebbrowseropensand
displaystheresultsofsearchingeBay
forthephrase"waffleirons".Dragon
NaturallySpeakingsupportsWebsite
searchesforthefollowingWebsites:
About(forabout.com)
AltaVista
Amazon
Answers(foranswers.com)
AOL
Ask
Bing
CreativeCommons
eBay
Facebook(loginrequired)
Google
IRS
MSN
MySpace
Twitter
Wikipedia
Yahoo!
YouTube
ForDragonNaturallySpeaking:
ICD-9
PubMed
UpToDate
WebMD
197
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers
Search
type
Syntax Example commands What happens
Searcha
categoryon
theWeb
Search
<category>
for
<dictation>
"SearchvideoforJFK
inauguraladdress"
Optionally,displaysyoursearchstring
sothatyoucaneditthekeywordsif
necessary.
YourdefaultWDragon
NaturallySpeakingebbrowseropens
anddisplaystheresultsofasearchon
thewords"JFKinauguraladdress"in
yourdefaultsearchengine'svideo
category.
DragonNaturallySpeakingrecognizes
thefollowingsearchcategories:
Search(images|pictures|photos)for
<dictation>
Search(video|movies)for
<dictation>
Search(news|events)for<dictation>
Search(products|shops)for
<dictation>
Search(maps|places)for<dictation>
Searchthe
Webusing
dates,
times,
names,or
calculations
Searchthe
Webfor
<date, time,
name, or
calculations>
Remembertosaythe
wordswithoutpausing.
Also,youcanleaveout
punctuationandDragon
addsitforyou.For
example,say:
“SearchGooglefor87
dividedby12”
"SearchtheWebfor
11o'clockamNovember
111945"(Dragon
displaysthesearchterms
as"11:00AMNovember
11,1945")
"SearchtheWebfor
57EurosinUSdollars"
"SearchtheWebfor
WinstonChurchill"
Optionally,DragonNaturallySpeaking
displaysyoursearchstringsothatyou
caneditthekeywordsifnecessary.
DragonNaturallySpeakingsearches
theWebasrequestedusingyour
defaultbrowserandsearchengine.
198
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Search
type
Syntax Example commands What happens
Directly
openthe
top-ranked
Website
foryour
search
term
"Opentop
Website(on
|about|for)
[the]
<specific
topic or Web
site>"
"OpentopWebsitefor
UniversityofKansas"
Youcanalsosubstitute
"Webpage"or"site"for
"Website"
Optionally,DragonNaturallySpeaking
displaysyoursearchstringsothatyou
caneditthekeywordsifnecessary.
DragonNaturallySpeakingopensyour
defaultWebbrowseranddisplaysthe
top-rankedpageforthephrase
"UniversityofKansas"
Note
The"FindaWebsite(on|about|for)[the]<specifictopicorWebsite>"commandhasbeen
removedfromVersion12.Youcancontinuetouse"OpentopWebsite(on|about|for)[the]
<specific topic or Web site>"command.
Using Google's I'm feeling lucky
To find Google's top-ranked Web site for a search term using "I'm feeling lucky":
1. OpentheGooglehomepage,forexample,www.google.com.
2. Dictateortypeyoursearchtermsinthesearchbox.
Enabling or disabling searching the Web by voice
Tobyvoice,opentheOptionsdialogbox,CommandsTabanddooneofthefollowing:
Selectordeselectthe"EnableWebsearchcommands"checkbox.
Theoptionisenabledbydefault.
Changing your default browser or search engine
IfyouchangeyourdefaultbrowserorsearchengineyouwillhavetorestartDragonandthe
browsertoensurethatthesearchisconductedthroughthenewdefaultsearchengine.
Web browser commands
Important:PleasekeepinmindthatDragon’scapabilitiesdifferamongWebbrowsers,both
intermsofcommandsandintermsoftextcontrol.SeeWorkingwithaWebbrowser.
Textinitalicsrepresentswordsornumbersthatcanchange.
199
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers
Starting your browser
To Say
StartInternetExplorer "StartInternetExplorer"
"StartMicrosoftInternetExplorer"
StartMozillaFirefox "StartFirefox"
"StartMozillaFirefox"
StartGoogleChrome "StartGoogleChrome"
"StartChrome"
Insteadof"start,"youcanalsosay"open,""launch"or"show".
Navigating the Web
Pleasenotethatnotallofthesecommandsworkinallbrowsers.SeetheCommand
Browserformoreinformation.
200
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To Say
Movetheinsertionpointto
theAddressBar
"GotoAddressBar"
(Internet Explorer and Firefox only. For Chrome, you can say "press
Alt d.")
SeealsoInternetExplorerCommands.
GototheURLinthe
AddressBar
"ClickGo"or"GoThere"
(Firefox and Internet Explorer only. For Chrome, you can say "press
Enter.")
Refreshthecurrentpage
fromtheWeb
"Refreshpage"or"Reloadpage"
(Firefox and Internet Explorer only. For Chrome, you can say "press
F5.")
Clickabutton "Click"followedbyallorpartofthebuttonname.
Iftherearemultiplematches,DragonNaturallySpeakingdisplaysa
numbernexttoeachone.Saythenumberofthebuttonyouwantto
click.AredarrowpointstoyourchoiceandthenDragon
NaturallySpeakingclicksit.
Clickalinkthatisaword
orphrase
"Click"followedbythelinktextorpartofthetext.
Iftherearemultiplematches,saythenumberofthelinkyouwantto
click,orsaythetextforthelink.Aredarrowhighlightsyourchoice
andthenDragonNaturallySpeakingopensthelinktothe
associatedWebpage.
Clickonanimagethatisa
link
Say"Click"andthetextthatappearswhenthemousepointer
movesovertheimage,forexample,"ClickDragon"if"Dragon"is
thetextthatappears.
StoploadingaWebpage "StopLoading"(FirefoxandInternetExploreronly)
Loadthepreviouspagein
thehistorylist
"GoBack"(FirefoxandInternetExploreronly)
Loadthenextpageinthe
historylist
"GoForward"(FirefoxandInternetExploreronly)
Loadyourhomepage "GoHome"(FirefoxandInternetExploreronly)
Openabrowsertabina
newbrowserwindow
"Openthisinanewwindow"(FirefoxandInternetExploreronly)
Openacurrently
displayedWebpagein
anotherbrowsertabthat
staysinthebackground
"Openthisinabackgroundtab"(FirefoxandInternetExploreronly)
"Openthisinanewtab"
201
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers
To Say
ActivatetheFavoritesand
RSSiconinIE9,10,and
11
"ClickFavorites"(FirefoxandInternetExploreronly)
Using tabs
To Say
Openanewtab "AddaNewTab"
"OpenaNewTab"
"CreateaNewTab"or
"presscontrolt"
Closethetab "CloseThisTab"or
"presscontrolw"
Gotothenexttab "GototheNextTab"
"SwitchtotheNextTab"
"MovetotheNextTab"
Gototheprevioustab "GotothePreviousTab"
"SwitchtothePreviousTab"
"MovetothePreviousTab"
Gotothefirsttab
*These commands don’t work in
Firefox. They work in Chrome and
Internet Explorer only.
"GototheFirstTab"
"SwitchtotheFirstTab"
"MovetotheFirstTab"
Gotothelasttab
*These commands don’t work in Firefox.
They work in Chrome and Internet Explorer
only.
"GototheLastTab"
"SwitchtotheLastTab"
"MovetotheLastTab"
Gotothe[nth]tab
*These commands don’t work in Firefox.
They work in Chrome and Internet Explorer
only.
"GototheThirdTab"
"SwitchtotheThirdTab"
"MovetotheThirdTab"
Bookmarkallopentabs "BookmarkAllTabs"(ChromeandFirefoxonly)
Clicking page elements and entering text
TheDragonWebExtensionallowsyoutoclicktheelementsonthepage,suchasbuttons
andlinks,byvoice.IfyoudonotinstallandenabletheDragonwebextension,youcannot
clickpageelementsbyvoice;inaddition,FullTextControlisnotavailablefordictationinthe
202
Dragon Installation and User Guide
browsersandWebapplications.Withouttheextension,you'llneedtoclickWebpage
elementsusingyourmouseandkeyboard,anddictatecontentusingtheDictationBox.
Tousethecommandsbelow,you'llneedtoinstalltheextensionforyourbrowser.Formore
information,seeInstallingandenablingtheDragonWebExtension.
To Say
Showallplacesonthepagewhereyoucan
entertext
"ClickTypeText"
or
"ClickEditBox"
or
"ClickTextField"
Showallcheckboxesonthepage "ClickCheckBox"
Showallimagesonthepagewithlinks "ClickImage"
Showallbuttonsonthepage "ClickButton"
Showalllinksonthepage "ClickLink"
Showallradiobuttonsonthepage "ClickRadioButton"
Showallboxesonthepagewithlistsof
choices
"ClickListBox"
Openalistofchoices "ShowChoices"
Closealistofchoices "HideChoices"
Chooseanentryfromalistofchoices "Choose<text>,"forexample,"Choose
HardwareCompatibilityGuide."Saying
"Choose"isoptional.
Notes
YoucanusemosttextselectioncommandswhenyouworkwithtextthatyouenterinaWeb
form.
Usethe"Choose<n>"commandlistedunderNavigatingtheWebtoselectamongmultiple
choices.
203
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers
Moving around a Web page
To Say
Movethepagedownbyascreen "PageDown"
Movethepageupbyascreen "PageUp"
Movedowntothebottomofthepage "ScrollDown"
Moveuptothetopofthepage "ScrollUp"
Movethepagedownbyafewlinesoftext "LineDown"
Movethepageupbyafewlinesoftext "LineUp"
Displaythetopofthecurrentpage "GoToTop"
Displaythebottomofthecurrentpage "GoToBottom"
Startautomaticdownwardscrolling "StartScrollingDown"
Startautomaticupwardscrolling "StartScrollingUp"
Stopautomaticscrolling "StopScrolling"
Increasetherateofautomaticscrolling "ScrollFaster"
Decreasetherateofautomaticscrolling "ScrollSlower"
Internet Explorer commands
ThefollowingcommandsarespecifictoInternetExplorer.SeealsotheDragonLearning
CenterandCommandBrowser.
New commands for Internet Explorer 9 and 10
DragonprovidesvoicesupportforpinningWebsitesorspecificWebpagestotheWindows
Startmenu.(Then,whenyouopenthesiteorpagefromthere,itdisplaysasaseparate
browsericonontheWindowstaskbar.)
To pin a Web site or page to the Start menu
1. Say"Pinthis[web]site|pagetoStartmenu."Adialogboxdisplays,whereyoucan
updatetheaddressfortheWebpagetobeadded.
Note:If you are using Windows 8 machine and IE 10, the command is "Pin this [web] site
| page to Start Screen". Using this command adds an icon of the site to the Start Screen.
2. Sayorclick"Add"tocompletethecommand.
204
Dragon Installation and User Guide
InternetExplorer9,10,and11supportenteringWebsearchtermsinthesameboxthat
displaystheURLofthepageyouareviewing.TheboxiscalledtheOneBoxorAddressBar.
To move the cursor to the One Box
n Say"gototheOneBox."
Notes
Home button and Home menu
InternetExplorer9hasbothaHomebutton ,whichdisplaysinthetop-rightcornerofthe
browserwindow,andaseparateHomemenu,availablefromtheCommandbarasshown
here:
Ifbotharedisplayed,DragonusuallyrecognizestheHomebuttonwhenyousaythe"Home"
command.
Tools menus
InternetExplorer9hasamainToolsmenu,whichdisplayswhenyouclickthecogicon in
thetop-rightcornerofthebrowserwindow,andasecondaryToolsmenuontheCommand
bar.
Ifbotharedisplayed,DragonusuallyopensthemainToolsmenuwhenyousaythe"Tools"
command.
Using Quick tabs
n displayquicktabs
n hidequicktabs
n unhidequicktabs
n openquicktabs
n showquicktabs
n turnquicktabson
n turnquicktabsoff
n viewquicktabs
Using feeds
n openfeeds
n closefeeds
n showfeeds
n displayfeeds
n viewfeeds
n hidefeeds
205
Chapter 15: Working with Web browsers
n unhidefeeds
n togglefeeds
n switchtofeeds
206
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop
Chapter 16: Working on Your
Desktop
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Startingandexitingprograms 208
UsingWindowsDesktopcommands 210
Controllingmenus 213
Selectingbuttonsanddialogboxoptions 213
Selectingtabsinadialogbox 214
Resizingandclosingwindows 214
Selectingandopeningicons 215
Scrollinginwindowsandlists 215
SearchingyourDesktopbyvoice 216
Switchingbetweenprogramsandwindows 217
Starting and exiting programs
UsethefollowingvoicecommandstoopenprogramsthatappearanywhereonyourStart
menuoryourDesktop(evenwhentheStartmenuorDesktoparenotvisible).
Attention
TheabilitytoopenadesktoporStartmenuitembynameatanytimeisanoption.Turningit
offcanreducecomputermemoryuseandeliminatemisrecognitionsofdictationas
commands.SeeEnablelaunchingfromtheStartmenuintheDragonHelp.
To start a program
Say"Start"followedbytheprogramname.
Insteadof"start,"youcanalsosay"open,""launch"or"show."Forexample,say"open
Notepad."
Shorter names for popular programs
ForthepopularWindowsprogramslistedhere,youcanuseshorterprogramnamesin
additiontothestandardprogramlabelshownontheStartmenuorundertheprogramicon
ontheDesktop.Forotherprogramsyou'llneedtosaythestandardprogramlabel.
208
Dragon Installation and User Guide
n MSWord,MicrosoftWord,MicrosoftOfficeWord
n MSExcel,MicrosoftExcel
n MSOutlook,MicrosoftOutlook
n MSPowerPoint,MicrosoftPowerPoint
n MSAccess,MicrosoftAccess
n MSInfoPath,MicrosoftInfoPath
n InternetExplorer,MicrosoftInternetExplorer
n Firefox,MozillaFirefox
n Chrome,GoogleChrome
n CorelWordPerfect,WordPerfect
n AcrobatReader
n LotusNotes
Examples:
Say"StartMicrosoftWord"
Or
Say"StartAcrobatReader"
Notes
Youcanalsostartyourstandarddesktopemailclientbysaying"StartMail."SeeWorkingin
e-mailprogramsfordetails.
To start any other programs
TostartotherWindowsdesktopprograms,youneedtoknowthenameoftheprogram
shortcutoricon.Say"start"andthenthetextontheprogramiconlabel.
Examples:
MicrosoftVisualBasic,listedinWindowslikethis:
Say"StartMicrosoftVisualBasic2008ExpressEdition"
OR
AdobeAcrobatPro,listedinWindowslikethis:
Say"StartAdobeAcrobat9Pro"
Tip
Tosimplifystartcommandsortorunprogramsusingnamesofyourchoice,youcanrename
DesktopiconsorcreatenewWindowsShortcuts.SeeyourWindowsdocumentationfor
details.
To exit a program
Withanywindowthathastheactivefocusonyourscreen,say"CloseWindow,"orsay
"ClickClose"
209
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop
Notes
n Toaccesssomebuilt-initemsonthemainsectionoftheWindowsStartmenu,
includingShutDown,Help,Run,andtheFavorites,Find,andSettingsmenus,you
mustsay"ClickStart"or"ClickStartMenu"andthensaythemenunamesyouwant
untilyoureachtheprogram.Forexample,tostarttheFindFilesorFolderstool,say
"ClickStart"andthen"FindFilesorFolders."
n InsomeversionsofWindowsyoumustcloseanyopenapplicationsbeforeyoucan
usethevoicecommand"ShutDownWindows"toexitWindows.
n OnsomeversionsofWindows,youcancontrolInternetExplorermenusanddialog
boxesbyvoiceonlyifthe"Voice-enablemenus,buttons,andothercontrols,
excluding"boxisselectedontheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n TouseDragonNaturallySpeakingtooperateWindowsmenusanddialogbox
controlsbyvoice,theoptionVoice-enablemenus,buttonsandothercontrolsmust
remainenabledintheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialogbox.Thesetting
ensuresthattheWindowsActiveAccessibilityfeatureallowsvoicecontrolof
Windowsmenusandcontrols.Thisoptionisturnedonbydefault.
Using Windows Desktop commands
YoucanusevoicecommandstoperformmanyactionsontheWindowsDesktop,asshown
inthetablebelow.
Notes
n Insteadofdictatingtheverb"open,"youcanalsosay"start,""launch"or"show."For
example,say"startNotepad."
n Fordetailsabouthowtosayprogramnames,seeStartingandexitingprograms.
n SeeAbouttheCommandBrowserformorevariantsofallcommandslistedhereand
seeCreatingnewcommandsintheDragonHelpforinformationabouthowtocreate
yourowncommands.
n Itemsinsquarebracketsareoptional.
210
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To do this You can say
OpenWindowsspecialfolders
OpenyourMyComputer
window
"OpenMyComputer"
OpenyourMyDocumentsfolder "OpenMyDocuments"
OpenyourMyPicturesfolder "OpenMyPictures"
OpenyourMyMusicfolder "OpenMyMusic"
OpenyourMyVideosfolder "OpenMyVideos"
Startapplicationsandutilities
Startaprogrambyname "Open<programname>"
Note:Thiscommandcanbeturnedofftoreducecomputermemoryuseandeliminate
misrecognitionsofdictationascommands.SeeEnablelaunchingfromtheStartmenuinthe
DragonHelp.
OpenWindowsExplorer "OpenWindowsExplorer"
OpenWindowsHelpand
SupportCenter
"OpenWindowsHelp"
OpentheWindowsTask
Manager
"OpenTaskManager"
OpentheWindowsRundialog
box
"OpenRundialog"
OpentheWindowsSystem
ConfigurationUtility(msconfig)
"OpenSystemConfigurationUtility"
OpentheWindowsControl
Panel
"OpenControlPanel"
OpentheWindowsPrint
Manager
"OpenPrintManager"
AddaprintertoyourWindows
system
"Addanewprinter"
Addorremoveprogramstoyour
Windowssystem
"OpenAddorRemoveProgramswindow"
211
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop
To do this You can say
ChangetheWindowsDisplay
Settings
"ChangeDisplaySettings"
ChangetheWindowsscreen
resolution
"Changescreenresolution"
ChangeWindowsPower
Settings
"Changepowersettings"
Navigatebetweenwindows
Switchbetweenwindows "Listprograms"or"Listallwindows"or"Listwindowsfor
Dragon"andthen"Choosen,"wherenisthenumberofthe
windowyouwanttoswitchto.Forexample,say"Choose2"
OR
"Switchtopreviouswindow"
OR
"Switchtonextwindow."
Switchtoaspecificprogramor
document
"Switchto<programname>"Forexample,say"Switchto
MicrosoftWord"
OR
"Switchto<documentname>"
OR
"Listwindowsfor<programname>"SeeSwitchingbetween
programsandwindows
Workwithwindows
Enlargetheactivewindowtothe
sizeofyourmonitor'sscreen
"Maximizewindow"
Minimizetheactivewindow "Minimizewindow"
Closetheactivewindow "Closewindow"
Minimizeallwindowsand
displaytheWindowsDesktop
"ShowDesktop"
"Minimize[all]windows"
Returnamaximizedwindowto
itsoriginalsize
"Restorewindow"
Restoreallminimizedwindows "Restore[all]windows"
212
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Controlling menus
Youcanopen,close,andchooseitemsfromthemenusinmostprogramsbyvoice.Tocontrol
themenusinawindow,thewindowmustbeactive.
To open a menu
Sayoneofthefollowing:
"Click"followedbythenameofthemenu.
Justsaythemenuname.
Example:
"ClickFile"or"File"
Dragon'sdefaultsettingistorequirethatyousay"Click"toselectmenusandcontrols.See
Require"Click"toselectmenusRequire"Click"toselectmenusintheDragonHelp.
To choose an item from an open menu
Justsaytheitem(youcanstillsay"Click"butDragondoesn'tneedyouto).
Example:
IftheFilemenuisopen,say"New"
To close a menu
Say"Cancel"
Notes
n Say"ClickStartMenu"or"ClickStart"toopentheStartmenu.Youmustsay"Click"to
opentheStartmenu.Bydefault,youmustsay"Click"beforethenameofmenusin
commands.Tochangethesetting,seeRequire"Click"toselectmenusRequire"Click"
toselectmenusintheDragonHelp.
n Saying"Cancel"isequivalenttopressingtheESCkey.
n InsomeversionsofWindows,afeaturecalledActiveAccessibilityallowsyoutocontrol
certainwindowsmenusandcontrolsbyvoice.IfyourversionofWindowssupports
ActiveAccessibility,the"Voice-enablemenus,buttons,andothercontrols,excluding"
optionontheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialogboxmustbeoninordertouse
voicecommandstocontrolmenus.WhenyoufirstinstallDragonNaturallySpeaking,
thisoptionisonbydefault.
Selecting buttons and dialog box options
Youcanselectbuttonsanddialogboxoptionsbyvoice.
Thedialogboxmustbetheactivewindow.
To select a button, checkbox or option
Say"Click"followedbythenameofthebuttonorothercontrol,asitappearsinthewindow.
213
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop
Saying"Click"beforethenameofthebuttonrequired.Ifyouwanttomakeitoptionalyoucan
specifythat"Click"oughtnotbespokenontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
To open a list
Ifthelistisselected(theitemdisplayedishighlighted),say"ExpandList"or"DropList."Ifthe
listisnotselectedsaythenameofthelist.Toopenthenextlist,say"PressTab"andthen
either"ExpandList"or"DropList."
To click the Close or OK buttons
Say"Close"or"ClickClose,""OK"or"ClickOK."
Notes
n Youcannotsaythefollowingitems:filenamesindialogboxes,foldernamesindialog
boxes,namesofitemswithinlistboxes,andtoolbaricons.
n OnsomeversionsofWindows,youcancontrolInternetExplorermenusanddialog
boxesbyvoiceonlyifthe"Voice-enablemenus,buttons,andothercontrols,
excluding"boxisselectedontheMiscellaneoustaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
Selecting tabs in a dialog box
Youcanselecttabsonatabbeddialogbox(suchastheOptionsdialogboxinDragon
NaturallySpeaking)inthefollowingmanner:
To Say
Selectthenexttab "MovetoNextTab"
"GotoNextTab"
"ClickNextTab"
Selecttheprevioustab "MovetoPreviousTab"
"GotoPreviousTab"
"ClickPreviousTab"
Note
Ifthetabhasacaptionwithashortcutkey(underlinedcharacter)youcansay"Click"
followedbythenameofthetab.
Resizing and closing windows
Youcanresizeandclosewindowsbyvoice.
To resize a window
1. Makethewindowyouwanttoresizeactive.
2. Say"MaximizeWindow,""MinimizeWindow,"or"RestoreWindow."
214
Dragon Installation and User Guide
To close a window
1. Makethewindowyouwanttocloseactive.
2. Say"CloseWindow."
Note
ThesecommandsonlyworkwhenyouareusinganEnglishversionofyouroperatingsystem.
Ifyouhaveadifferentversionoftheoperatingsystem,youmustsay"Click"andthecommand
usedbythatsysteminplaceof"Maximize,""Minimize,"or"Restore."
Selecting and opening icons
YoucanselecticonsontheDesktopinthefollowingmanner:
To select a desktop icon
1. PointtotheWindowsdesktopandsay"MouseClick"tomakethedesktopactive.
2. Saythenameofanicon.Forexample,"MyDocuments."
Theiconbecomeshighlightedtoindicatethatitisselected.
3. Toselectanothericon,say"Move"followedbyadirection(Left,Right,Up,orDown)and
thenumberoficons(upto20)youwanttomove.Forexample,"MoveRight1"or"Move
Up3."
Youcanopeniconsonthedesktopinthefollowingmanner:
To open a desktop icon (including an application)
1. PointtotheWindowsdesktopandsay"MouseClick"tomakethedesktopactive.
2. Say"Open"andthenameofanicon.Forexample,"OpenMyDocuments."
Youcancloseanopenwindowinthefollowingmanner:
To close an open window
1. Pointtotheopenwindowandsay"MouseClick"tomakethewindowactive.
2. Say"CloseWindow."
Scrolling in windows and lists
WithDragonNaturallySpeakingyoucanscrollwithinawindoworlistinadialogbox.
To scroll vertically
Makesuretheinsertionpointisinthelistofadialogboxandsay"MoveDown"or"Move
Up"followedbythenumberoflines(upto20)youwanttoscroll.ThispressestheUpor
DownArrowkeythenumberoftimesyouspecify.Youcanalsosay"PageUp"or"Page
Down"topressthePageUporPageDownkey.
Examples:
"MoveUp10"
"MoveDown4"
215
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop
"PageUp"
To scroll horizontally
Ifthelistorwindowhasahorizontalscrollbar,makesuretheinsertionpointisinthelistor
dialogboxandsay"MoveLeft"or"MoveRight"followedbyanumberupto20.This
pressestheLeftorRightarrowkeysthenumberoftimesyouspecify.
Examples:
"MoveLeft10"
"MoveRight5"
Note
YoucanusethesecommandstoscrollHelpwindowsbyvoice.
Searching your Desktop by voice
UsetheDragonVoiceShortcutsinthistopictosearchyourDesktopbyvoice.
Thesearchcommandsrequirethatyouhavethird-partyindexing/searchsoftwareinstalled.
DragonNaturallySpeakingsupportsthefollowingsearchsoftware:
n GoogleDesktop
n Windows7andWindows8search
ThefollowingtableliststhetypesofDesktopcommandsthatDragonNaturallySpeaking
supports,anexamplecommand,andadescriptionofwhathappensafteryousaythe
command:
216
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Command
Type
Syntax
Example
command
What happens
Searchyour
computer
search[the]
computerfor
[the]<dictation>
"Searchthe
computerfor
budget
spreadsheets"
Thesearchenginedisplaysallindexed
itemswiththekeywords"budget
spreadsheets".
Searche-mail searche-mail
for[the]
<dictation>
"Searche-mail
forthebudget"
Thesearchenginedisplaysallindexed
emailwiththekeyword"budget"
Note:Youcanusethetermse-mail,
mail,ormessageinterchangeably.
Findthetop-
rankedemail
find[an]email
(about|on)[the]
<dictation>
"Findanemail
aboutthe
vacation
schedule"
Thesearchenginedisplaysthetop-
rankedemailforthekeyword"vacation
schedule".
Search
documents
search[the]
(documents|
files)for[the]
<dictation>
"Search
documentsfor
budget"
Thesearchenginedisplaysallindexed
documentswiththekeyword"budget".
Note:Youcanusetheterms
documentsandfilesinterchangeably.
Searchyour
Webhistory,
favorites,or
bookmarks
search[the]
<category>for
[the]<dictation>
"Searchthe
Webhistoryfor
thebudget
forecast"
Thesearchenginedisplayssearch
resultscontainingallpagesfromyour
Webhistorythatusethekeyword
"budget".
Validsearchcategoriesare:
-favorites
-bookmarks
-Webhistory
Enabling or disabling searching the Desktop by voice
ToenableordisablesearchingtheDesktopbyvoice,opentheCommandstaboftheOptions
dialogboxanddooneofthefollowing:
Selectordeselectthe"EnableDesktopsearchcommands"checkbox.
Theoptionisenabledbydefault.
Switching between programs and windows
Usethisproceduretodoanyofthefollowing:
n Listandswitchbetweenopenprogramsorwindows.
n Listandswitchbetweenwindowsofmulti-documentapplications.
n ListandswitchbetweenopenDragonwindows.
217
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop
Note
YoucanusethiscommandtoswitchtoyourWebbrowser,butthiscommanddoesnotlist
opentabsinyourwebbrowser.Forinformationonbrowsertabs,seeWorkingwithaWeb
Browser.
To switch between open programs or windows
1. Doanyofthefollowing:
Tolistallopenprograms,say"ListPrograms"or"Listallwindows."TheListofOpen
Applicationswindowopens.Forexample,
Or
Tolistopenwindowsofmulti-documentapplications,say"Listwindowsfor<program
name>"Forexample,say"ListwindowsforMicrosoftWord"TheListofWindowsopens.
Forexample,
218
Dragon Installation and User Guide
TolistallopenDragonwindows,say"ListwindowsforDragon"or"ListDragonwindows".
ThelistofDragonwindowsopens.Forexample,
Forinformationaboutdictatingprogramnames,seeStartingandexitingprograms.
219
Chapter 16: Working on Your Desktop
2. Toswitchtoanopenprogramorwindow:
Say"Choosen,"wherenisthenumberoftheprogramorwindowyouwanttoswitchto,
orjustsaythenumbernexttotheword.Forexample,say"Choose2"or"2"
OR
ChoosethenumberoftheprogramorwindowfromthelistandclickOK.
220
Chapter 17: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard
Chapter 17: Controlling the
Mouse and Keyboard
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Controllingthekeyboard 222
Movingthemousepointer 224
Movecommands 224
Optionalmovecommands 224
Stoppingmousemovement 225
PositioningthemousepointerwithMouseGrid 225
Clickinganddraggingthemouse 226
Clickingthemouse 227
Draggingthemouse 227
Stoppingmousemovement 228
Controlling the keyboard
WhenDragonNaturallySpeakingisrunning,youcancontrolthekeyboardbyvoice.
222
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Say Then say
"Press" "Tab"
"PressKey" "Backspace"
"Type" "CapsLock"
"Enter"
"Escape"
"SpaceBar"
"PrintScreen"
"ScrollLock"
"Pause"
"NumLock"
"UpArrow"
"DownArrow"
"RightArrow"
"LeftArrow"
"Home"
"End"
"PageUp"
"PageDown"
"Insert"
"Delete"
"Function1"to"Function12"
"Keypad"followedbyanynumerickeypadkey:0...9,.,/,*,-,+,Enter).
"Shift,""Control,"or"Alt"(aloneorincombination)followedbyanyotherkey.
223
Chapter 17: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard
Notes
n Youcansay"Press"or"Type"followedbyanycombinationofmodifierkeys(Shift,
Control,Alt),andthenanyletter,number,symbol,arrowkey,andsoon.
n Youcansay"PressTab"tomovearoundadialogboxoralistand"PressEnter"to
selectitems.
n Youcannotundoakeystrokebysaying"ScratchThat."Forexample,ifyousay
"PressCapA"then"ScratchThat,""A"remainsinthedocument.Youcan,however,
say"UndoThat."
Moving the mouse pointer
Youcanmovethemousepointerup,down,left,orrightusingthemousepointercommands.
Move commands
Thefollowingcommandsarealwaysavailableandcanmovethepointerashortdistance(up
to10units):
Say Thensay Thensay
"Mouse" "Up"
"Down"
"Left"
"Right"
"<1—10>"
Examples:
"MouseDownTwo"
"MouseRightEight"
Optional move commands
Youcanusethefollowingmovementcommandsifthe"Enablemousemotioncommands"
boxontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogboxisselected.
224
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Say Then a direction Then a speed (optional)
"MoveMouse"or "Up" "Faster"
"MouseMove" "Down" "VeryFast"
"Left" "MuchFaster"
"Right" "Slower"
"UpperLeft" "VerySlow"
"LowerLeft" "MuchSlower"
"UpperRight"
"LowerRight"
Youcansayaspeedcommandatanytimewhilethepointerismovingtospeedthe
movementuporslowitdown.
Examples:
"MoveMouseDownFaster"
"MouseMoveLowerRightVeryFast"
"MouseMoveUpVeryFast(pause)Slower(pause)Stop"
Stopping mouse movement
Whilethemousepointerismoving,youcanstopthemovementbysayingoneofthefollowing
commands:
n "Stop"
n "Cancel"
Notes
n Youcancombinemovingthemousepointerwithclickingthemouseormarkingand
draggingtheobjectinasinglevoicecommand.
n Youcandisablethemousemotioncommandsbyclearingthecheckbox"Enable
mousemotioncommands"ontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n Thedefaultmousemotionspeedis2(onascalefrom1to25).Youcanchangethe
defaultspeedbyclickingtheSpeedbuttonontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialog
boxandselectinganewspeed.
Positioning the mouse pointer with MouseGrid
YoucanpositionthemousepointeranywhereonthescreenusingMouseGrid.The
movementcanberelativetothefullscreenortheactivewindow.
225
Chapter 17: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard
To position the pointer with MouseGrid
1. Say"MouseGrid"toplacetheMouseGridoverthefullscreenorsay"MouseGridWindow"
toplaceitovertheactivewindow.
MouseGriddividesthescreenorwindowintoninenumberedareas.
2. Saythenumber(from1to9)topositionthepointerinthatnumberedarea.Topositionit
again,sayanothernumber.
Youcanpauseslightlyaftereachnumberyousay.
Examples:
"MouseGrid325"
"MouseGridWindow78"
Notes
n TohaveMouseGridcloseautomatically,endtheMouseGridcommandwith"Go."For
example,say"MouseGrid53Go."
n ToundothelastMouseGridaction,say"UndoThat."
n TocloseMouseGrid,say"Cancel."
n MouseGridwillclosewhenthemicrophoneisturnedoff,orwhenyousaythe
command"GoToSleep."
n YoucancombinetheMouseGridcommandwithclickingthemouseormarkingand
draggingtheobjectinasinglevoicecommand.Forexample,youcansay"MouseGrid
53Double-Click."
Clicking and dragging the mouse
Youcanclickanddragthemousebyvoice.
226
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Clicking the mouse
Say Thensay Thensay
"Mouse" "Click"
–
"Double-Click"
–
"Right-Click"
–
"Left-Click"
–
"Press"or"Type"
"Shift" "RightClick"
"LeftClick"
"Control" "RightClick"
"LeftClick"
Examples:
"MouseDouble-Click"
"MouseRight-Click"
"PressShiftRightClick"
"TypeControlLeftClick"
Dragging the mouse
YoucanusethefollowingmovementcommandsifyouselecttheEnablemousemotion
commandscheckboxontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
227
Chapter 17: Controlling the Mouse and Keyboard
Say Then a direction Then a speed (optional)
"DragMouse"(tomove) "Up" "Faster"
"MouseDrag"(tomove) "Down" "VeryFast"
"ControlMouseDrag"(tocopy)
or
"ControlDragMouse"
"Right" "MuchFaster"
"Left" "Slower"
"UpperRight" "VerySlow"
"UpperLeft" "MuchSlower"
"LowerRight"
"LowerLeft"
Youcansayaspeedcommandatanytimewhilethepointerismovingtospeedthe
movementuporslowitdown.
Examples:
"DragMouseDownFaster"
"MouseDragLowerRightVeryFast"
"MouseDragUpVeryFast(pause)Slower(pause)Stop"
"ShiftDragMouseUp"
Stopping mouse movement
Whilethemousepointerismoving,youcanstopthemovementbysayingoneofthe
followingcommands:
n "Stop"
n "Cancel"
Notes
n Youcancombinedraggingthemousepointerandclickingthemouse.Forexample,
toopenanapplicationfromtheDesktop,youcansay"MouseDragLowerLeft"and
whentheDesktopiconisselected,say"Double-Click."
n Youcandisablethemousemotioncommandsbyclearingthecheckbox"Enable
mousemotioncommands"ontheCommandstaboftheOptionsdialogbox.
228
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Chapter 18: Improving
recognition accuracy
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
TheDragonAccuracyCenter 240
RecognitionModes 243
TeachingDragontoUnderstandYouBetter 247
PersonalizingyourDragonVocabulary 250
ManagingVocabularies 258
Top 10 ways to improve accuracy
Here'sourtop10listofwaystooptimizeDragon'sabilitytorecognizeyourspeech.
1. Use careful dictation practices DictatingwithDragonisdifferentthantalkingto
someone.Whenwetalk,weoftenhesitate,mumble,slurwords,orleavewordsout
altogether,butwe'restillabletounderstandeachother.Andpeoplecaneasilyfilterout
noise,whichletsusunderstandeachother,eveninnoisyenvironments,likerestaurants,
butspeechsoftwareneedshelpseparatingdictationfromothersounds.Withdictation,
theideaistospeakinaconsistentspeedandvolume-trynottohesitate,exaggerate
yourpronunciation,ortalkloudlyorslowly.Somakesurebackgroundnoisedoesn't
drownyououtandthatyouhavethemicrophonecloseenoughforDragontohearyou
properly,usuallyaboutaninchfromyourmouthandtooneside.Also,rememberto
dictateusingcompletephrases,sothatDragongetsthecontext.Forexample,weuse
ourexperienceandcommonsensetodecidewhethersomeonesaid"IScream,"or"Ice
Cream."ButDragondoesn'tunderstandwhatwordsmean,soitcan'tusecommon
sensethewaywedo.Instead,Dragoninterpretsyourspeechbyusingitsknowledgeof
wordsthattendtoappeartogether.Dragoncalculateshowfrequentlyyouusewordsand
phrasesandcanofferyousuggestionswhenitmakesmistakes.Trytothinkaboutyour
wholephraseorsentencebeforeyoustartdictateit,andyou'llbeonyourwaytodictation
mastery.Formoreinformation,seeDictationBasics.
2. Import lists of words or phrasesRatherthanaddingwordsorphrasesoneatatime,
youcanimportoneormorelists.Thelistscanevenincludespokenforms.Thismethod
canbeparticularlyusefulforbusinessesthathavealotofpeopledictatingsimilarnames
orwordsorifyouneedtousemorethanoneuserprofile.Formoreinformation,see
PreparingalistofcustomwordstoaddtoaVocabulary.
230
Dragon Installation and User Guide
3. Learn from specific documentsYoucanselectspecificdocumentsorentirefolders
containingtypicaldocuments,yourownorthoseofothers,thatreflectthetypeofdictation
youwilltypicallydo.YoucanthentrainDragonhowyoupronounceunusualwordsor
aboutpropernamesyouneedtodictate.Forexample,ifyouwereanacademicandran
thetooltoaddwordsfromessaysandarticlesinyourfieldofstudy,orabloggerusingalot
ofnewacronyms,Dragonwouldautomaticallylearnyourwords,wordfrequencyand
contexts,andmakebetterguessesaboutyourspeech.Dragonalsomoveswordsfromits
backupdictionarytoitsactivevocabularybasedonthescan.Iftherearealotofwordsto
train,you'llneedtoplanthisactivitywhenyouhaveafewminutestospendaddingthe
words.
4. Learn from sent e-mailsSimilartoLearnfromspecificdocuments,thistoolhelpsrefine
yourprofilebyanalyzingrepresentativetext,onlyinthiscaseitanalyzese-mailmessages
sentfromyourinstalledemailprogram.Inadditiontoanalyzingfrequencyofworduseand
typicalwordsequences,itcansuggestcontactnamesyoumaywanttoaddtothe
vocabulary.Note:Forthefirstrun,planthisactivitywhenyoucanletDragonuseyour
computerfor5to30minutes.Subsequentscansbuildonthefirstone,however,andare
muchfaster.
5. Run Accuracy TuningThisprocessrefinesyouruserprofilebyanalyzingaudioandtext
datathatDragonarchivesfromyourdictation.YoucanlaunchAccuracyTuningfromthe
NewDragonBarorClassicDragonBarAudiomenuorscheduleittorunlater.Choosea
timewhenyourcomputerisonbutyoucancloseDragon–forexample,whenyoutypically
haveamealorameeting.
6. Perform additional trainingDragonlearnsabouthowyoupronouncewordsandyour
vocaltoneswhenyoucreateyouruserprofile,butitcanlearnmoreifyoureadoneormore
ofthesuppliedtrainingtexts.Werecommendyoureadatrainingtextafterafewhoursof
usingDragon.OntheDragonBar,selectAudio>ReadTexttoImproveAccuracy.
7. Turn off what you don't useVisitthePerformanceAssistantforusefulstrategiesfor
optimizingaccuracyandspeedwithDragon.Forexample,youcanturnofftheabilityto
"voice-click"menus,buttonsandothercontrolsinsomeorallprograms,ortheabilityto
openitemsfromtheWindowsStartmenuordesktop.Turningofftheseoptionsreduces
Dragon'suseofcomputerresourcesandreducesthepossibilityofisolatedwordsor
phrasesbeingexecutedascommands,suchas"ClickSend"or"OpenNetwork."
8. Use Smart Format RulestohaveDragonrecognizewhenyouchangeacustomorbuilt-
inauto-formattingoptionorwordpropertyforalphanumerictextoraword.Dragon
automaticallyappliesformattingtomanycommonspokenformsoftext,suchasWeband
e-mailaddresses,streetaddresses,dates,numbers,unitsofmeasure,andsoon.The
SmartFormatRulesfeaturerecognizesyourchangestorulesandofferstocustomizethe
settingstosuityourneedsasyouwork.Youcanalsoaddcustomwordpropertiestowords
tomakeDragon'stextentrymoreintuitiveandefficient.Bysettingwordproperties,you
specifyavarietyofoptionsthatcanbeassociatedwithvocabularyentries.Youcanspecify
thatawordbeprecededorfollowedbyspecificcharactersandcustomizepropertiesfor
placementorhandling.Forexample,questionmarksandexclamationmarkshavedefault
propertiesof"Precedeby(nothing)"and"Formatthenextwordcapitalized."
Or,youcanspecifyoneormoreforwords.IftheAlternateprintedformcheckboxis
selectedfor"meter,"whenyoudictatethewordafteranumberDragonentersonly"m."
Forexample,iftheAlternateformcheckboxisnotselected,andyoudictate"meter,"
Dragontypesthefullword,"meter."
231
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
9. Make correctionsYoucanpreventmanyerrorsusingthemethodslistedabove,butif
anerrordoeshappen,correctingitwillhelpDragontolearn.Redictatingorretyping
wordsorphrasesaresometimesthefastestapproach,butDragonprovidesalotof
flexibilityabouthowandwhenyoucorrecterrors.
10. Save your user profileRememberthatasDragonworksonyourdocumentswithyou,
itneedstosavewhatitlearns.Afteryoucorrectdictation,trainwords,orperformanyof
theotheraccuracyoptimizationoperations,saveyourprofiletosaveyourchangesfor
yournextsession.
Using Smart Format Rules
TheSmartFormatRulesboxmayappearwhenDragonnoticesthatyoucorrecteddictated
textcorrespondingtoanAuto-FormattingoptionorWordProperty.
Throughthisoptionalfeature,Dragonoffersyouoneormoreadjustmentstoitssettings.
WhenDragonpresentsaSmartFormatRulesbox,youcanchooseoneoftheadjustments
itoffers,oryoucanjustignoretheboxandcontinueworking(youcanalsosay“cancel”and
theboxwillclose).
HereisanexampleoftheSmartFormatRulesboxthatappearsifyouchangeinyourtext
thestandardabbreviationforkilograms,whichiskg:
What to do when a Smart Format Rules box appears
WhenDragondisplaysaSmartFormatRulesbox,youcanusuallydoanyofthefollowing:
n Ifyoudon'twantDragontoauto-formatthetextusingthisrulenowandinfuture
dictation,clickthefirstlineorsaychoose 1.
n IfyouwantDragontousethesameauto-formattingsettinginthefuture,clickthe
secondlineorsaychoose 2.
n Ifyoudon’twanttoadjustanysetting,ignorethisbox.Itwillgoawaywhenyou
continuedictatingorworkinginyourdocument.(Youcanalsosay“Cancel”todismiss
thebox.)
ThechoicesareslightlydifferentinthecaseofSmartFormatRulesaboutenteringzeros
ratherthantheword"million,"fornumbersgreaterthanorequalto10,andforword
properties.Fordetailsandexamples,seeOptionscontrolledbySmartFormatRulesbelow.
What causes the Smart Format Rules box to appear
TheSmartFormatRulesboxappearsafteryoueditdictatedtext,whetheryoumakethe
correctionusing
n theCorrectionmenu
n theSpellingwindow
232
Dragon Installation and User Guide
or
n thekeyboard.
Showing the last Smart Format Rule
IfaSmartFormatRulesboxappearsandyoucontinuedictatingorcancelitaccidentally,you
canredisplayitbysayingthecommand"ShowSmartFormatRule."Previouslyaccepted
rulescannotbedisplayed.
Disabling Smart Format Rules
IfyouwanttoturnofftheSmartFormatRulesfeature,youcandosofromtheCorrectiontab
oftheOptionsdialogbox.
1. OpentheDragonBar'sToolsmenuandclickOptions.Youcanalsosay"Switchto
DragonBar,"then"ClickTools,"then"Options."
2. ClicktheCorrectiontabthenclearthecheckboxnexttoShowSmartFormatRules"(or
say"clickShowSmartFormatRules").
3. ClickOKorsay"ClickOK"toclosethedialogbox.
Restoring a Smart Format Rule
YoucanrestoreadefaultintheAuto-formattingdialogboxorWordPropertiesdialogbox.
Anotherwaytorestoreasetting:correctthetexttotheformatyouwantandpickthe
correspondingrulefromtheSmartFormatRulesboxthatyourcorrectiontriggered.
Options controlled by Smart Format Rules
Auto-formattingWebande-mailaddresses
Turnsonautomatice-mailandWebaddressformatting,sothatyoucandictatethemas
youwouldnormallysaythemoutloud.Forexample,ifyousay"janedotsmithatmy
adventuretraveldotcom"Dragonenters"Jane.Smith@myadventuretravel.com."Dragon
substitutesthe@signforthespoken"at,"usesaperiodfor"dot,"andomitsspaces.Orif
yousay"wwwdotnuancedotcom,"Dragonenterswww.nuance.com.
Auto-formattingstreetaddresses
Turnsonautomaticformattingofpostaladdresses.Forexample,ifyousay"49orchard
lanebostonmassachusettsohtwofourfoursix,"DragonNaturallySpeakingenters"49
OrchardLane,Boston,MA02446."
CertainaddressescanbehardforDragonNaturallySpeakingtointerpret.Forexample,
"TwoHundredFortyFifthStreet"couldbeinterpretedas245thStreet,20045thStreet,or
2405thStreet.Inasituationlikethis,DragonNaturallySpeakingusescontexttotryto
determinewhatyoumeant.Insomecases,usingtheword"And"canhelptonarrowdown
thechoices.Intheexampleabove,saying"TwoHundredAndFortyFifthStreet"would
eliminate20045thStreetasapossibility.
For user profiles whose region setting is UK or Canada:Thisoptionalsoenables
theproperformattingofUKpostcodesandCanadianpostalcodes.Forexample,you
couldformatapostcodeforLondonbysaying"WTwoFourRJ"toenterW24RJ,and
formatapostalcodeforTorontobysaying"MFiveHTwoLTwo"toenterM5H2L2."
SeeChooseyourregionandvocabularyintheDragonHelp.
233
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
For user profiles whose region setting is United States:IfyouareusingaU.S.
Englishuserprofile,youcanenableUKpostcodesandCanadianpostalcodesfromthe
UKandCanadianpostcodesoptioninthisdialogbox.
See Choose your region and vocabulary in the Dragon Help.
Auto-formattingtitles
InsertsabbreviatedversionsofanytitleinDragon'sAbbreviatedtitleslist.Forexample,
"Mr."for"Mister,"or"Pres."for"President."
Auto-formattingdates
ControlshowDragonNaturallySpeakingformatsdateswhenyoudictatetheday,month,
andyeartogether.
Usethedrop-downbuttontoselecttheformatyouwanttousemostoften.Available
formatsare:
n DatesAsSpoken
n MonthD,YYYY
n MonthDD,YYYY
n MonD,YYYY
n MonDD,YYYY
n M/D/YYYY
n M/D/YY
n MM/DD/YYYY
n MM/DD/YY
n MM-DD-YY
n DMonth,YYYY
n D/M/YYYY
n D/M/YY
n DD/MM/YYYY
n DD/MM/YY
n DD-Mon-YY
n YYYY-MM-DD
Notes
n Ifyouclearthe"Dates"checkbox,Dragonwillnotapplyautomaticdateformatting.
Forexample,afterclearingthecheckbox,ifyoudictate"Julytwentyseventh,"
Dragonwillwrite"July27th."
Bydefault,Dragondoesnotusethenumeralformofnumberssmallerthan10,
whetherforcardinalnumbers(one,two,three...)orordinalnumbers(first,second,
third...).Ifthe"Dates"checkboxiscleared,Dragonwrites"the10thofJune"and
"theseventhofJune"unlessyouchangethedefaultsetting"Numbers,ifgreateror
234
Dragon Installation and User Guide
equalto"ontheAuto-FormattingOptionsdialogbox.
n Ifyouusethe"DatesAsSpoken"setting,DragonNaturallySpeakingneedsyouto
dictatedatesinanunambiguousway,usingthenameandnotthedigitforthe
month.Forexample,with"DatesAsSpoken"selected,Dragonwillcorrectlyformat
"Januaryeleventwothousandnine"and"theseventhofFebruarytwothousand
four"usingdateformats,butwillformat"elevenonetwothousandnine"asa
number.
Ifyoudictatedatesdifferently,forexampleyouusedigitstosaythemonth,try
selectingthevaluethatbestmatcheshowyoudictatethedate.Forexample,ifyou
normallysay"elevenonetwothousandnine",settingthedateformatto
"D/M/YYYY"willcauseDragontocorrectlytranscribethedate.
n Ifyouomittheyear,forexample,yousay"Julytwelve",DragonNaturallySpeaking
transcribes"July12"("ThetwelfthofJuly"becomes"12July")regardlessofwhich
dateformattingyouselect.
Auto-formattingcommonabbreviations
EnablesDragonNaturallySpeakingtorecognizemoststandardabbreviationswhile
transcribingyourdictation.Forexample,Dragonwouldrewrite"versus"as"vs.","Institute"
as"Inst.",and"Department"as"Dept."Formoreinformationaboutdictating
abbreviations,seeDictatingabbreviationsandacronyms.
Auto-formattingcontractions
EnablethisoptionifyouwantDragontoexpandcontractionswhenyoudictatethem.For
example,ifyousay"Don'tgonearthewater",DragonNaturallySpeakingtranscribes"Do
notgonearthewater".
Ifyouleavethisoptionturnedoff,DragonNaturallySpeakingenterscontractionstheway
youdictatethem.
Note:Insomesituations,theformalexpressionofacontractionmaybeambiguous.For
example,thephrase"It'salways"couldeithermean"Itisalways"or"Ithasalways,"
dependingonthetenseoftheverbthatfollows.Inthissituation,Dragon
NaturallySpeakingalwaysexpandsthecontraction,regardlessofhowthisoptionisset.
Auto-formatting“million”insteadof”,000,000”
EnablethisoptiontohaveDragonentertheword"million"ratherthanzerosandcommas
(",000,000")whenyoudictateroundnumbersinthemillions.Forexample,Dragonenters
"8million"ratherthan"8,000,000."
Ifanumberinthemillionsrangeisnotroundedtothenearestmillion,Dragonentersthe
numberasdigits.Forexample,ifyoudictate"eightmilliononehundredthousand"Dragon
enters"8,100,000".
Auto-formattingnumbers,ifgreaterthanorequalto
Entersnumbersasnumeralsiftheyareequaltoorgreaterthanthevalueshowninthe
235
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
drop-downlist.Ifthenumberislessthanthechosenvalue,thenumberisspelledout.For
example,usingthevalueof"10",Dragonwillwrite"five"whenyoudictate"five"and"11"
whenyoudictate"eleven".
Theavailablevaluesare:
n 0
n 2
n 10
n 100
Note:YoucanalsouseDragontoenternumbersasArabicorRomannumerals.See
Dictationcommands.
Auto-formattingunitsofmeasure
Turnsonautomaticformattingofstandardunitsofmeasure,suchasfeetandinches.For
example,ifyousay"SixFootThreeInches",DragonNaturallySpeakingenters6'3".
Ifaunitofmeasureisnotformattedinthewayyouexpect,youcanalsousetheWord
Propertiesdialogboxtouseanalternateformforthatparticularunitofmeasure.
Auto-formattingISOcurrencycodes
IfyouhaveselectedthePricesoption,thenyoucanselect"ISOcurrencycodes"to
displaycurrencyamountswiththeInternationalStandardsOrganizationcurrencysymbol
correspondingtotheregionandlanguagesetforyourWindowsoperatingsystemor,if
different,foryouruserprofile(seeHowregionandlanguageaffectnumberandcurrency
punctuation).
Forexample,ifyourprofile'sregionissettoUnitedStatesandyouenableboththePrices
andISOcurrencycodesAuto-Formattingoptions,whenyoudictate"TenDollars"
DragonNaturallySpeakingenters"USD10".
Auto-formattingphonenumbers
Turnsonautomaticformattingoftelephonenumbers.
For U.S. English User Profiles using the United States or Canada for the
Region:TurnsonautomaticformattingNorthAmericantelephonenumberswhenyou
speakasequenceofsevenortennumbers.Forexample,ifyousay"7815551234",
DragonNaturallySpeakingwilltranscribe"781-555-1234".
Notes
n Vanityphonenumberssuchas1-800-EXAMPLEarenotsupported.
n TheautomaticformattingofU.S.telephonenumbersisnotsupportedforuser
profileswithaUKRegionsetting.
For User Profiles using the UK for the Region:Turnsonautomaticformattingof
UKtelephonenumbers.
236
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Notes
n Countrycode+44canbedictatedas"fourfour","fortyfour"or"doublefour"witha
precedingplussign.Forexample,ifyousay"plus-signfourfourtwoninetwooh
sevenfoursevensevenfourseven",Dragontranscribes"+442920747747".
n Areacodesthataredictatedwithouttheprecedingcountrycodemustbedictated
withaleadingzero.Forexample,ifyousay"zerotwoninetwooheightsevennine
threetwoseven",Dragontranscribes"02920879327".
n Whenyoudictatea6-digitnumber,Dragontranscribesthenumberwithnospaces.
Whenyoudictatea7-digitor8-digitnumber,Dragontranscribesthenumberwitha
spacebeforethelast4digits.
n TheautomaticformattingofUKtelephonenumbersisnotsupportedforU.S.and
Canadian-baseduserprofiles.
Auto-formattingprices
Insertspricesandcurrenciesintheproperformatwiththeappropriatecurrencysymbol.
Forexample,"$10"insteadof"10dollars",or"€50"insteadof"50euros".
Supportedcurrenciesare:
ISO code Symbol Name
USD $ Dollars
Cents
USD US$ U.S.dollars
CAD C$ Canadiandollars
EUR € Euros
JPY ¥ Yen
GBP £ PoundsSterlingPence/Penny
CHF F Swissfrancs
Auto-formattingtimes
Turnsonautomaticformattingofstandardtimeformats.Forexample,ifyousay"SixThirty
PM",Dragonwilltranscribe"6:30PM".Dictatingstandardtimerunsona12hourclock,
lettingyoumakethedistinctionbetweenAMandPM.
Militarytime:WiththeTimeoptionenabled,youcanalsodictatetimesinmilitaryformat.
Forexample,ifyousay"sixteenhundredhours",Dragontranscribes"1600hrs".Ifyousay
"ohthreeohfivehours"or"zerothreezerofivehours",Dragontranscribes"0305hrs".
DictatingMilitarytimeusesa24-hourclockandabbreviates"hours"to"hrs".
237
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Auto-formattingUKandCanadianpostcodes
TurnsonproperformattingofUKpostcodesandCanadianpostalcodes.Forexample,
withtheoptionon,formataLondonpostcodebysaying"WTwoFourRJ"toenterW2
4RJ,andformataTorontopostalcodebysaying"MFiveHTwoLTwo"toenterM5H
2L2.
Auto-formattingothernumbers
Enablestheformattingofallnumbersnotcoveredbyotheroptionsonthisdialogbox,
suchasnegativenumbers,numberswithpunctuation,fractions,decimals,andRoman
numerals.
Note:DragonappliesAuto-formattingformixednumbersandalsoforfractionswhere
thedenominatoris5orgreater,butnotforsimplefractionslike"onehalf,""twothirds,"
and"threequarters."
Formoreinformation,seeDictatingnumbers.
Auto-formattingUSsocialsecuritynumbers
TurnsonautomaticformattingofU.S.SocialSecurityNumberswhenyouspeaka
sequenceof9numbers.Forexample,ifyousay"123456789,"Dragon
NaturallySpeakingenters"123-45-6789."
Auto-formattingusingWordProperties
UseWordPropertiestocustomizehowDragonenterswordsorphrasesasyoudictate
them.WordPropertiescanaddcustomspacingbeforeandafter,nextword
capitalization,settingsfornumbersbeforeandafter,orapplyalternatewrittenforms,
suchasabbreviations.
ToaddoreditWordProperties,seeCreatingWordProperties.
Note
n Ifyoumakeacorrectionthatcorrespondstoanauto-formattingoptionandaword
property,Dragondisplaysonlythesmartformatrulepromptforthewordproperty.
Adjusting Speed vs. Accuracy
Youcanincreaseproductspeedor,alternatively,increaserecognitionaccuracybyusingthe
Speedvs.Accuracyslider.
TheSpeedvs.Accuracysliderletsyoucontrolthenumberofwordsandphrasesthatthe
programexaminesinordertofindawordmatch.Themorewordsexamined,thegreaterthe
possibilityofanaccuratematchattheexpenseofusingmorememoryandtakingalonger
timetorecognizeyourspeech.
MovingtheslidercaninfluencetheperformanceofDragonNaturallySpeaking.Draggingthe
slidertowardaccuracysometimesincreasestheaccuracyofthematchesattheexpenseof
additionaltimeintranscribingyourdictation.Movingtheslidertotherightnormallyincreases
238
Dragon Installation and User Guide
recognitionaccuracybutmayalsoslowsystemperformance.Asageneralrule,youshould
movethesliderfarthertotherightonfastermachinesthanonslowerones.
To use the Speed vs. Accuracy slider
1. OntheToolsmenuoftheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar,clickOptions.
2. IntheOptionsdialogbox,clicktheMiscellaneoustab.
3. DragtheSpeedvs.Accuracyslidertotuneperformance.
4. TestthenewsettingbyusingDragonNaturallySpeaking.Ifyouarenotsatisfiedwiththe
result,tryadifferentsetting.
Notes
n RunningotherprogramswhileDragonNaturallySpeakingisrunningwillalsoaffect
accuracyandspeed,sinceotherprogramscompeteforsystemresources.
n Ifyougeta"Therecognizerhasencounteredanutterancethatistoolongtoprocess"
error,trysettingtheslidermoretowards"FastestResponse".
239
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
The Dragon Accuracy Center
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
UsingtheAccuracyCenter 240
RunningtheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizer 240
Using the Accuracy Center
YoucanusetheAccuracyCentertorefinetheaccuracyofyourUserProfileortolearnmore
aboutDragon.Forexample,you'llfindtoolsorinformationintheAccuracyCenterforthe
followingkindsoftasks:
n PersonalizeyourVocabulary
n Adjustyouracoustics
n Findortraincommands
n Setoptionsandconfigureformatting
n FindoutmoreaboutDragon
To open the Accuracy Center
n say"OpenAccuracyCenter"orclickHelp>ImproveMyAccuracyontheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
To use the Accuracy Center
Clickorsaythefirstfewwordsofalinktostartit.
Accuracy Center options
TolearnaboutthespecificfeaturesoftheAccuracyCenter,clickTheAccuracyCenter
optionsintheDragonHelp.
Notes
n WhenyoustarttheAccuracyCenteroptionthatchecksyouraudiosettings,the
CheckMicrophonewizardstartsandtheDragonNaturallySpeakingmicrophoneis
automaticallyturnedoffifitison.Thisisnecessaryinordertofacilitatetheaudiotests.
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer
UsethisproceduretoincreaseDragon'saccuracywiththeAcousticandLanguageModel
Optimizer.
Asyoumakeandtraincorrections,trainnewwordsorphrases,usecommands,orreada
textforacoustictraining,DragonNaturallySpeakingstorestheacousticandlanguagedata
inanarchiveandusesittoenhancerecognitionaccuracy.TheAcousticandLanguage
ModelOptimizeraccumulatesthisdatafromsessiontosession.
240
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Acoustic Optimization
PerformAcousticOptimizationtoupdateyourProfilewithaccumulatedacousticdatafrom
anycorrectionsandtrainingyoudo.
Language Model Optimization
PerformLanguageModelOptimizationtoupdateyourlanguagemodel.Thelanguagemodel
containsstatisticalinformationthatpredictswhichwordsaremostlikelytooccurinthecontext
ofyourdictations.LanguageModelOptimizationusestextextractedfromyour.DRAfilesto
addcommonlyusedwordsequencestothelanguagemodel.(Note:Basedonthespeech
datacollected,LanguageModelOptimizationmaychangethelanguagemodelselected
whenyoucreatedyourProfile.)
Before you begin
n BecauseitcantakeuptoanhourtoincorporatetheanalyzeddataintoyourProfile,
youmaywanttoscheduletheoptimizationwhenyouarenotusingyourcomputer.You
canscheduleoptimizationusingtheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizer
Scheduler.IfyouarepartofanorganizationorcompanyandyoudonothaveDragon
administratorrights,youcanrequestthatyourDragonadministratorschedule
optimization.
n Besurethatthe"Storecorrectionsinarchive"optionisselectedontheDatatabofthe
Optionsdialogbox.Otherwiseyoumayseeamessagethatthereisnotenoughdata
fortheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizertoprocess.The"Storecorrectionsin
archive"optionshouldbeselectedwheneveryouuseDragonNaturallySpeakingfor
anextendedperiodoftime.
n IfyouhaveaProfilesettotheCorrectionOnlyMode(forexample,toworkasa
transcriptionist),youmustdisabletheCorrectionOnlyModeoptiononthe
MiscellaneousTaboftheAdministrativeSettingsdialogboxbeforerunningthe
AcousticandLanguageModelOptimizeonthisProfile.
To run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer
1. ClickLaunchAccuracyTuningontheDragonBar'sAudiomenuorsay"Switchto
DragonBar,"then"Audio,"then"LaunchAccuracyTuning".
TheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizerdialogboxopenswithPerformAcoustic
OptimizationandPerformLanguageModelOptimizationselected.Nuancerecommends
thatyourunbothoptimizationstomaximizeaccuracy.
2. Click"Go"tostarttheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizer.
3. TheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizermayaskifyouwanttosaveyourcurrent
Profile.Choose"Yes"ifyoumadecorrectionssincethelasttimeyourantheAcousticand
LanguageModelOptimizer,orifyouhavenotruntheAcousticandLanguageModel
OptimizersinceyoustartedusingDragonNaturallySpeaking.
TheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizerdialogboxshowsDragon'sestimateofhow
longitwilltaketofinishadaptingyourProfile.Howlongthistakesdependsontheamountof
AcousticDatastoredinyourProfile.
241
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Notes
n Bydefault,theamountofacousticdatasavedislimitedto180minutes(the
maximum).YoucanreducethisamountontheDatataboftheOptionsdialogbox.
n IfyouattempttoruntheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizerbeforeyouhave
trainedanycorrections(evenifyouhavecorrectederrorswithouttrainingthe
corrections),orbeforeyouhaveperformedanyadditionaltraining,youwillseean
errormessagesayingthatthereisnotenoughdatafortheAcousticandLanguage
ModelOptimizertoprocess.
n Trainingmultiplewordsorphrasesratherthantrainingindividualwordsisgenerally
moreeffectiveatincreasingaccuracy.Mostpeoplehaveatendencytoover-
enunciatewhensayingindividualwordsasopposedtoacompletephrase.
n TheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizerautomaticallymakesabackupofthe
oldProfilebeforeitbeginsmodifyingthem.YourProfileisautomaticallyrestoredif
youclickCancelbeforetheAcousticandLanguageModelOptimizerisfinished.
242
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Recognition Modes
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
UsingRecognitionModes 243
Switchingrecognitionmodes 245
Using Recognition Modes
Bydefault,Dragoninterpretswhatithearsaseitherdictation(somethingtowriteonthe
screen)oracommand(somethingtoexecute).ThisiscalledDictation&Commandsmodeon
theNewDragonBar,orNormalModeontheClassicDragonBar.DragonNaturallySpeaking
allowsyoutouserestrictedRecognitionModes,whichincreasesaccuracyintranscription
andismoreefficient.Thefollowingdescribeswaysyoucanusethesemodeswhileyou
dictate.Clickthelinkstodisplaytherelatedprocedures.
Normal Mode ( or )
To dictate and say commands interchangeably
ThemostflexiblemodeinDragonNaturallySpeakingisthedefaultNormalMode.InNormal
Mode,DragonNaturallySpeakingdistinguishesdictationfromcommandsbyanalyzingwhat
yousaybetweenpauses.Forthisreason,youshouldalwayspausebeforeandafteryousay
acommand.
Forexample,toboldtheword"exciting"inthesentence:"Speechrecognitionisanexciting
technology".
1. Say"Speechrecognitionisanexcitingtechnologyperiod"
2. Pausebriefly.
3. Say"Selectexciting".
4. Pauseagain.
5. Say"BoldThat".
Youneedtopauseonlybriefly.Youcanadjustthelengthofthepauserequiredbefore
DragonNaturallySpeakingrecognizescommandsontheCommandstaboftheOptions
dialogbox.
Dictation Mode ( or )
To dictate rapidly without looking at your computer monitor
InDictationMode,DragonNaturallySpeakinginterpretseverythingyousayasdictationand
DictationCommands,suchasNewLine,NewParagraph,andCap,arerecognized.
DictationModecanbehelpfulifyouwanttodictateasquicklyaspossible,ordictatewithout
lookingatthescreen.Say"StartDictationMode"or"DictationModeOn."
1. Say"StartDictationMode"or"DictationModeOn".
"DictationMode"appearsinthestatusboxoftheDragonBar.
243
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
2. Dictateafewparagraphs.Youcandictatewithoutlooking,knowingthateverythingwill
betransposedastextandnocommands(exceptforDictationcommands)willbe
executed.YoucanalsodictatesentencesthatcontainwordsthatDragonnormally
interpretsascommands,suchas"Ireallylikedyournovel.No,scratch that-Ilovedyour
novel!"
DragonNaturallySpeakingshouldtranscribethewordsastextandnotexecutecommands
asitnormallywould.
Command Mode ( or )
InCommandModeDragonNaturallySpeakinginterpretseverythingyousayasacommand
andnothingisinterpretedasdictatedtext.Thiscanbehelpfulwhenformattinganexisting
document.
1. Say"StartCommandMode"or"CommandModeOn".
"CommandMode"appearsinthestatusboxoftheDragonBar.
2. Usecommandstoformatadocument.Forexample,tocapitalizethelastfivewordsyou
dictated,say"CapitalizetheLastFiveWords".
Formoreexamples,seeFormattingtextinMicrosoftWordorFormattingtextinCorel
WordPerfectintheDragonHelp.
Numbers Mode ( or )
To insert numeric characters
Bydefault,whenyousayanumberthatislowerthan10,Dragontranscribesitasaword,
unlessyousaythedictationcommand"numeral"beforeit.InNumbersModeDragon
NaturallySpeakinginterpretsalmostallofyourdictationasnumbers.Thisisusefulifyou
needtoenternumericdatainatableorinspreadsheets.
1. Say"StartNumbersMode"or"NumbersModeOn".
TheDragonBarshowstheNumbersmodeindicator and"Numbersmode"inthe
statusbox.
2. Dictateonlynumbers.Thenumberscanincludecurrencyorpercentages.Forexample,
say"5percentsign"toenter"5%"orsay"Sevenhundredtwentythreedollarsandsixty
eightcents"toenterthedollaramount"$723.68".
Spell Mode ( or )
To spell words or insert alphanumeric characters
InSpellModeDragonNaturallySpeakingallowsyoutosayanycombinationof
letters,digits,orsymbols.Forexample,useSpellModetodictatepartnumbers,
licenseplatenumbers,orpropernounsthatarenotinDragon'sVocabulary.You
canalsosaykeystrokessuchas"spacebar"or"backspacekey",orInternetor
Webaddresses.
244
Dragon Installation and User Guide
1. Say"StartSpellMode"or"SpellModeOn".
"SpellMode"appearsinthestatusboxoftheDragonBar.
2. Dictateanalphabeticstring,suchasahomophonealternativeyouneedtouse.
Forexample,saytheletters"FORE"tohaveDragonentertheword"fore".
WhenSpellModeison,youwillnotbeabletodictatewords.
YoucanstillusecommandswhileinSpellMode.
Switching recognition modes
Youcanusethefollowingtechniquestoswitchrecognitionmodes:
To switch to Normal Mode ( or )
OntheNewDragonBar,Dictation&CommandsmodeistheequivalentofNormalMode.
n Say"SwitchtoNormalMode"or"StartNormalMode"or"NormalModeOn".
OntheNewDragonBar,thesecommandsselectDictation&Commandsmode.
n FromtheRecognitionModedrop-downlistontheNewDragonBar,selectDictation&
Commands.
n OntheModesmenuoftheClassicDragonBar,clickNormalMode.
To switch to Dictation Mode ( or )
n Say"SwitchtoDictationMode"or"StartDictationMode"or"DictationModeOn".
n HolddowntheShiftkeyasyoudictate.
n FromtheRecognitionModedrop-downlistontheNewDragonBar,selectDictation.
n OntheModesmenuoftheClassicDragonBar,clickDictationMode.
To switch to Command Mode ( or )
n Say"SwitchtoCommandMode"or"StartCommandMode"or"CommandModeOn".
n HolddowntheControlkeyasyoudictate.
n FromtheRecognitionModedrop-downlistontheNewDragonBar,select
Commands.
n OntheModesmenuoftheClassicDragonBar,clickCommandMode.
To switch to Numbers Mode ( or )
n Say"SwitchtoNumbersMode"or"StartNumbersMode"or"NumbersModeOn".
n FromtheRecognitionModedrop-downlistontheNewDragonBar,selectNumbers.
n OntheModesmenuoftheClassicDragonBar,clickNumbersMode.
245
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
To switch to Spell Mode ( or )
n Say"SwitchtoSpellMode"or"StartSpellMode"or"SpellModeOn".
n FromtheRecognitionModedrop-downlistontheNewDragonBar,selectSpell.
n OntheModesmenuoftheClassicDragonBar,clickSpellMode.
Notes
246
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Teaching Dragon to Understand You Better
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
Trainingmisrecognizedcommands 247
Trainingindividualwordsandphrases 248
Supplementaltraining 249
Training misrecognized commands
IfDragonNaturallySpeakingconsistentlymisrecognizesaspecificvoicecommand(for
example,ithears"CorrectThat"as"Correctdot"),youcantrainittorecognizeyour
pronunciationofthecommand.
To train commands
1. Say"OpenCommandBrowser"orclickCommandBrowserontheToolsmenuoftheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
2. Say"ClickBrowse",then"Context",then"<Application name>"(theprograminwhichthe
commandisavailable)orclickBrowse>Context><Applicationname>.
3. Sayorclick"KeywordFilter."
4. SayortypeakeywordforthecommandyouwanttotrainintheChooseWordbox.
5. Sayorclick"Add"tomovethewordtothe"Currentlistoffilterwords."Repeatuntilyou
haveasmanykeywordsasyouneedtofindthecommandinquestion.
6. Sayorclick"Done."
7. Ifmorethanonecommandappearsinthelist,selectthecommandyouarelookingfor,
expandingitwiththeOptional,Ellipsis,orRefinebuttonsifnecessary.
8. Dooneofthefollowing:
n Sayorclick"Train"andfollowthedirectionsontheTrainWordsdialogboxthat
appears.
Or
n Sayorclick"TrainLater."DragonaddsthecommandtotheTrainList.Openittotrain
thecommandsyoustoredthere.
IfyouhaveuntrainedcommandsintheTrainListwhenyouclosetheCommand
Browser,Dragonoffersyouthechoicetotrainthembeforeyouexit.
Notes
n Whenyoutrainwordsorphrases,becarefultospeakinyournormalvoice.Avoidthe
naturaltendencytooverenunciatewhenspeakingsinglewordsorshortphrasesasit
couldactuallyreducerecognitionaccuracy.
n WhenyoutrainacommandusingtheTrainWordsdialogbox,youaddtotheacoustic
datastoredforlaterusebytheAcousticOptimizer.Thisdata,includingyour
pronunciationandtheacousticdifferencesbetweenthetrainedcorrectionandthe
misrecognizedwordorphrase,areusedbytheAcousticOptimizertoenhance
recognitionaccuracy.
247
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Training individual words and phrases
IfDragonNaturallySpeakingisnotrecognizingcertainwordsorphrases,andyouhavetried
correctingthemisrecognitionatleasttwice,thenyoushouldconsidertrainingthatwordor
phrasetoteachDragonNaturallySpeakingexactlyhowyoupronounceit.
Thefollowingproceduresdescribetwodifferentwaystotrainwordsorphrases:
To train individual words and phrases immediately after dictating them
1. Correctthemisrecognizedwordorphraseyouwanttotrainandsay"TrainThat."
2. ClickGointheTrainWordsdialogboxandrecordyourspeechsayingthewordorphrase
youwanttotrain.
3. Whenyouhavefinishedrecordingthetext,clickDone.
To train individual words and phrases at any time
1. Say"OpenVocabularyEditor",orclickVocabulary>OpenVocabularyEditorontheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
2. IntheVocabularyEditor,sayorclickTrain.
3. TypethewordorphraseyouwanttotrainintheTrainingdialogbox.
4. ClickGointheTrainWordsdialogboxandrecordyourspeechsayingthewordorphrase
youwanttotrain.
5. Whenyouhavefinishedrecordingthetext,clickDone.
Using punctuation with written and spoken forms
Ifthewrittenformofawordcontainsanypunctuation,youshouldprovideaspokenformso
thatthereisnodoubtastohowtheitemwillbepronounced.Donotuseabbreviations,
symbolsorpunctuationinthespokenform.
Examples:
Written form Spoken form
TheManfromU.N.C.L.E. themanfromuncle
Soddy-Daisy,TN SoddyDaisyTennessee
Trenton-MercerAirport TrentonMercerAirport
IfyouwanttoaddpunctuationtoawordthatalreadyexistsintheVocabularyforuseina
specificsetting,youcancreateanewwrittenformwiththepunctuationincludedanda
uniquewordorphraseforthespokenform.
Forexample,ifyouwantedDragontotypetheword"U.N.C.L.E."intheheaderofyour
letters,thewrittenformcouldbe"U.N.C.L.E."andthespokenformcouldbe"UNCLE."That
way,Dragonwouldstilltypeonlytheword"uncle"whenyoudictateitasusual,becauseit
alsoexistsintheVocabulary.
248
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Alternately,ifyouwantedtoaddpunctuationtoawordthatalreadyexistsintheVocabulary
everytimeyouusedthatword,youwouldchangethepropertiesoftheexistingword.For
moreinformation,seeWordPropertiesintheDragonHelp.
Notes
n Whenyoutrainwordsorphrases,becarefultospeakinyournormalvoice.Avoidthe
naturaltendencytoover-enunciatewhenspeakingsinglewordsorshortphrasesasit
couldactuallyreducerecognitionaccuracy.
n AwordorphrasemustexistintheVocabulary(thatis,havebeencreatedpreviously)
beforeyoucantrainit.
n YoucanalsousetheTrainbuttonintheVocabularyEditordialogbox.
n WhenyoutrainawordorphraseusingtheTrainWordsdialogbox,youaddtothe
acousticdatastoredforlaterusebytheAcousticOptimizer.Thisdata,includingyour
pronunciationandtheacousticdifferencesbetweenthetrainedcorrectionandthe
misrecognizedwordorphraseareusedbytheAcousticOptimizertoenhance
recognitionaccuracy.
Supplemental training
Generaltrainingreferstoatextreadingyouperformtohelpimproveyourrecognition
accuracy.Itismostusefulwhen:
n YouhaveusedDragonNaturallySpeakingforafewdays.Bythen,youwillbe
somewhataccustomedtodictatingtoit,andacoustictrainingshouldreflecthowyou
actuallydictate,asopposedtohowyouwouldreadaloudaregulartext,suchasan
articleintoday'snewspaper.
n Youmovetoanenvironmentthatissignificantlynoisierorquieterorthathasdifferent
backgroundsounds.
n Youhavechangedyourmicrophoneorsoundcard.
To train Dragon NaturallySpeaking
1. Dooneofthefollowing:
n Say"SwitchtoDragonBar,"then"Audio"then"ReadTexttoImproveAccuracy."
Or
n Say"OpenAccuracyCenter"then"clickReadtexttotrainDragon."
2. Asyouread,trytospeakwiththesametoneofvoice,speed,andvolumeasyoutypically
willwhendictatingtoDragon.
3. Whenyouarefinished,clickFinish.
Youcanreadasmuchoraslittleasyouwant,butthelongeryoutrain,themorelikelyyouwill
noticeimprovementsinrecognitionaccuracy.
249
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Personalizing your Dragon Vocabulary
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
AboutpersonalizingyourVocabulary 250
AddingwordsorphrasestoyourVocabulary 251
Learningfromspecificdocuments 252
Importinglistsofwordsorphrases 253
AddingwordswiththeSpellingwindow 253
LearnFromSentE-mails 254
AddingcontactnamestotheVocabulary 255
Deletingwords 256
UsingtheDon'tRecognizeThatWordCommand 256
About personalizing your Vocabulary
YoucanpersonalizetheVocabularytomorecloselymatchyourwritingstyleandto
recognizeanyspecialwordswhichyoudictate.Youcandothisinseveralways,byadding
wordsorphrases(orlistsofthem),orbyhavingDragonanalyzedocumentsthatreflectwhat
youwrite,andbyusingSmartFormatRules.DragoncanupdatetheVocabularytoreflect
yourusageofwordsandphrases;thisimprovesthelikelihoodthatitwillcorrectlytranscribe
whatyousayinthefuture.
YoucanusethefollowingmethodstoaddordeleteentriesintheVocabulary.
AddingwordsorphrasestoyourVocabulary
Learningfromspecificdocuments
Importinglistsofwordsorphrases
Addingwordsbyspelling
Deletingwords
UsingtheDon'tRecognizeThatWordCommand
Notes
n YouarenotrequiredtotrainnewwordsbecauseDragonNaturallySpeaking
automatically"guesses"thepronunciationsbasedontheirspelling.If,however,your
newwordsarenotrecognizedcorrectly,youshouldtrainthem.
n BesuretosaveyourUserProfileafteraddingnewwordsorthenewwordswillnotbe
saved.
n IfyoumakeunwantedchangestoaVocabulary,youcancreateanewoneorrestore
yourUserProfilefromabackupcopy.
n Ifyouusemultiple-wordphraseswithunusualcapitalization(forexample,
"ComputerWeek"),youcanimproverecognitionaccuracybyaddingthesephrasesto
theVocabularybeforeDragonNaturallySpeakinganalyzesyourdocuments.Add
thesephrasesbyusingthe(say"OpenVocabularyEditor"orclickVocabulary>Open
VocabularyEditorontheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar.)orbyincluding
theminlistsofitemsyouimportintotheVocabulary.
250
Dragon Installation and User Guide
n Dragoncanauto-formattextandnumbersusingstandardwritingconventionsorapply
WordPropertiestowordsasyoudictate.Forinformationaboutthesesettings,see
Auto-formattingdialogboxandTheWordPropertiesdialogbox.
n Dragon'sSmartFormatRulesappearwhenyoucorrectauto-formattedalphanumeric
textorWordPropertiesusingtheCorrectionmenu,theSpellingwindow,orthe
keyboard.Fordetails,seeUsingSmartFormatRulesandSettingAuto-Formatting
Options.
Adding words or phrases to your Vocabulary
IfDragonNaturallySpeakinggetsawordwrong,itmaybethatthewordisnotinDragon's
Vocabulary.Whenthisisthecase,youcanusethefollowingproceduretoaddthatwordso
thatitisrecognizedinthefuture.
To add individual words
1. Dooneofthefollowing:
l ClickVocabulary>AddNewWordorPhraseontheNewDragonBarorClassic
DragonBar.
l Say"SwitchtoDragonBar"then"Vocabulary"then"AddNewWordorPhrase".
2. IntheAddWordorPhrasedialogbox,spell(byvoice)ortypethewordyouwanttoadd.
3. IncludeaSpokenformofthenewwordifnecessary.Forexample,ifthewordcontainsan
accent,suchas"Gaspé,"youwouldaddaSpokenformlike"gaspay"sothatDragon
recognizesthepronunciationandenterstheWrittenformwhenyoudictatetheword.
4. Optionally,select"Iwanttotrainthepronunciationofthiswordorphrase".
5. ClickAdd.
If you chose to train the word, the word you entered appears in the Train Words
dialog box, and you will be able to teach Dragon NaturallySpeaking your
pronunciation of that word.
See also Automatically add words to Vocabulary in the Dragon Help.
Using punctuation with written and spoken forms
Ifthewrittenformofawordcontainsanypunctuation,youshouldprovideaspokenformso
thatthereisnodoubtastohowtheitemwillbepronounced.Donotuseabbreviations,
symbolsorpunctuationinthespokenform.
Examples:
Written form Spoken form
TheManfromU.N.C.L.E. themanfromuncle
Soddy-Daisy,TN SoddyDaisyTennessee
Trenton-MercerAirport TrentonMercerAirport
IfyouwanttoaddpunctuationtoawordthatalreadyexistsintheVocabularyforuseina
specificsetting,youcancreateanewwrittenformwiththepunctuationincludedandaunique
251
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
wordorphraseforthespokenform.
Forexample,ifyouwantedDragontotypetheword"U.N.C.L.E."intheheaderofyour
letters,thewrittenformcouldbe"U.N.C.L.E."andthespokenformcouldbe"UNCLE."That
way,Dragonwouldstilltypeonlytheword"uncle"whenyoudictateitasusual,becauseit
alsoexistsintheVocabulary.
Alternately,ifyouwantedtoaddpunctuationtoawordthatalreadyexistsintheVocabulary
everytimeyouusedthatword,youwouldchangethepropertiesoftheexistingword.For
moreinformation,seeWordPropertiesintheDragonHelp.
Learning from specific documents
YoucanusetheLearnfromSpecificDocumentswizardtopersonalizeyourprofileby
addingwordsfromspecificfoldersordocumentstoyourvocabulary.Dragon
NaturallySpeakinganalyzesthedocumentstoupdatethevocabularywithinformationabout
yourwordusage.
Caution
Tomaintainaccuracy,Dragonmustonlyanalyzecontentinthelanguageinwhichyouruser
profilewascreated.Besuretoselectonlydocumentsinthelanguageofyourcurrentprofile.
To add words from specific documents
1. Say"OpenAccuracyCenter"andthen"LearnFromSpecificDocuments"orclick
Vocabulary>LearnFromSpecificDocumentsontheNewDragonBarorClassic
DragonBar.
2. IntheLearnfromSpecificDocumentswizard,selectfromthefollowingoptions:
n FindKnownWordswithUnknownCapitalization:SelectthisoptiontohaveDragon
lookforwordsonyoursystemthatareinitsVocabularybutwhichusedifferent
capitalization,suchasDesktop.Thisoptionisturnedoffbydefault.
n AdapttoWritingStyle:SelectthisoptiontohaveDragonanalyzewordcombinations
toimproveitscapacitytoanticipateyourwritinganddictationstyle.Thisoptionis
turnedonbydefault.
3. ClickNexttocontinue.TheLearnfromSpecificDocumentsscreenopens.
4. Doanyofthefollowing:
n ClickAddFolderifyouwantDragontoscanaspecificfolder,suchasyourMy
Documentsfolder.ClickIncludeSubfoldersintheBrowseforFoldersdialogboxif
therearesubfoldersyouwanttoanalyze.
n ClickAddDocumentifyouwantDragontoscanspecificdocuments.
n ClickRemoveDocumentifyouaddadocumentandthendecidethatyoudon'twant
Dragontoincludeitinthescan.
n ClickViewDocumentifyouwanttoreviewadocumentyouaddedbefore
proceeding.
5. ClickNexttocontinue.ADocumentAnalysiswindowopens,displayingastatusbar
duringthescan.Dragonconfirmswhethernewwordswerefoundanddisplaysa
summaryoftheresults.
252
Dragon Installation and User Guide
6. ClickNexttocontinue.IfyouselectedwordstoaddtotheVocabulary,aTrainWords
screenopens.
7. YoucanclickTraintotrainDragonabouthowyoupronounceeachaddedword.
8. Whenyoufinishtrainingnewwords,clickNext.TheAdapttoWritingStylescreenopens,
indicatingwhethertheadaptationwassuccessfullycompleted.
9. ClickNexttocontinue.TheSummaryscreenopens,showingtheresultsofthescan.For
example,"1newwordwasfound"and"1wordwasaddedtoyourVocabulary".
10. ClickFinishtoclosethewizard.
11. Say"SwitchtoDragonBar"andthen"Profile"andthen"SaveUserProfile",orclick
Profile>SaveUserProfileontheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBartofinishadding
thewords.
Notes
n Ifyoumakeamistakeanddonotwanttoaddthewords,avoidmakingadditional
changestotheVocabularythatyouwanttosave,andthenexitDragon
NaturallySpeakingwithoutsaving.
n Whenaddingwordsfromdocuments,youwillgetthebetterresultsifyouremoveall
formattingfromthedocumentsyouuse.Forinformationabouthowtoprepare
documents,seethetopicPreparingdocumentstoaddtotheVocabulary.
Importing lists of words or phrases
UsetheImportlistofwordsorphraseswizardifyouwanttoaddmultiple-wordphrasesto
yourVocabulary,eveniftheyareusedindocumentsthatyouwillprocessusingtheLearn
fromSpecificDocumentswizard.YoushoulddothisbecausetheImportlistofwordsor
phraseswizardaddswordsfromdocumentsasphrases,notsinglewords.
Forinformationabouthowtopreparealist,seethetopicPreparingdocumentstoaddtothe
Vocabulary.
To import lists of words or phrases
1. Say"AccuracyCenter,"orclickHelp>ImproveMyAccuracy.
2. OntheAccuracyCenter,clickorsay"Importalistofwordsorphrases".
3. FollowthestepsontheImportlistofwordsorphraseswizard.
Adding words with the Spelling window
IfDragonNaturallySpeakingmisrecognizesaword,itmaybethatthewordisnotinthe
program'sVocabulary.Whenthisisthecase,youcanusethefollowingproceduretoaddthe
wordsothatitisrecognizedinthefuture.
To add words with the Spelling window
1. Say"SpellThat,"followedbythefirstfourtosixlettersofthedesiredword.
TheSpellingwindowopens.
2. InthetheSpellingwindow,finishtypingthewordorspellitbyvoice.
253
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
3. Ifyouwishtotrainthepronunciationoftheword,clickAudio>ImproveRecognitionof
WordorPhraseandfollowtheinstructionsintheTrainWordsdialogbox.
Note
YoucannotusetheSpellingwindowtoaddawordthathashyphensorspaces.The
programrecognizeseachpartofsuchawordasseparatepieces.Forexample,ifyoutried
tousetheSpellingwindowtoaddthename"Havisham-Smythe,"youwouldactuallybe
addingthenames"Havisham"and"Smythe".Thenexttimeyouspokethenameyouwould
get"HavishamSmythe"withoutthehyphen.Toaddsuchawordorname,usethe
VocabularyEditordialogbox(sayOpenVocabularyEditor).
Learn From Sent E-mails
UsetheLearnFromSentE-mailstooltomakeyourprofilemoreaccuratebypersonalizing
thevocabularybasedonemailsyouhavesent.
Thetoolwillofferalistofnamesfromtherecipientsofyouremailsandgiveyouthe
opportunitytotrainanyofthembeforetheyareaddedtothevocabulary.
Optionally,youcanalsohavethistoolusethecontentsofyoursente-mailtoadaptthe
LanguageModel(Dragon'sstatisticsonhowfrequentlyagivenwordappearsindividually
andinthecontextofotherwords).
Caution
Tomaintainaccuracy,Dragonmustonlyanalyzecontentinthelanguageinwhichyouruser
profilewascreated.IfyouhaveSente-mailinotherlanguages,onlyusethistooltoadde-
mailcontactstoyourprofile.
Note
YoumaywanttoruntheLearnFromSentE-mailstoolonlywhenyouarenotusingyour
computerforotherpurposesbecausethetooluseslargeamountsofcomputermemoryand
processingpower.
To open the Learn From Sent E-mails tool
n Say"OpenAccuracyCenter,"then"LearnFromSentE-mails."
Or
n ClickVocabulary>LearnFromSentE-MailsontheDragonBar.
Tip
YoucanalsostarttheLearnFromSentE-mailstoolbysaying"AddContacts".
OnceyoustarttheLearnFromSentE-mailswizard,proceedbyclickingNext.Thetoolleads
youthroughthefollowingscreens:
n Chooseoptions
n Scane-mail
n AddcontactstoVocabulary
n Trainwords
n AdapttoWritingStyle
n Report
254
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Adding contact names to the Vocabulary
TheLearnFromSentE-mailstoolletsyouaddthenamesofpeopletowhomyouhavesent
e-mailtoyourDragonNaturallySpeakingVocabulary.Usingthistool,youcaneditandtrain
thenamesyouadd.YoucanalsohaveDragonNaturallySpeakinganalyzethecontentsof
yoursente-mailtoadaptthelanguagemodeltomoreaccuratelyrecognizeyourwritingstyle.
DragonNaturallySpeakingsupportsaddingcontactsinthefollowinge-mailprograms:
n MicrosoftOutlook
n WindowsLiveMail
n LotusNotes
n GmailandotherWeb-basedemail
To add contact names from your sent e-mail to your Vocabulary
1. StarttheLearnFromSentE-mailstoolfromtheVocabularymenuoftheDragonBar.
2. OnthefirstscreenoftheLearnFromSentE-mailswizard,clickNext.
3. OntheChooseOptionsscreen,selectthee-mailprogramsfromwhichyouwouldliketo
addcontactnamesandselectthe"Addcontactnamesfrome-mailtotheVocabulary"box.
4. Optionally,youcanselectthe"Improvemyprofilefrommye-mailwritingstyle"ifyouwant
DragonNaturallySpeakingtobetterunderstandyourVocabularyandwordusageby
analyzingyoure-mailmessages.Youcanalsochoosewhetherthetoolshouldscanall
sentemailsorjusttheemailssentsinceitslastscan.
5. ClickNextandwaitforthewizardtoscantheselectede-mailprograms.(Itmaytakeafew
secondsbeforetheprocessstarts.)Whenthewizardisfinished,clickNext.
6. OntheAddcontactstoVocabularyscreen,selectthewordsyouwanttoadd,andclick
Next.Note:youcansavetimebyusingtheUncheck AllorCheck Allbuttons.
7. OntheTrainWordsscreen,selecttheitemsyouwanttotrain,ifany,thenclickNexttoread
theseitemsoutloud.
8. Waitfortheprogramtoadaptyourlanguagemodel.Areportscreenwillthensummarize
thewizard'sresults,includingnumberofwordsadded,ifany.
Notes
n IfyouwantDragontoanalyzeWeb-basedemail,makesureyourcomputeris
connectedtotheInternetforthedurationoftheemailanalysis.
n (LotusNotesonly)Newcontactnameswillbedetectedforeveryonetowhomyou
havesente-mail,exceptthosecontactstowhomyouhavesentReplymessages.
n NicknamescanonlybeaddedtoyourVocabularyifyoure-mailprogramsupports
nicknames.
n Donotuse"Improvemyprofilefrommye-mailwritingstyle"ifyouwrotee-mail
messagesinlanguagesotherthanthelanguageofyourcurrentprofile,asthiscould
decreaserecognitionaccuracy.
255
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Deleting words
UsethisproceduretodeletewordsfromtheactiveVocabulary.Deletingwordsisnot
normallynecessary,butyoumaywanttodoitforparticularwordsifDragontendsto
substituteawordyouneveruseforawordyouwanttouse,suchas“Schaeffer”insteadof
“Schafer.”
To delete words
1. OpentheVocabularyEditor.ClickVocabulary>OpenVocabularyEditoronthe
DragonBar,orsay"EditVocabulary"or"OpenVocabularyEditor.
2. Selectthedesiredword.Tofindthewordyouwanttodelete,enteritintotheSearchfield
(typeitorusethe“spell”commandtoenteritcharacterbycharacter.
3. Whenthewordappearsandishighlighted,usetheDeletebuttonorsay"clickDelete".
4. ClosetheVocabularyEditor.
To restore words
UsethisprocedureifyouhavedeletedawordfromtheVocabularyandlaterwanttorestore
it.
1. OpentheVocabularyEditor.
2. FromitsDisplaydrop-downlist,chooseDeletedWordsOnly.Thedisplaynowshowsany
wordsyouhavedeleted.
3. ChooseaDeletedword,andsay"clickAdd"orclicktheAddbutton.
Note
IfyoudeleteawordusingtheVocabularyEditorbutthatwordexistsinthecurrent
document,thewordmaybeautomaticallyaddedbackintoyouractiveVocabulary.
Using the Don't Recognize That Word Command
DragonNaturallySpeakingletsyoutoturnoffrecognitionofwordsusingtheCorrection
menuandthe"Don'trecognizethatword"command.
Don'tRecognizeThatWordremovestheselectedwordfromyouractiveVocabulary,sothat
DragonNaturallySpeakingwon'trecognizeitagain.ThiscansaveyoutimeifDragon
NaturallySpeakingrepeatedlyreplaceswordsyoudictatewithwordsyoudon'tuse.
Forexample,ifyoudictatethename"Cassity"oftenandDragonNaturallySpeakingalways
hears"Cassidy",youcoulduseDon't Recognize That WordfromtheCorrectionmenuto
turnoffrecognitionofCassidy.Ifyoudecidelaterthatyoudoneedtousetheword,youcan
additbackusingtheVocabularyEditor.
Whenyouusethe"Don'trecognizethatword"commandorDon't Recognize That
WordfromtheCorrectionmenutoturnoffrecognitionofaword,youwillbepresentedwith
oneofthefollowingmessagestoconfirmadeletionoftheword:
Are you sure you want to delete the following word from the Vocabulary?
Thismessageisdisplayedwhenyouusethe"Don'tRecognizeThatWord"commandto
deleteawordorphrasefromtheVocabulary.
256
Dragon Installation and User Guide
The following word can only be removed from the Vocabulary using the Vocabulary Editor.
Thismessageisdisplayedwhenyouusethe"Don'tRecognizeThatWord"commandtotryto
deleteacustomwordorfrequentlyusedwordsuchas"the"fromtheVocabulary.Youcan
usetheVocabularyEditortodeletetheword.
The following word can't be deleted because it does not exist in the Vocabulary.
ThismessageisdisplayedwhenyouusetheDon'tRecognizeThatWordcommandtotryto
deleteawordorphrasethatisnotintheVocabulary.
Formoreinformation,seetheCorrectionmenu.
257
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Managing Vocabularies
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
AboutVocabularies 258
OpeningVocabularies 259
AddingaVocabularytoaUserProfile 260
DeletingVocabularies 261
RenamingVocabularies 261
ImportingVocabularies 261
ExportingVocabularies 262
About Vocabularies
DragonNaturallySpeakingusesoneormoreVocabularieswithyourUserProfiletohelpitto
recognizewordsandphrasescorrectly,basednotonlyonthesoundofthewordsand
phrases,butalsoontheircontext.
WhenyoucreateanewUserProfile,youselectaBaseVocabularythatDragonthen
updatesasitadaptstoyourspeech.WhenyoucreateanewUserProfileoradda
VocabularytoanexistingUserProfile,DragonbasesthenewVocabularyonanexisting
Vocabulary.
Language
ThelanguagesavailableforyourVocabulary.SomeeditionsofDragonsupportmultiple
languages.
Vocabulary type
InmostcasesyourUserProfilewillbebasedontheGeneralVocabulary,alarge
Vocabularyprovidingexcellentrecognitionaccuracyforgeneral,business,andprofessional
dictation.
ThefollowingspecializedVocabulariesarealsoavailable:
n Legal(DragonLegalEdition)
AlargeVocabularyprovidingexcellentrecognitionaccuracyforlegalterms.
n Medical(DragonMedicalEdition)
AsetofspecializedlargemedicalVocabulariesprovidingexcellentrecognition
accuracyformedicalterms.TheVocabularynamesare:General,Cardiology,
Emergency,Gastroenterology,GeneralPractice,Medical,MentalHealth,Neurology,
Obstetrics/Gynecology,Oncology,Orthopedics,Pathology,Pediatrics,Radiology,
andSurgery.
Advanced
OntheReviewYourChoicesscreenoftheNewUserProfilewizard,youcanclickthe
AdvancedbuttontodisplaytheAdvancedChooseModelsdialogbox.Onthisdialogboxyou
canchooseadifferentspeechmodelandVocabularyType.DragonNaturallySpeaking
automaticallydeterminesthebestspeechmodelandVocabularyTypeforyourcomputer
whenyoucreateaUserProfile,soyoudonotgenerallyneedtochangetheseoptions.
258
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Speech model
YoucanassociatespeechmodelswithyourDragonVocabulary,dependingonyouraccent
andthetypeofcomputeryouareusing.
Foralistofsupporteddevices,includinghandheldandBluetoothmicrophones,seethe
HardwareCompatibilitylistontheNuanceWebsite.
Vocabulary Type
IfyouclicktheAdvancedbutton,youcanspecifyadifferentVocabularytypefromamongthe
followingchoices.
Note
SomeDragonNaturallySpeakingeditionsoradd-onproductsmayinstalladditional
Vocabularies.
Opening Vocabularies
UsethefollowingproceduretoopenanotherVocabularyassociatedwithyourUserProfile.
YoucanhaveonlyoneVocabularyopenatatime.SeeAddingaVocabularyformore
information.
To open a Vocabulary
1. Say"ManageVocabularies"orclickVocabulary>ManageVocabulariesontheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
2. OntheManageVocabulariesdialogbox,selectthenameoftheVocabularyyouwantto
openandclickOpen.IfyoumadechangestothecurrentVocabulary,thesystemprompts
youtosaveyourspeechfilesbeforetheselectedVocabularyopens.
To open a recently used Vocabulary
UsethefollowingprocedureifyouhaveoneormoreVocabulariesassociatedwithyourUser
Profileandyouwanttoswitchtothemostrecentoneyouused.
n Say"OpenRecentVocabulary"orclickVocabulary>OpenRecentVocabularyonthe
NewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar.DragonopensthemostrecentVocabulary
associatedwithyourUserProfile.
Notes
n AnyphrasesyouaddtoaVocabularyareavailableinthatVocabularyonly,butcustom
voicecommandsarealwaysavailablenomatterwhichVocabularyyouareusing.
n SwitchingVocabularieshasnoeffectonthetextinthedocumentwindow.Itdoes,
however,closeanyopendialogboxes,suchasGeneralTrainingandVocabulary
Editor.
n VocabulariesthatyouhavecreatedandopenedappearintheProfilemenuonthe
OpenRecentVocabularysubmenu.YoucanquicklyswitchbetweenVocabulariesby
selectingtheappropriateVocabularynamefromthissubmenu.
259
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
Adding a Vocabulary to a User Profile
WithDragonProfessional,LegalandMedicaleditions,youhavetheoptionofcreatingnew
VocabulariesandaddingthemtoyourexistingUserProfiletoimproverecognitionaccuracy.
Thismaybehelpfulifyouusespecializedterminologywhenyoudictateintodocumentsand
e-mails.YoucanonlyhaveoneVocabularyopenatatime.
Note
Creating a Vocabulary can take from 5 to 30 minutes depending on the options
you select, the speed of your processor, the amount of RAM in your system,
and the amount of e-mail and data to be scanned. Progress bars display the
time remaining in this procedure. If you include the E-mail option, it is best to
create new Vocabularies only when you are not using your computer for other
purposes.
To add a Vocabulary to a User Profile
1. Dooneofthefollowing:
n Say"ManageVocabularies"orclickVocabulary>ManageVocabulariesontheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
n Say"SwitchtoDragonBar,"then"Profile,"then"AddVocabularytoCurrentUser
Profile,"orontheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBarclickProfile>Add
VocabularytoCurrentUserProfile.Gotostep3.
2. OntheManageVocabulariesdialogbox,clickNew.
3. FromtheBasedOnlistintheNewVocabularydialogbox,selectthenameofa
VocabularyonwhichyouwanttobasethenewVocabulary.
AllavailableVocabulariesarelisted.Thosebeginningwiththeword"Base"arethe
unmodifiedVocabulariesshippedwithDragonNaturallySpeaking.TheVocabularyyou
selectwillbecopiedtothenewVocabularyandsupplementedwithwordsfromyour
documents,emails,andaddedtoyourUserProfile.
4. EnteradescriptivenamefortheVocabulary.
AVocabularynamecancontainupto128characters,includingspaces.
5. ClickOKtocreatetheVocabulary.TheLetDragonsearchforwordstoolopensand
promptsyoutoallowDragontoimproverecognitionaccuracybyadaptingtheVocabulary
basedone-mailmessagesanddocuments.
6. MakeyourselectionsandclickStarttobegintheoptimization.
Note:Ifyouneedtosavetime,youcandeselectE-mailadaptationandrunitlater.See
LetDragonsearchforwordstoolfordetails
7. Optionally,beforeusingtheVocabulary,youcanpersonalizeitfurtherusingtheAccuracy
Center.Formoreinformation,clickSeeAlsobelow.
Notes
n AnyVocabulariesyoucreatearesavedalongwiththefilesthatarepartofyour
UserProfile.
260
Dragon Installation and User Guide
n KeepinmindthatcreatingmanyspecializedVocabulariescanmakeitdifficultto
keeptrackofwhichwordsareavailablewhenyoudictate.
n AlsokeepinmindthateachnewVocabularyuseshard-diskspace.
Deleting Vocabularies
AdditionalVocabulariescanimproverecognitionaccuracyinDragonNaturallySpeaking,but
multipleVocabulariescantakeupalotofdiskspace.IfyounolongerneedaVocabulary,use
thefollowingproceduretodeleteit.
To delete a Vocabulary
1. OntheVocabularymenuoftheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar,clickManage
Vocabularies.
2. OntheManageVocabulariesdialogbox,selecttheVocabularyyouwanttodeleteand
clickDelete.
3. ClickCloseontheManageVocabulariesdialogbox.
Notes
n DeletingaVocabularycannotbeundone.
n YoucannotdeletetheVocabularythatiscurrentlyinuse.Toremoveit,youmustfirst
openadifferentVocabulary.
n AlwaysusetheDeletebuttontodeleteVocabularies.DonotremoveVocabulary
foldersfromDragonNaturallySpeakingUsersdirectoryonyourharddisk.
Renaming Vocabularies
IfyouhavemultipleVocabularies,youshouldgivethemdescriptivenamesthathelpyou
identifytheirpurpose.
To rename a Vocabulary
1. Say"ManageVocabularies"orclickitontheVocabularymenuoftheDragonBar.
2. OntheManageVocabulariesdialogbox,sayorchoosethenameoftheVocabularyyou
wanttorename.
3. Clickorsay"Rename."
4. OntheRenameVocabularydialogbox,enteranewnameandclickorsay"OK."
5. OntheManageVocabulariesdialogbox,clickorsay"Close."
Note
AVocabularynamecancontainupto128characters,includingspaces.
Importing Vocabularies
YoucanshareVocabulariesamongdifferentUserProfilesbyfirstexportingaVocabulary
fromoneProfileandthenimportingittoanotherProfile.IfyouhaveexportedaVocabulary
fromanotherProfile(forexample,ifyouhavecreatedaProfilewithacustomwordlist),use
thefollowingproceduretoimportit.
261
Chapter 18: Improving recognition accuracy
To import a Vocabulary
1. Say"ManageVocabularies"orclickVocabulary>ManageVocabulariesonthe
DragonBar.
2. OntheManageVocabulariesdialogbox,clickorsay"Import."
3. UsetheOpendialogboxtolocateandopenthefoldercontainingtheVocabularyyou
wanttoimport(itmustbeaVocabularythatwasexported).
4. SelectthedesiredVocabulary(.TOP)fileandclickorsay"Open."
5. IntheImportVocabularydialogbox,enteranamefortheimportedVocabulary.
ToimporttheVocabularysothatitreplacesanexistingVocabulary,enterthenameofthe
existingVocabulary.ToimporttheVocabularyasanewone,enteranewnamethatyou
havenotusedbefore.
AVocabularynamecancontainupto128characters,includingspaces.
6. Clickorsay"OK"tosavetheVocabulary.
7. Clickorsay"Close"ontheManageVocabulariesdialogboxtocloseit.
Notes
n AnexportedVocabularyconsistsofsixfileswiththesamenamebutdifferent
extensions.Thesesixfilesmustremaininthesamedirectory.Toimportthe
Vocabulary,youspecifyonlythefilewiththeextension.TOP.Dragon
NaturallySpeakingthenimportsallsixfilesthattogethermakeupaVocabulary.
n YoumaywanttokeepamastercopyofanimportedVocabularyandcreateacopyof
ittoworkwith.
n Vocabulariescanbesharedonlybyexportingandimportingthemusingthe
proceduresdescribedhere.ItisnotpossibletoshareVocabulariesbycopying
VocabularyfoldersfromoneProfiletoanother.
n CreatingandpersonalizingaVocabularywithdocumentsyouchooseas
representativeofyourwritingstylemaybemoreeffectivethanusingaVocabulary
createdbysomeoneelse.
n IfyoucreateaProfileonadual-coremachinethatusesacustomvocabulary,make
surethattheProfileusestheBestMatchVspeechmodel(BestMatchVhasthe
greatestrecognitionaccuracyondual-coresystemswithmorethan2GBofRAM).
Tocheckthis,selecttheAdvancedbuttonontheCreatingaUserProfilescreenofthe
NewUserProfilewizardandmakesurethatBestMatchVisselected.
Exporting Vocabularies
YoucanshareVocabulariesamongdifferentUserProfilesbyfirstexportingaVocabulary
fromoneUserProfileandthenimportingittoanewUserProfile.Usethefollowing
proceduretoexportaVocabulary.
To export a Vocabulary
1. CreateafolderinwhichtosavetheexportedVocabularyfiles(thisstepisoptional).
2. OpentheUserProfileandtheVocabulary(s)youwanttoexportasfollows:
i. ClickProfile>OpenUserProfileontheNewDragonBarorClassic
DragonBar.
262
Dragon Installation and User Guide
ii. SelecttheUserProfileyouwanttoexportandclickOpen.
3. Say"ManageVocabularies"orclickVocabulary>ManageVocabulariesontheNew
DragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
4. OntheManageVocabulariesdialogbox,selecttheVocabularyyouwanttoexportand
thenclickorsay"Export."
5. Locateandopenthefolderwhereyouwanttosavethefileandthenclickorsay"Save."
DragongivesVocabularyfilestheextension".Top."
6. Clickorsay"Close"ontheManageVocabulariesdialogboxtocloseit.
Notes
n Vocabulariescanbesharedonlybyexportingandimportingthem.Itisnotpossibleto
sharethembycopyingVocabularyfoldersfromoneUserProfiletoanother.
n WhentheVocabularyisimported,itcanberenamed.
n ExportingaVocabularycreatesacopyofthesixfilesthatmakeuptheVocabularyin
thenewlocation.Allsixfileshavethesamenamebutdifferentextensions.When
importingaVocabulary,selectonlytheVocabularyfilewiththeextension.TOP.
263
Chapter 19: Using the Command Browser
Chapter 19: Using the Command
Browser
Thissectioncontainsthefollowingtopics:
AbouttheCommandBrowser 264
OpeningtheCommandBrowser 265
FindingcommandsintheCommandBrowser 266
TrainingcommandsintheCommandBrowser 268
About the Command Browser
TheCommandBrowserisawindowwhereyoucanlocatevoicecommandsthatDragon
NaturallySpeakingrecognizes,includingcommandsthatareprovidedwiththesoftwareas
wellasanycommandsthatyouoryoursystemadministratormighthaveadded(custom
commands).TheCommandBrowseristhemostcomprehensiveplacetoseethe
commandsthatareavailableineachapplication.
YouusetheCommandBrowserto:
n Viewandtraincommands
n Createandmodifycommands
n ImportandExportcommands
n Changetheavailabilityofcustomcommands
SomecommandsarenotavailableinDragonPremiumandlowereditions.
Command Browser modes
Browse
Browsemodeallowsyoutosearchforaspecificcommand.Formoreinformationseethe
topicFindingcommandsintheCommandBrowser.
Script
Scriptmodeallowsyoutocreatenewcommandsandselectcommandstodelete,edit,copy,
orpreview.
264
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Manage
Managemodeallowsyoutoimport,export,delete,oreditthepropertiesofselectedcustom
commands.(SomeofthesefunctionsareavailableinonlyDragonNaturallySpeaking
Professional,Legal,andMedicaleditions.)
To make the Command Browser appear always on top
n Say"Mode>AlwaysOnTop,"orontheModemenu,clickAlwaysOnTop.
n OntheCommandBrowsershortcutmenu,clickAlwaysOnTop.
n
ClickontheCommandBrowsericon ontheleftsideoftheCommandBrowseror
right-clickanywhereontheCommandBrowsertoopentheCommandBrowser
shortcutmenu.
Note
WhenyousettheCommandBrowserto"AlwaysOnTop"itwillcoversecondaryDragon
NaturallySpeakingwindows,suchastheDragonPadandHelpscreens.Inthesecases,you
willhavetoturnoffthe"AlwaysOnTop"stateormovethewindowsaroundsothattheyare
notobscured.
Opening the Command Browser
TheCommandBrowserdisplayscommandsthatDragonNaturallySpeakingrecognizesin
thecurrentcontext,whetheryouareworkinginaspecificprogramorontheWindows
Desktop.
To open the Command Browser
Say"OpenCommandBrowser"or"StartCommandBrowser"or,ontheToolsmenuofthe
NewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar,clickCommandBrowser.
YoucanalsoopentheCommandBrowserfromtheAccuracyCenter.
SomecommandsarenotavailableinDragonPremiumandlowereditions.
Global Commands
WhentheCommandBrowserfirstopens,itdisplaysalistofGlobalCommandsavailablein
everyapplication.
Butifyouwanttoviewcommandsforindividualapplications,Dragonshowsonlycommands
applicableinthatcontext.UsetheContextboxtoselectaspecificapplicationandDragon
displaysonlythecommandsthatworkinthatapplication.Ifyouwereviewingcommandsfor
theDragonNaturallySpeakingLearningCenter(asshown),initiallyasubsetofcommands
thatapplyonlytotheLearningCenterappear.SeeFindingcommandsintheCommand
Browserfordetails.
265
Chapter 19: Using the Command Browser
To display Global Commands for a specific application
SelecttheGlobalCommandscheckboxtoincludeGlobalCommands,inthecurrentdisplay,
i.e.presentthemtogetherwiththecommandsthatworkjustintheselectedcontext.
IntheCommandBrowser,say"IncludeGlobal"or,ontheCommandBrowserRibbonBar,
clickIncludeGlobal.
Finding commands in the Command Browser
Ifacommandexistsforaspecificapplicationorcontext,youcanusetheCommandBrowser
tofindit.
To find a specific command
1. UsethelistintheContextboxtoselecttheapplicationcontextyouwanttosee
commandsfor.
2. SelecttheIncludeGlobalcheckbox.
266
Dragon Installation and User Guide
WhentheIncludeGlobalcheckboxisselected,theCommandBrowser
displaysallthecommandsavailableinthecurrentcommandcontext,
includinganycommandsavailableinall(global)contexts.Notethatthe
CommandBrowserinitiallyopenswithGlobalCommandsselectedinthe
ContextlistboxsothattheIncludeGlobalcheckboxisnotactive.Youmust
selectadifferentcommandcontexttomaketheIncludeGlobalcheckbox
active.
3.
ClickKeywordFilter todisplaytheKeywordFilterdialogbox.
4. SayortypealetterorwordofthecommandyouarelookingforintheChoosewordbox.
Thelistbelowtheboxscrollstothefirstinstanceofthatletterorwordinthelist.(Iftheletter
orwordexists,itisselected.Iftheletterorworddoesnotappear,thenthereisno
commandinthecurrentcontextthatusesthem.)
5. DoubleclickonthewordinthelistorclickAddtoaddthewordtotheCurrentlistoffilter
wordsbox.
6. Ifnecessary,continuetoenterwordsintotheChooseWordboxandaddthemtothe
Currentlistoffilterwordsboxuntilyouhaveaddedasmuchofthespecificcommandas
youcan.
7. Clickorsay"Done."TheCommandBrowserdisplaysthecommandscontainingthewords
youentered,ifanycommandcontainingallofthosewordsexists.
Example
ToseeifthereisacommandthatchangesafonttoboldinMicrosoftWord2010:
1. SelectMicrosoftWord2010fromtheContextlistbox.
2. Clickorsay"KeywordFilter."
3. Sayortypetheword"Bold"andthensay"Add"orclicktheAddbuttontoaddittothe
CurrentListofFilterWordsbox.
4. Sayortypetheword"Set"andthensay"Add"orclicktheAddbuttontoaddittothe
CurrentListofFilterWordsbox.
5. Clickorsay"Done."
TheCommandBrowserdisplaysallthecommandsthatwillturntextboldinMicrosoftWord
2010.Forexample,
267
Chapter 19: Using the Command Browser
Somecomplexcommandsmaynotbefullyvisibleatfirst.SeethetopicExpanding
commandsforinformationonhowtoviewallpartsofacommand.
Note:PreviouscommandsearchesappearintheKeywordFilterlist .
Youcanselectaprevioussearchfromthislisttoautomaticallydisplaytheresultsofthat
search,withouthavingtoopentheKeywordFilterdialogboxandsetupthesearchcriteria
again.
Training commands in the Command Browser
IfDragonNaturallySpeakingconsistentlymisrecognizesaspecificvoicecommand(for
example,ithears"PasteThat"as"Pastedot"),youcantrainittobetterrecognizeyour
pronunciationofthecommand.
To train a command
1. OpentheCommandBrowser(say"CommandBrowser"orclickCommandBrowseron
theToolsmenuoftheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar).
2. Selectthecommandcontextfromthe"Context"list.
3. Locatethecommandyouwanttotrainandselectit.SeethetopicFindingCommandsin
theCommandBrowserforinformationonhowtofindaspecificcommand.
4. ClickorsayoneofthefollowingbuttonsontheCommandBrowsertaskpane:
268
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Button Result
Letsyouimmediatelytraintheselectedcommand.FollowthedirectionsontheTrain
Wordsdialogboxthatappears.
AddsthecommandtoalistofcommandsoftheTrainListforlatertraining.Byselecting
TrainLater,youactivatetheTrainListbutton.
DisplaystheTrainWordsdialogboxwithalistofcommandstobetrained.Ifyouhave
untrainedcommandsintheTrainListwhenyouclosetheCommandBrowser,Dragon
offersyouthechoicetotrainthembeforeyouexit.
269
The Dragon Glossary
The Dragon Glossary
UsethisglossaryforalistoftermsspecifictoDragon.
.DRA files (definition)
DragonRecordedAudio(DRA)files.Ifyoureditionsupportsit,Dragonautomaticallysaves
audioandtexttranscriptsofyourdictationintheDRAfiles.
Dragon Accuracy Center (definition)
Offersacentrallocationfortoolsyoucanusetopersonalizeyourvocabulary,improve
acoustics,findormanagecommands,orgetmoreinformationaboutimprovingyour
accuracy.ClickthelinkstoopentherelatedDragontools.
ToopentheAccuracyCenter,say“displayAccuracyCenter”orclickHelp>ImproveMy
AccuracyontheNewDragonBarorClassicDragonBar.
Accuracy Slider (definition)
AslidingcontrolthatDragonusestoadjustspeedrelativetoaccuracyasitperformsspeech
recognition.AhigheraccuracysettingmeansthatDragonmaytakelongertodisplayyour
text,whileahigherspeedsettingmeansthatDragondisplaysthetextmorequickly.
Accuracy Tuning (definition)
AprocessDragoncanusetoadapttoyourusage.Onceyouhavebeendictatingforaperiod
oftime,DragonusesAccuracyTuningtoautomaticallyrefineyourUserProfile,analyzing
yourdictation,corrections,commands,andanyotheracoustictrainingyouhavedone.
AccuracyTuningusestwoofDragon'saccuracytools,theAcousticOptimizerandthe
LanguageModelOptimizer,andyoucanschedulethemtorunautomatically.
Acoustic and Language Model Optimization (definition)
IncreasesUserProfileaccuracybasedon
n accumulatedacousticdatafromyourcorrectionsandanyadditionaltrainingyouhave
performed
n commonlyusedwordsequencesextractedfromyourUserProfile's.DRAfiles.
270
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Acoustic Optimizer (definition)
Looksforanycorrectionsyouhavemadeoradditionaltrainingyoumayhaveperformedsince
youcreatedyourUserProfileorrantheoptimizer.Optimizationenhancesrecognition
accuracyandhelpspredictwordsmostlikelyspokeninagivencontextbyaspeaker(the
languagemodel).
Active vocabulary (definition)
Alistofabout150,000wordsthatDragonloadsintoyourcomputer’srandomaccessmemory
forimmediateuseduringdictation.ThesearethewordsthatDragonNaturallySpeakingis
mostlikelytorecognizeonthefirsttry,withoutrequiringyoutodoanythingextrasuchas
correctingthewordswiththeCorrectionmenu.
Thenumberofwordsintheactivevocabularyalwaysremainsthesame.Whennewwords
areadded,wordsthathavenotbeenusedrecentlyareremovedfromtheactivevocabulary,
butremainonthecomputer'sdiskinthebackupdictionary.
Advanced Scripting (definition)
SupportsusingprogramminglanguagessuchasMicrosoft®VBAtocreatecommandsthat
canperformvirtuallyanyfunctiononthecomputerwithvoicecommands.
AutoTranscribe Folder Agent (definition)
AfeatureofDragonProfessional,LegalandMedicaleditionswhichautomaticallydetectsand
transcribesrecordingscopiedtoaspecifieddirectory.UsetheAutoTranscribeFolderAgent
tospecifywhichDragonUserProfiletousefortranscribingtherecordingsfoundinthe
specifieddirectory,andtospecifywheretoputthetextfilescreatedfromtherecordings.
Base Vocabulary (definition)
TheinitialVocabularyaUserProfileisbasedon.Vocabulariescanbethefollowingsizes.
SpecializedmedicalandlegalvocabulariesarealsoprovidedintheDragonMedicaland
Legaleditions.
Backup dictionary (definition)
Astoreofabout150,000additionalwordsinDragon'svocabulary.AtypicallargeDragon
vocabularyconsistsofabout300,000wordsandDragonloadsabouthalfofthoseit
understandsthatyouaremorelikelytodictateintoyourcomputer'srandomaccessmemory
forimmediateuse.ThelistofwordsDragonloadsintomemoryiscalledthe"active
vocabulary."
Youcanmovefrequentlyusedwordsfromthebackupdictionaryintotheactivevocabularyor
addnewspecialtywords,propernames,acronyms,andunusualabbreviationsusinganyof
thefollowingmethods:
n AddneworfrequentlyusedwordsandteachDragonabouthowfrequentlyyou'lluse
themwiththeLearnfromSpecificDocuments,LearnFromSentE-mails,andImport
listsofwordsorphrasestools
n UsetheCorrectionmenutocorrecttheerror
271
The Dragon Glossary
n Correctdictationerrorsusingthemouseorkeyboard(themicrophonecanbeon,off,
orasleep)
n UsetheSpellingwindowtospelltheword
RemembertosaveyourUserProfiletokeepyourchanges.will
Command Browser (definition)
AwindowshowingvoicecommandsthatDragonrecognizes,includingcommandsthatare
providedwiththesoftwareaswellasanycommandsthatyouoryoursystemadministrator
mighthaveadded(customcommands).TheCommandBrowseristhemostcomprehensive
placetoseethecommandsthatareavailableineachapplication.
Command Mode (definition)
ArestrictedrecognitionmodethatcausesDragontointerpreteverythingyousayasa
commandandnothingisinterpretedasdictatedtext.Say"StartCommandMode"or
"CommandModeOn."
Correction menu (definition)
ShowsDragon’sbestguessforalternativestowordsyoudictatedandselected.Choosethe
correctwordfromtheCorrectionmenubysaying“Choose”andthenumbernexttoyour
choice.
Correction-only mode (definition)
EnablestranscriptioniststoplaybackaDragonuser'sdictationwithouthavingtheirUser
Profileloaded.Notethatdictationisdisabledifyouselectthisoption.
DictationisnotavailableinCorrectionOnlyMode.
Custom word (definition)
AnewwordyouaddtothebaseVocabularyusingtheTraincommandortheAddcommand
intheVocabularyEditor.YoucanalsoaddwordstotheVocabularyusingtheSpelling
WindowortheAddNewWordorPhrasecommandontheVocabularymenu.
IntheVocabularyEditor,aredcross nexttoawordindicatesthatitisacustomwordthat
hasbeenaddedtotheVocabulary.
Data Collection (definition)
HelpstoimprovetheaccuracyoffutureversionsofDragonNaturallySpeakingandDragon
Medical.ByenablingDataCollection,youcanallowDragontocollectupto500MBof
acousticdataandtextfromyourdictationsessions.Ifyouagree,thedatacanbesentto
Nuanceatatimescheduledbyyournetworkadministrator.DataCollectiondoesnotinclude
anypersonaldata,andparticipationiscompletelyvoluntary.
272
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Data Distribution Tool (definition)
Enablesdeveloperstointeractivelycreatenewwords,customizedVocabulariesor
commands,andtomakethemavailabletoallUserProfilesonaparticularDragon
NaturallySpeakinginstallation.
Dictation Box (definition)
Providesfullsupportfordictatingandeditingtextinanunknowntextfield.TheDictationIBox
supportsvoicecommandslikeDelete,Correct,andInsert,andcustomcommandsaswell.
Whenyouarefinished,thecontentistransferredtoyourcursorpositionwhenyouopenedthe
DictationBox.
Dictation commands (definition)
Commandstypicallysaidintheprocessofdictating.Theyinclude"newline,""new
paragraph,""numeral<number>","allcaps<word>and"cap<word>".
Important:thesecommandscanbeseenintheVocabularyEditor,notintheCommand
Browser.
(Alsoreferredtoas"in-linecommands,"Dictationcommandsdonotrequirepausingbefore
andaftersayingthem,unlikeothercommands.)
Dictation Mode (definition)
ArestrictedrecognitionmodethatcausesDragontointerpreteverythingyousayasdictation
andonlyDictationCommandsarerecognized.DictationModecanbehelpfulifyouwantto
dictateasquicklyaspossible,ordictatewithoutlookingatthewordsDragontranscribes.Say
"StartDictationMode"or"DictationModeOn."
Dictation Source (definition)
AnaudioinputdeviceormultipledevicesassociatedwithaUserProfile.Forexample,you
canselectaheadsetmicrophoneatonecomputerandaportablerecorderoranotherstyleof
micatothercomputers.Thisway,Dragonsupportsuserswhoneedtomove,or“roam”,from
computertocomputerregardlessofthemicrophonetypeordifferencesinambientnoise.
Direct Editing commands (definition)
Voiceformattingandcorrectioncommandssuchas“italicize<XYZ>”or“bold<XYZ>”.Direct
Editingcommands(formerlycalledQuickVoiceFormattingcommands)arefasterthan
conventionalcommands,becausetheytellDragontogotootherplacesinyourdocument,
applyformattingthere,andreturnthecursorbacktowhereyouareworking.
DragonPad (definition)
Dragon’sbuilt-inwordprocessor,optimizedfordictationandincludesbasictextformatting
featuresaswellastheabilitytosaveandprintdocuments.
273
The Dragon Glossary
Dragon Templates with Voice Fields (definition)
Aspecialkindofcustomformavailabletopasteintoapplicationsbyvoice,providingfieldsfor
commonvariableinformationthatyoucanfillinbyvoice.
Dragon Voice Shortcuts (definition)
Dragonvoiceshortcutscollapsecommonmulti-steptasksintodirectvoicecommandsthat
youcansayatanytime,nomatterwhatisactiveonyourscreen.
Forexample,youcanimmediatelyswitchtoandstartanewtask,suchassearchtheWebor
yourcomputer,orcomposeane-mailorsetupanappointment.
Field (definition)
Afield,alsoreferredtoasavariablefield,isanalphanumericstringenclosedbytext
delimiters.Forexample,thefollowingsentenceappearsintheDragonCCUfellowadmit
templateincludedinDragonMedical:ThepatientwasseeninconjunctionwithDr.
[ProviderName]"Intheexample,"[ProviderName]"isthevariablefield,thesquarebrackets
arethedefaultdelimiters,andthetextstring"ProviderName"isthevariablethattheDragon
UserProfilewillreplacewithaprovidernamewhenusingthetemplatetocompleteareport.
Full Text Control (definition)
ReferstothelevelofdictationsupportavailableinWebanddesktopprogramsandwindows
whenDragonfullysupportscreating,editing,andformattingcontent.Whenaprogramor
partofaprogramhasFullTextControl,youcanmovethecursorreliably–forexample,to
thebeginningorendofalineorparagraph.Youcanalsoselect,format,andrevisetextas
neededusingDirectEditingcommands,theCorrectionmenu,ortheSpellingWindow.
ForsupportedWebapplications,FullTextControlisactivatedusingtheDragonweb
extensioninsupportedbrowsers.
WhenthecursorisinatextfieldforwhichDragonhasFullTextControl,theTextControl
IndicatorontheClassicDragonBar( )ortheNewDragonBar( )isgreenwhenallof
Dragon'sselectionanddictationcapabilitiesaresupported.
Hidden Mode (definition)
Absentfromnon-medicaleditions,thismodeallowsDragontosendallrecognizedtextto
theDictationBox,whichisactivebutdoesnotdisplay.Allrecognizedtextisaddedtothe
DictationBox,regardlessofthecursorlocation.HiddenModeisoftenusedbyhealthcare
providerswhoaredictatingmedicalreportstobesenttoamedicaltranscriptionist/editor.
Say"StartHiddenMode"or"HiddenModeOn".
Language Model (definition)
Containsstatisticalinformationthatpredictswhichwordsaremostlikelytooccurinthe
contextoftheuser’sspeech.
274
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Language Model optimization (definition)
UpdatesthelanguagemodelofthecurrentVocabulary.LanguageModelOptimizationuses
textDragonextractsfromthe.DRAfilesthatarecreatedwhenyoucorrectwords.Basedon
thespeechdatacollected,LanguageModelOptimizationappliesmodificationstothe
languagemodeltoreflectyourwordusage.
Language Model Optimizer (definition)
PerformsLanguageModelOptimizationfromtheAccuracyCenter.AnyDragonuserwith
administratorprivilegescanscheduleDragontoperformoptimizationperiodically.
Natural Language Commands (definition)
Providegreaterflexibilityinthewordingyouusetoperformcommonactionsinavarietyof
applicationssuchasMicrosoftWord,InternetExplorer,andMozillaFirefox.Insteadof
requiringuserstomemorizespecificcommands,suchas"boldthat,"theNaturalLanguage
Commandsgiveyouawiderangeofwordsyoucansaytoexecuteacommand.Forexample,
"makethatbold,""boldthelastparagraph,""setfontbold"alldothesamething,asdomany
moreconversationalcommands.Toknowwhichcommandsworkinanapplication,openthe
applicationandsay“WhatCanISay?”.
Normal Mode (definition)
Dragon'sdefaultmodeofdictation.InNormalMode,Dragondistinguishesdictationfrom
words,numbers,andcommandsbyanalyzingwhatyousaybetweenpauses.Say"Start
NormalMode"or"NormalModeOn."
Nothing But Speech (definition)
Suppressesrecognitionofnon-wordfillerslike“ums”and“ahs”thatyoudon’tnormallyintend
toincludeinyourdictation.
Numbers Mode (definition)
ArestrictedrecognitionmodethatcausesDragontorecognizeonlynumbers.Ifyouare
dictatingonlynumbers(includingcurrencies),workinginthismodeincreasesrecognition
accuracy.Say"StartNumbersMode"or"NumbersModeOn."
Performance Assistant (definition)
AresourceavailablefromtheHelpmenuthatofferssuggestionsforoptimizingDragon’s
speedonyourcomputer.Asyouclickorsaythecorrespondinglinkstoanswerquestions
abouthowyounormallyuseDragon,thePerformanceIAssistantprovidessuggestionsand
methodsforoptimization.
Press <key> command (definition)
Usedtomakekeystrokesbyvoice.Totypecharactersbyvoice,say"Press,""PressKey,"or
"Type"followedbythenameofthekeyorkeysyouwanttopress.Forexample,say“Press
275
The Dragon Glossary
Escape”or“PressEnter”,or“PressCtrlRight”.
QuickStart (definition)
AllowsDragonNaturallySpeakingtoloadinthebackgroundwhenyoustartyourcomputer
orlogintoyouroperatingsystem,dependingonyourversionofWindows.WhenDragonis
launchedinQuickStartmodeDragonisavailableforusemorequicklythanwhenyoustartin
normalmode.Themicrophoneiconappearsinthesystemtray.
Recognition Modes (definition)
Bydefault,DragonfunctionsinNormalMode,distinguishingdictationfromwords,numbers,
andcommands,andanalyzingwhatithearsbetweenpauses.Dragonalsooffersrestricted
recognitionmodesfordictatingonlycommands,numbers,characters(SpellMode),or
words(DictationMode).
Results Box (definition)
Afloatingdisplaybox thatDragoncanprovideasitlistenstoyou
andprocessesyourspeech.YoucansetoptionstomovetheResultsBoxanywhereonthe
screen,keepitinoneplace,changeitscolorandfontsize,ormakeitdisappearaftera
recognition.
SeeAbouttheResultsDisplayfordetails.
Results Display (definition)
Theon-screenfeedbackthatDragonNaturallySpeakingdisplaysduringdictation.While
DragonNaturallySpeakinglistens,theRecognitioninProgressicon displays.When
youpause,DragonNaturallySpeakingfinishesprocessingyourspeechandentersdictation
intothedocumentorexecutesyourcommand.Whenrecognitioniscomplete,theDragon
idleicon displays.SeealsoResultsBox.
The Dragon Web Extension (definition)
Enablespageelementcommandssuchas"ClickLink"and"ClickButton"andFullText
ControlinsupportedbrowsersandWeb-basedapplications.WiththeDragonWeb
Extensioninstalledandenabled,youcandictatecontentandusecommandsjustasyou
wouldinadesktopprogram.Withouttheextension,you'llneedtoclickWebpageelements
usingyourmouseandkeyboard,anddictatecontentusingtheDictationBox.
Roaming User Profile (definition)
SeeMasterRoamingUserProfile.
Say What You See (definition)
"SayWhatYouSee"meansthatyoucansaywhatevercommandsyouseelabeledonyour
screentocontrolapplicationsbyvoice.Forexample,youcansaythenamesofmenus,
276
Dragon Installation and User Guide
menucommands,oritemsinadialogbox.TodisplaytheInsertmenuinMicrosoftWordor
MicrosoftExcel,youwouldsay"Insert,"andthensaythenameofanyoftheavailable
commands,asrequired.AnotherexampleistheabilitytoopenaDesktopitem(afolder,for
instance),bysaying“open”followedimmediatelybyitsname.
Scripting (definition)
Dragonscriptinglanguageextensionsprovideasetoftoolsforcreatingvoicecommands.
CreatingscriptingcommandsrequiresfamiliaritywiththeMicrosoftVisualBasic
programminglanguage.
Unknown text field (definition)
AneditablewindoworfieldthatdoesnotsupportallofDragon'sselectionandcorrection
capabilities.Whenthecursorispositionedinanunknowntextfield,theNewDragonBaror
ClassicDragonBardisplaysthemessage"Unknowntextfield;considerusing'showDictation
Box'-SeeHelp.'"Inthosecases,Dragon'sFullTextControlindicatorisgrey.Youcanusually
select,correct,andusevariouscommandsinunknowntextfields,butifyouhavetrouble,use
theDictationBoxandtransfertextfromitintotheapplication.
Windows shortcut (definition)
YoucanuseWindowsShortcutsandcommandlinestoopenUserProfilesandVocabularies
directly.
Spell Mode (definition)
ArestrictedrecognitionmodethatcausesDragontorecognizeonlyletters,numbers,
commands,andpunctuation.Spellmodeisusefulfordictatingunpronounceable
alphanumericstrings,suchaspartnumbersandlicenseplatenumbers,andothertermsyou
anticipateDragonwon’tknow,suchasWebaddresses,wordsinaforeignlanguage,or
unusualproductnames.Say"StartSpellMode"or"SpellModeOn."Youcanstilluse
commandswhileinSpellMode.
Spoken Form (definition)
Referstowordsthatarespokenonewaybutwrittenadifferentway(theWrittenForm).This
featureletsyouaddawordthat,forexample,typesyourphonenumberwheneveryousay
“phonenumberline,”orautomaticallyaddspunctuation,suchas"UK"or"USA,"whichwould
normallyincludepunctuationinthewrittenforms(U.K.andU.S.A.).
Structured Commands (definition)
Usedtocontroltheactionofacommandbasedontheexistenceofastateintheapplication
thecommandisusedfor.Forexample,whenyouassignastatetoeachfieldinaform,the
samecommandcanperformdifferentactions,dependingonwhichfieldisactivated.Youcan
useAdvancedScriptingmethodstocontrolthestateswithinstructuredcommandsortoset
theinitialstatefromanon-structuredcommand.Youcanalsocreatestructuredcommands
thatprompttheusertoselectvaluesfromapredefinedlist.StructuredCommandsare
availableonlyinDragonProfessional,Legal,andMedicaleditions.
277
The Dragon Glossary
Text Control Indicator (definition)
Thecheckmarkicon( )ontheClassicDragonBarorthecircleicon( )ontheNew
DragonBar.TheTextControlIndicatorchangescolortoshowthelevelofdictationsupport
inyourcurrentapplication.TheTextControlIndicatorisgreen( or )whenallof
Dragon'sselectionanddictationcapabilitiesaresupportedandgrayordisabled( or )
whentheinsertionpointisinawindowthathaslesssupportfordictation.
User Profile (definition)
AUserProfileisasetoffilesthatstorethefollowinginformation:
n AudiosystemsettingsselectedbytheCheckMicrophonewizard
n Acousticinformationaboutyourvoicegatheredduringinitialproducttraining,ongoing
usageandwhenyoutrainspecificwords
n OngoingadaptationstoyourVocabularywordsandwordusageasyouuseDragon
andfromanalysisofyourwritingstyle
n YoursettingsintheOptionsdialogbox
n Anycustomvoicecommands
Utterance (definition)
DictationorcommandsDragonNaturallySpeakingrecognizesbetweenpausesinyour
speech.
Vocabulary (definition)
ContainsallofthewordsthatDragonrecognizesandaLanguageModel.TheVocabulary
includesallofthewordsintheactivevocabularyandthebackupdictionary,andanywords
addedasyoucustomizeyourUserProfile.
Web application support (definition)
ProvidestheDragonwebextensioninsupportedWebbrowserstoenablecommandsand
FullTextControlforselectedbrowser-basedapplications.WiththeDragonwebextension
installedandenabled,youcandictatecontentandusecommandsjustasyouwouldina
desktopprogram.
Word Properties (definition)
WordPropertiesspecifyavarietyofoptionsthatcanbeassociatedwithVocabularyentries.
Youcanspecifythatawordbeprecededorfollowedbyspecificcharactersandcustomize
propertiesforplacementorhandling.Forexample,questionmarksandexclamationmarks
havedefaultpropertiesof"Precedeby(nothing)"and"Formatthenextwordcapitalized."
Youcanalsospecifyoneormorealternativeformsforwords.IftheUsePrintedForm1
checkboxisselectedfor"meter,"thenwhenyoudictatethewordafteranumber,Dragonwill
enter"m"insteadof"meter."IftheAlternateWrittenFormcheckboxisnotselected,andyou
dictate"meter,"Dragontypesthefullword,"meter."
278
Dragon Installation and User Guide
Written Form (definition)
SpecifiesthewordorwordsthatDragonenterswhenyoudictate.Thespokenformcanbean
easierorshortervariantorsomethingcompletelydifferentfromthewrittenform.
279
Index
Index
.
.DRAfiles(definition) 270
A
accuracy 230,238,240
improving 230,240,254-255
usingAccuracyCenter 230,240
usingtheSpeedvs.Accuracyslider 238
AccuracyCenter(definition) 270
AccuracySlider(definition) 270
AccuracyTuning(definition) 270
AcousticOptimizer(definition) 271
acoustics
aboutAcousticandLanguageModel
Optimizer 240
optimizing 240
activatingDragon 31,41
activeVocabulary(definition) 271
adding
adifferentVocabulary 260
contactnamestotheVocabulary 254-255
contactsinMicrosoftOutlook 164
wordsfromlists 253
wordstothe
Vocabulary 250-251,253,255
wordswiththeSpellingwindow 253
additionaltraining 249
addresses,dictatinge-mailandWeb 157
AdvancedScripting(definition) 271
aligningtext 131
Applicationmenu 141
applications 210
exiting 208
starting 208
starting(andutilities) 211
switching 210
Web-based 176
Applyingformattingtomultipleinstancesof
words 106
Auto-Formatting
usingSmartFormatRules 232
AutoTranscribeFolderAgent
definition 271
B
Backspace 127
backup
dictationary,viewing 271
dictionary(definition) 271
BaseVocabulary(definition) 271
basicdocumentcommands
MicrosoftWord 144
basicspreadsheetcommands
MicrosoftExcel 169
BasicTextControlindicator 59
basictextdictation 77
BestMatchTechnology 258
280
Index
boldface
applyingwithDirectEditing 104
applyingwithmultipletextmatching 106
boldface,applying 128,131
browsers
compatibility 176
using 199
buttons,selectingbyvoice 213
C
calendar
andemailcommands 158
Canadianpostalcodes 233
capitalizingtext 129
categories
searchingontheWeb 195
centeringtext 131
characters 120
selecting 120
CheckMicrophone
positionyourmicrophoneproperly 68
Chooseaspeechdevice 67
choosing
programsandwindows 217
clicking,usingvoicecommands 227
closing
exitingDragon 63
menus 213
programs 214
theDragonBar 63
windows 214-215
CoexistencewithotherDragonproducts 18
Coexistencewithpreviousversionsof
Dragon 18
CoexistencewiththeDragonSDKClient
Edition 18
combiningwords 132
CommandBrowser 264,266,268
about 264
alwaysontop 265
findingcommands 266
IncludeGlobalbutton 266
opening 265
trainingcommands 268
CommandBrowser(definition) 272
commandcontext
showing 265
commandlineinterface 49
CommandMode 244-245
switchingto 245
using 243
CommandMode(definition) 272
commands 45
applicationcontrol 208
CommandBrowser 264-266,268
controllingDragonBar 63
CutCopyandPaste 125
dictation 80
displayingforaspecificapplication 265
displayingHelpon 63
DragonSidebar 74
e-mail 155
FirefoxandInternetExplorer 199
formovinginwindows 215
forcingrecognitionof 45
281
Index
hotkeyfor 45
ifnotrecognized 102
InternetExplorer7 204
InternetExplorerandMozillaFirefox 199
MicrosoftExcel 168-169,173
MicrosoftOutlook 162-165
MicrosoftWord 144,152
MozillaFirefox 204
MozillaFirefoxandInternetExplorer 199
OpenOfficeWriter 152
scrolling 215
training 247
webapplications 182
Webapplications 176
windowscontrol 210
compoundwords
joiningbyvoice 132
context
showingcommandsforcurrent 265
controlling 63,194,213,224-225
applications 210
DragonBar 63
InternetExplorer 194
menus 213
themouse 224-226
windows 210
Copycommand 125
copying 262-263
usingDirectEditing 104
usingmultipletextmatching 106
copyingVocabularies 261-262
Copyrights ii
correctingtext 79,100,125
byspelling 82
correctionlist 79
deletingtext 125
handlingmultipletextmatches 104,106
methods 96
quickreference 100
usingDirectEditing 104
usingmultipletextmatching 106
whenincorrectlyselected 123
workflow 96
Correction-onlymode(definition) 272
Correctionmenu 43,45,101
choosingcorrecttextin 101
hotkeyforopening 45
Correctionmenu(definition) 272
creating 253,262
newVocabularies 253,261
currency 84
dictating 84
cursor
movingbacktolastlocation 118
movingtheinsertionpoint 114
movingtospecificwords 117
customwords
definition 272
CustomerServiceandSupport 51
customersupport 51
Cutcommand 125
cutting
usingDirectEditing 104
usingmultipletextmatching 106
282
Index
D
DataCollection(definition) 272
DataDistributionTool(definition) 273
dates
dictating 84
DefaultInstallationdirectories 30
DefaultInstallationfolders 30
deletedwords
restoringtoyourVocabulary 256
deleting 256,261
characters,words,lines,paragraphs 126
lastwordsyoudictated 125
text 118,126
text(replacingwhatyoulastdictated) 118
usingDirectEditing 104
usingmultipletextmatching 106
Vocabularies 261
wordsfromtheVocabulary 256
Desktop
commands 210
dialogboxes 214
controllingbyvoice 213
selectingtabsbyvoice 214
dictating
basictechniques 77
dictatingtheword"select" 123
e-mailandWebaddresses 157
inExcelwithFullTextControl 168
Militarytime 237
numbers 84
time 237
dictatingtextinnon-standardwindows 88
dictation 45,49,77,80,84,96,157
commands 80
correctionworkflow 96
DictationBoxsettings 91
forcingrecognitionof 45
hotkeyfor 45
resuming 118
source(microphone) 67
source(recorder) 67
starting 49
switchingmodes 245
switchingtoDictationMode 245
usingDictationMode 243
Dictation
Dictationmode(using) 243
DictationBox 88
about 88
commands 88
DictationBox(definition) 273
DictationMode(definition) 273
DictationSource(definition) 273
digitalaudiorecorder
usingwithDragon 68
DirectEditingcommands
using 104
DirectEditingcommands(definition) 273
directories
Dragondefault 30
disambiguation
formattingoreditingmultiplewords 106
documents
opening 208
283
Index
selectinglinesandparagraphsin 122
switchingbetween 217
Don'trecognizethatword
using 256
DRAfiles(definition) 270
dragging
themouse 226
themousepointer 228
Dragon
exiting 63
systemrequirements 18,42
DragonAccuracyCenter(definition) 270
DragonLearningCenter 43,45,71
using 45,71
DragonSidebar
tabs 74
DragonTemplateswithVoiceFields
(definition) 274
DragonVoiceShortcuts
definition 274
Desktopsearches 216
emailandcalendarcommands 158
Websearches 195
DragonWebExtension
about 176
browserrequirements 176
determiningwhetherenabled 182
installingandenabling 177
troubleshooting 190
DragonBar 53,60
about 53
controllingbyvoice 63
modes 63
using 60
DragonPad 64,94
about 94
startingbyvoice 63
DragonPad(definition) 273
E
e-mail 155
andcalendarcommands 158
dictatingaddresses 157
supportedapplications 155
workingin 155
e-mailbasics 43
editing
resumingdictation 118
editingtext
revisingmultipleinstancesofwords 106
ElectronicMedicalRecordsrestriction 50
EMRrestriction 50
Enterkey
addingnewlinesbyvoice 132
errors 79,82,100
correcting 79
correctingbyspelling 82
correction(quickreference) 100
Excel 168-169,173
basicspreadsheetcommands 169
commandsfor 168-169,173
formattingtext 173
scrollingin 139
workingwith 168
workingwithcontent 173
284
Index
Exit
Dragon 65
exiting
programs 208
exporting
Vocabularies 262
extensions
DragonWebExtension 177
F
Field(definition) 274
files
defaultdirectories 30
Firefox
commands 199
switchingbetweenframes 199
five 43
folders
defaultsetup 30
opening 211
fonts
settingface,size,andstyle 131
formatting
allcaps 105
applyingtomultiplewords 106
Auto-Formatting 232
bold 105
commands 128
inMicrosoftExcel 173
italics 105
multipleinstancesofwords 106
numbers 130
text 128
textinMicrosoftWord 152
underlining 105
fractions
dictating 84
frames
switching
InternetExplorerandFirefox199
FullTextControl(definition) 274
FullTextControlindicator 59
G
GeneralTraining
runningagain 249
GlobalCommands 265
GoBackcommand 118
Goto
and"Moveto"commands
quickreference114
commands 117
Google
searchingwithI'mFeelingLucky 195
GoogleDesktop
usingvoicecommandswith 216
H
handheldorsmartphone
usingasrecorder 68
handlingmultipletextmatches 106
Help
usingbyvoice 44
HiddenMode(definition) 274
hotkeys 45
hyphenatingwords 132
285
Index
I
icons
selectingandopening 215
importing 261
Vocabularies 261
improvemyaccuracy 230,240
IncludeGlobalbutton 266
increasingaccuracy 254-255
insertingtext 114,117
insertionpoint 114,117
Insertionpoint
moving 114,117
installation
defaultdirectories 30
Installationandprofilecreation 17
InstallingDragontoacustomlocation 18
InternetExplorer 194,204
andFirefoxcommands 199
commands 199
controllingbyvoice 194
switchingbetweenframes 199
italics 129,131
applying 128
applyingwithDirectEditing 104
applyingwithmultipletextmatching 106
italics,applying 131
J
joiningwords 132
K
keys
controllingthekeyboard 222
pressingbyvoice 222
keystrokes 222
sendingbyvoice 222
L
languagemodel 250,253
modifying 250,253
optimizing 240
LanguageModeloptimization(definition) 275
LanguageModelOptimizer(definition) 275
LearnFromSentE-mailstool 254
Start 254
LearningCenter
showingandhiding 45,71
using 45,71
Learningfromspecificdocuments 252
leftaligningtext 131
lines 132
addingnew 132
selecting 122
listboxes 214
controllingbyvoice 213
scrollinginbyvoice 215
listing
openDragonwindows 217
openwindows 217
M
mail 155
supportedapplications 155
workingin 155
makingappointments
MicrosoftOutlook 163
286
Index
medicalrecords
electronic(restriction) 50
menus 213
controlling 213
hotkeyforDragon 45
microphone 45
hotkeyfor 45
multipledictationsources 68
positioninghandheld 68
positioningheadset 68
Microsoft
OutlookE-mailandCalendar
commands 158
MicrosoftExcel 168-169,173
basicspreadsheetcommands 169
commandsfor 168-169,173
formattingtext 173
scrollingin 139
workingwith 168
workingwithcontent 173
MicrosoftOffice
scrollingin 139
usingtheribbon 140
MicrosoftOutlook 162-165
addingcontacts 164
commandsfor 162-165
EmailandCalendarcommands 158
makingappointments 163
readingandsendinge-mail 162
scrollingin 139
workingwith 162
writingnotes 165
MicrosoftPowerPoint
scrollingin 139
MicrosoftWindows
systemrequirements 18,42
MicrosoftWord 144,152
basicdocumentcommands 144
commandsfor 144,152
formattingtext 152
selectingtextin 152
workingwith 144
Militarytime 237
minimumsystemrequirements 18,42
misrecognizedcommands 102
mobiledevice
choosingaspeechdevice 67
modes
recognition
definition276
using243,245
recognition(using) 243
mouse
clicking 226
mousepointer 224-225
dragging 226
moving 224
movingwithMouseGrid 225
MouseGrid 225
usingtopositionthemousepointer 225
Moveto
commands 117
287
Index
moving 114,224-225
aroundadocument
quickreference114
thecursor 114,117
themousepointer 224
themousepointerwithMouseGrid 225
tothebeginningorendofadocument
orline 117
MozillaFirefox
commands 199
switchingbetweenframes 199
multipletextmatches
correctingandediting 106
Multipletextmatchingcommands
applyingtomultiplewords 106
N
naming 261
Vocabularies 261
NaturalLanguageCommands 51,142
definition 275
navigating 213-215
betweenwindows 212
buttonsanddialogboxoptions 213
goingbacktoyourlastlocation 118
icons 215
indocuments 117
menus 213
openingprogramsanddocuments 208
tabsinadialogbox 214
Webapplicationscommands 176
WindowsDesktopcommands 210
newwords 250,253
addingalistoftotheVocabulary 18
addingtotheVocabulary 250
addingwiththeSpellingwindow 253
Non-standard(definition) 277
Non-standardwindows 88
dictatingtextin 88
NormalMode 243,245
switchingto 245
using 243
NormalMode(definition) 275
NothingButSpeech(definition) 275
numbers 84,130
changingformat 130
dictating 84
forcingrecognitionof 84
NumbersMode 244-245
switchingto 245
using 243
Numbersmode(definition) 275
O
Office
scrolling(inMicrosoft) 139
usingtheribbon 140
Officeribbon
usingMicrosoft 140
onlineHelp
openingandusingbyvoice 44
opening
adifferentVocabulary 259
iconsbyvoice 215
menus 213
288
Index
programs(andexiting) 208
theCommandBrowser 265
OpenOffice.orgWriter
commandsfor 152
selectingtextin 152
optimizing
acousticsandlanguagemodel 240
Outlook 162-165
addingcontacts 164
commandsfor 162-165
E-mailandCalendarcommands 158
makingappointments 163
readingandsendinge-mail 162
scrollingin 139
workingwith 162
writingnotes 165
P
paragraphs 132
addingnew 132
selecting 122
Pastecommand 125
PerformanceAssistant(definition) 275
personalizingVocabularies 250,253
phrases
correctingandeditingmultiple
matches 106
pointer 224-225
movingwithmousecommands 224
movingwithMouseGrid 225
positioning
textinadocument 131
postalcodes 233
dictating 84
postcodes 233
PowerPoint
scrollingin 139
Press<key>command 222
Press<key>command(definition) 275
programs
exiting 208
starting 208
switching 210
switchingbetweenopenprograms
andwindows 217
Q
QuickVoiceFormattingcommands
(definition) 273
QuickStart(definition) 276
R
ReadtexttotrainDragontoyourvoice 249
readingandsendinge-mail
MicrosoftOutlook 162
WindowsLiveMail 160
recognition 230,238,240
accuracy
improving230
usingtheSpeedvs.Accuracyslider238
accuracy:improving 230,240
modes
using243
recognitionerrors 79,82,100
correctingbyspelling 82
correction(quickreference) 100
289
Index
recognitionmodes
definition 276
switching 245
using 243
recommendedsystemrequirements 18,42
removing 128,132,256,261
spacesbetweenwords 132
textformatting 128
Vocabularies 261
wordsfromtheVocabulary 256
renaming 261
Vocabularies 261
requirements
minimumandrecommended
systemforDragon 18,42
resizingwindows 214
restoring 128
plaintext 128
ResultsBox(definition) 276
Resultsdisplay(definition) 276
resumingdictation 118
resumingediting 118
revisingtext 110,118,125
deletingtext 125
quickreference 110
replacingwhatyoulastdictated 118
revisingmultipleinstancesofwords 106
ribbon
usingMicrosoftOffice 140
rightaligningtext 131
Romannumerals
dictating 84
S
SampleCommands
using 45,71
SayWhatYouSee(definition) 276
ScratchThatcommand 125
Scripting(definition) 277
scrolling
inMicrosoftOfficeprograms 139
inpopularprograms 139
inwindowsandlists 215
searching
theonlineHelpbyvoice 44
theWeb 195
yourDesktop 216
SelectAgaincommand 123
selecting 213-215
buttonsbyvoice 213
iconsbyvoice 215
menus 213
tabsinadialogbox 214
selectingtext 120-121,123
again 123
charactersandwords 120
correctingincorrectlyselectedtext 123
handlingmultipletextmatches 104,106
inMicrosoftWord 152
inOpenOffice.orgWriter 152
linesandparagraphs 122
quickreference 120
specificwords 121
usingDirectEditing 104
usingmultipletextmatching 106
290
Index
setup
defaultdirectories 30
sharing 261-262
Vocabularieswithotherpeople 261-262
shortcuts
seeDragonVoiceShortcuts
(definition) 274
Shortcuts
DragonVoice,Desktopsearches 216
DragonVoice,e-mailandcalendar
commands 158
DragonVoice,Websearches 195
Sidebar
tabs 74
sites
searching 195
size
settingfont 131
SmartFormatRules
disablingdisplay 232
using 232
spaces
removingbetweenwords 132
specialfolders
opening 211
speechdevice
choosing 67
speed 238
increasingrecognition 238
Speedvs.Accuracyslider 238
SpellMode 244,246
switchingto 245
using 243
SpellMode(definition) 277
SpellThatcommand 82
spelling 82
withtheSpellThatcommand 82
words 82
Spellingwindow 81,101,253
addingwords 253
choosingcorrecttextin 101
typingthecorrecttextinto 81
SpokenForm(definition) 277
Startmenu,using 208
startingprograms 208
supplementaltraining 249
support
technical 51
switching 259
betweenopenprogramsandwindows217
betweenwindows 210
toadifferentVocabulary 259
systemrequirements 18,42
T
tabs 214
selectinginadialogbox 214
technicalsupport 51
telephonenumbers 84,236
dictating 84
text 100,125-126,128,131
aligning 131
capitalizing 129
correcting 79
correcting(quickreference) 100
291
Index
correctingandeditingmultiple
matches 106
cuttingandpasting 125
deleting 126
formatting 128
selecting 120,152
TextControlindicator 59
TextControlIndicator(definition) 278
textwrapping 94
Therecognizerhasencounteredan
utterancethatistoolongtoprocess 239
time 86
dictating 84
Tips
intheLearningCenter 45,71
usingwordprocessors 142
Top5Ways 43
training 247-248
additional 249
commands 247
supplemental 249
trainingindividualwordsandphrases 248
TrayIcononlymode 64
troubleshooting
withDragonWebExtension 190
Type<key>command 222
U
UKpostcodes 233
underlining 129
applyingwithDirectEditing 104
applyingwithmultipletextmatching 106
undoingactions 78
UpgradingtoWindows7orWindows8 18
UserProfiles
creatingrecorder-based 67
defaultdirectories 30
usingonlineHelpwithvoicecommands 44
utilities
starting 211
V
variants
correctingorformattingvariants 106
Vocabularies 250,253,260-261
adding 260
addingindividualwordsto 251
base 271
creatingnew 253,261
deleting 261
exporting 262
importing 261
opening 259
personalizing 250,253
renaming 261
restoringwordsto 256
sharingwithotherpeople 261-262
typesof 258
voicecommands
DragonSidebar 74
VoiceShortcuts
Desktopsearches 216
e-mailandcalendarcommands 158
Websearches 195
292
Index
W
Web 157,194,204
applications 176
browsercompatibility 176
commands 176
controllingInternetExplorer 194
dictatingaddresses 157
Firefoxcommands 199
InternetExplorercommands 199
MozillaFirefoxcommands 199
searching 195
searchingbyvoice 195
switchingbetweenframes 199
Webapplicationsupport(definition) 278
webbasics 43
webbrowsers
installingtheDragonWebExtension 177
requirementsfortheDragonWeb
Extension 176
windows
navigatingbetween 212
switchingbetweenopenprograms
andwindows 217
Windows
controlling 210
Desktopcommands 210
movingin 215
openspecialfolders 211
resizingandclosing 214
scrollinginbyvoice 215
switchingbetween 210
systemrequirements 18,42
Windows7
searchingbyvoice216
workingwith 212
WindowsLiveMail
commandsfor 160
readingandsendinge-mail 160
Windowsshortcut(definition) 277
Word 144,152
basicdocumentcommands 144
commandsfor 144,152
formattingtext 152
scrollingin 139
selectingtextin 152
workingwith 144
wordcategories
adding 251
wordprocessors 142
tipsforusing 142
WordProperties
creating 133
WordProperties(definition) 278
words 19,120-121,132,250-251,253
addingtotheVocabulary 251
addingwiththeSpellingwindow 253
alternatewrittenforms
creating133
correctingandeditingmultiple
matches 106
deletingfromtheVocabulary 256
formatting 104,106
hyphenating 132
joining 132
restoringtotheVocabulary 256
293
Index
revising 104,106
selecting 120-121
spelling 82
wordproperties
creating133
workflow 96
correctingtext 98
workingwithcontent
MicrosoftExcel 173
workingwithMicrosoftExcel 168
workingwithMicrosoftOutlook 162
workingwithMicrosoftWord 144
wrapping
text 94
writingnotes
MicrosoftOutlook 165
WrittenForm(definition) 279
Z
Zipcodes
dictating 84
294